TD1062
.H364
v.4
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of
Solid Waste
Washington, DC 20460
EPA/
March 1989
Hazardous Waste Incineration
Guidance on Metals and
Hydrogen Chloride Controls
for Hazardous Waste
Incinerators
Volume IV of the Hazardous Waste
Incineration Guidance Series
OOOD99001
DRAFT
-------
-------
DRAFT
GUIDANCE ON METALS AND HYDROGEN
CHLORIDE CONTROLS FOR
HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Solid Waste
Waste Treatment Branch
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, DC 20460
work Assi
-------
DRAFT
GUIDANCE ON METALS AND HYDROGEN
CHLORIDE CONTROLS FOR
HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Solid Waste
Waste Treatment Branch
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, DC 20460
Work Assignment Manager Dwight Hlustick
March 2, 1989
U..0;. SrvlrMriN -.iVil Protection Agency
J.^lDn 5, i .',:v.i>y (tPL
?jJCi ^. Dearborn St-eet,
Chi3ago,;IL 6O604
-------
Hazardous Waste Incineration Guidance Series
Volume I Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Incinerator Permits, Mitre Corp.,
1983.
r'< •- •
Volume n Guidance on Setting Conditions and Reporting Trial Burn Results, Acurex,
1989.
Volume DI Hazardous Waste Incineration Measurement Guidance Manual, MRI, 1989.
Volume IV Guidance on Metals and Hydrogen Chloride Controls for Hazardous Waste
Incineration, Versar, December 1988.
Volume V Guidance on PIC Controls for Hazardous Waste Incinerators, MRI,
January 1989.
Volume VI Proposed Methods for Measurements of CO, C>2, HC1, and Metals at
Hazardous Waste Incinerators, MRI, September 1988.
-------
Acknowledgments
This guidance was developed by the Office of Solid Waste,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency with the assistance of
VERSAR, Inc. in partial fulfillment of Contract Number 68-01-
7053. Major contributors were Michael Alford, Kevin Jameson,
Josefina Castellanos, Dennis Hlinka, Renaldo Jenkins, Mary
Cunningham, David Sullivan (Sullivan Environmental Consulting,
Inc.), and Dwight Hlustick. Contributions were also made by
Robert Holloway and the Incinerator Permit Writers Workgroup,
including Betty Willis, Y.J. Kim, and Sonya Stelmack. We
appreciate the review and guidance of the Monitoring and Data
Analysis Division in the Office of Air Quality and Standards in
the air dispersion modeling aspects of this document.
-------
-------
GATHER DATA
DEFINE TERRAIN
ACRONYMS
PW - PERMIT WRITER
RM - REGIONAL METEOROLOGIST
PAT- PERMIT ASSISTANCE TEAM
ARE SCREENING TABLES
(TIER I • TIER II) APPLICABLE?
NO
YES
DETERMINE WORST CASE STACK
AND TERRAIN ADJUSTED EFFECTIVE
STACK HEIGHT
PERMIT WRITER
USES GEMS
NO
RM/PAT DETERMINES
SUITABILITY OF
SCREENING MODEL
FAIL
REQUIRE APPLICANT
TO REDUCE
EMISSIONS
PASS
YES
PW/RM/PAT RUNS MODEL
PASS
FAIL
NO
REQUEST APPLICANT
TO DO SITE-SPECIFIC
MODELING AND RISK
ANALYSIS
PASS
DEFINE
PERMIT CONDITIONS
7
FAIL
DIAGRAM OF PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHING PERMIT CONDITIONS
-------
Introduction
Introduction
GUIDANCE ON METALS AND HYDROGEN
CHLORIDE CONTROLS FOR
HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS
Background and Purpose
The Environmental Protection Agency has proposed amendments to the Subpart O,
Part 264 hazardous waste incinerator rules. The proposal states the Agency's conclusion
that emissions of metals and hydrogen chloride (HC1) from hazardous waste incinerators
can pose unreasonable levels of risk, and in those cases, need to be regulated more
stringently than under existing rules in order to protect human health and the environment.
This guidance document is designed to enable the permit writer to exercise his authority
under Section 3005(c)(3) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act to develop
permit requirements as may be necessary to ensure that metals and HC1 emissions do not
pose unacceptable risk to human health and the environment.
This document sets out ways of implementing controls for metals and HC1
emissions consistent with the proposed rule. The approach is intended to ensure that
emissions of individual metals and HC1 reaching a hypothetical maximum exposed
individual (MEI) do not exceed ambient health-based levels1 The Agency has proposed
these health-based levels (known as Risk-Specific Doses (RSDs) for carcinogens and
Reference Air Concentrations (RACs) for noncarcinogens) for public comment. Permit
applicants could demonstrate compliance with these ambient levels by emissions testing and
using site-specific dispersion modeling consistent with the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality
Models." To avoid the burden of dispersion modeling, the applicant could use an alternate
approach to demonstrate conformance with the ambient levels. Under the alternate
approach, the applicant could demonstrate that emissions of metals and HC1, or feed rates
1 There is an existing technology-based emission standard for HC1 emissions. The purpose of the
HC1 guidance is to provide a site-specific, risk-based check to ensure that the existing standard is protective.
If, however, the existing standard requires a greater level of control than the risk-based standard, the more
stringent control applies.
Introduction-1
-------
Introduction
of metals and chlorine, do not exceed emissions or feed rate Screening Limits. The
emissions Screening Limits were developed by back-calculating from the RSDs and RACs
using dispersion coefficients for reasonable, worst-case facilities. The feed rate Screening
Limits were back-calculated from the emissions Screening Limits assuming that all metals
and chlorine fed to the device were emitted (i.e., no partitioning to bottom ash or removal
by air pollution control equipment).
EPA emphasizes that permit writers choosing to include permit provisions based on
this guidance must accept and respond to critical comment with an open mind, just as the
Agency has solicited public comment on the proposed approach with an open mind. In
addition, permit writers must justify in the administrative record supporting the permit any
decisions based on the guidance. The administrative record to the proposed amendments to
the incinerator rules presents the basis for the proposed controls. Key parts of this record
are attached as Appendix I to this guidance document, and could serve to justify the permit
writer's use of the guidance. The key point, however, is that in using the guidance permit
writers must keep an open mind, accepting and responding to comment, and justifying use
of this guidance, or pans thereof, on the record, just as the Agency will respond to
comment on its proposed rules and ultimately any final rule.
Overview of Guidance
Through rulemaking, EPA is developing a tiered series of standards based entirely
upon evaluations of health risk. Though they differ in design, each of the tiers meets a
common objective. That objective is to limit potential exposure of the most exposed
individual to carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic metals and HC1 to acceptable additional
risks, namely:
• That exposure to all carcinogenic metals of concern be limited such that the
sum of the excess risks attributable to ambient concentrations of these
metals not exceed an additional lifetime individual risk to the potential most
exposed individual (MET) of 10~5; and
• That exposure to each noncarcinogenic metal and HC1 be limited such that
exposure to the potential MEI does not exceed the reference air
concentration (RAC). For lead, the RAC is 10 percent of the National
Ambient Air Quality Standard. For HC1, the RAC is 100 percent of the
Introduction-2
-------
Introduction
inhalation reference dose (RfD). For the other noncarcinogens, the RACs
are 25 percent of the oral RfD converted, 1 to 1, to an inhalation RfD.
Appendix I presents supporting information about health risks for carcinogens and
noncarcinogens.
Using air dispersion modeling for 25 reasonable, worst-case incinerators located in
complex and noncomplex terrain, and for 11 hypothetical incinerators (representing the
range of release parameters for hazardous waste incinerators) assumed to be located at each
of these 25 facilities, the Agency is proposing national performance standards for feed rates
and emissions limits through a tiered approach. Tier I would set limits on feed rates. The
feed rate limits would be back-calculated from the Tier n emission limits assuming no
credit for partitioning of metals to bottom ash or for removal of metals or HC1 from stack
gases by air pollution control devices (APCDs). Thus, the Tier I feed rate limits and the
Tier n emission limits would be numerically equal but expressed in different units: Ib/hr
feed rate versus g/sec emission rate. Compliance with Tier I could be demonstrated simply
by analysis of waste feeds. Tier II would set emissions limits derived by back-calculating
from ambient levels posing acceptable health risks using dispersion coefficients for
reasonable, worst-case facilities. Compliance must be demonstrated by stack emissions
tests; thus, partitioning to bottom ash and APCD removal efficiency would be considered.
Tier III would allow the applicant to demonstrate by site-specific dispersion modeling that
emissions higher than the Tier II limits will nonetheless not result in an exceedance of
ambient levels that pose unacceptable health risks. In effect, the applicant would be
demonstrating that dispersion of emissions from the facility being permitted is better than
for the reasonable, worst-case facilities used to derive the Tier H limits.
In evaluating dispersion coefficients for maximum annual average ground level
concentrations for the reasonable, worst-case facilities, EPA has initially determined that
terrain and land use classifications2 have a significant enough effect on dispersion
coefficients to establish different Tier I and Tier II screening limits for the following terrain
and land use categories:
See Appendix I for definitions.
Introduction-3
-------
Introduction
For Metals
A. Noncomplex terrain (i.e., flat or rolling)
1. Urban land use
2. Rural land use
B. Complex terrain
For HC1
A. Noncomplex terrain
B. Complex terrain
Authority
Section 3005(c)(3) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as
amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA), provides
authority to EPA to establish permit conditions for hazardous waste facilities beyond the
scope of existing regulations. It states, u[e]ach permit...shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Administrator or State determines necessary to protect human health and
the environment." This language has been added verbatim to EPA's hazardous waste
regulations at 40 CFR 270.32 by the Codification Rule published at 50 FR 28701-28755
on July 15, 1985.3 It is also listed as a self-implementing HSWA provision at 40 CFR
271.1(j) in 51 FR 22712-23 (September 22, 1986).
Because this guidance is implemented under HSWA's omnibus authority, it may be
put into effect immediately in all States, regardless of their authorization status. EPA has
authority to implement this guidance in authorized States until those States have revised
their own requirements and such revisions have been approved by EPA. This must occur
on or before July 1, 1989. (This assumes that the amendments to 40 CFR 264 Subpart O
to control metal emissions will be promulgated in August 1988. The schedule for revising
State requirements is given in 40 CFR 271.21(6)(2), as revised at 51 FR 33722.)
3 The preamble to this regulation provides EPA's legal interpretation and discusses its impact on
State authorization 950 FR 28728-33).
Introduction-4
-------
Introduction
At present, EPA does not have the authority to reopen existing permits to implement
this metals emission guidance.
Structure of This Document
A risk-based approach to permitting can be relatively complex, but every effort has
been made to break up the necessary analyses into a series of simple steps.
This guidance document is divided into two principal parts: (1) a structured
working document containing step-by-step guidance, and (2) a series of appendices
describing the technical basis for the methods and assumptions used. The working
document itself is divided into four separately-labeled tabs. Each tab contains all the
material necessary to complete the analysis specified. The series of steps needed to conduct
the analysis generally is as follows:
Tab A Data Gathering. Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables —
The permit writer requests specific data from the applicant to determine the
incinerator location (especially its surrounding terrain), relevant factors
affecting the dispersion of pollutants from the incinerator (its physical stack
height and related information), and requested feed rates by feed system.
Using this information, the permit writer determines whether the Tiers I and
n Screening Tables will be appropriate for the specific facility in question.4
Tab B Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tiers I and IT>—If the Tier I and
Tier II Screening Tables are appropriate, the permit writer uses Tab B. Its
purpose is to provide the permit writer with tables to look up feed rate (Tier
I) or emission (Tier II) limits for each pollutant based on terrain adjusted
effective stack height.
Tab C Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis ("Tier lift—If the Tier I and Tier
II Screening Tables are not appropriate for the facility, or if the facility's
feed rates and emissions exceed the values provided by the Screening
Tables, the permit writer determines whether to require the applicant to
conduct a site-specific risk analysis or to conduct the modeling (and risk
assessment) in house (for metals only). If the modeling is conducted in
house for flat terrain, the permit writer uses the Graphical Exposure
Modeling System (GEMS). If the modeling is conducted in house for
Although the Tier I and Tier II Screening Tables were derived from dispersion analyses of
reasonable, worst-case facilities, the limits may not be fully protective in every situation. A particular
facility may, in fact, have poorer dispersion than the reasonable, worst-case facilities used in EPA's
analyses.
Introduction-5
-------
Introduction
rolling or complex terrains, the permit writer may use a screening model
approach when applicable. Appendix V contains a screening procedure that
is applicable in the special situations presented in Tab C. In these
situations, it may be more advantageous to use the screening model in lieu
of site-specific dispersion modeling. The screen provides a fast, easy
method for estimating potential maximum ambient air concentrations (i.e.,
dispersion coefficients). The screening methodology is based on air
dispersion modeling conducted in accordance with EPA guidelines. It does
not, however, require that air dispersion modeling be performed. Instead, it
is a simple step-by-step process involving standardized release parameters
and generic look-up tables.
TabD Determine Necessary Permit Conditions—Using the feed rate and/or
emission limits from Tab B (Tiers I and II) or the results of site-specific
modeling and risk analysis (or a screening model if applicable) as explained
in Tab C (Tier HI), the permit writer develops the necessary operating
requirements for the incinerator and writes them into the permit
Introduction-6
-------
Introduction
A detailed list of the steps in this document is presented below.
Overview of the Procedure for Establishing Limits
Tab A: Data Gathering. Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of
Screening Tables
Step 1: Gather source data—(from applicant)
Step 2. Determine land use characteristics—(using the Auer method)
Step 3. Determine suitability of Tier I and Tier II Screening
Tables
—If suitable: go to Tab B
—If not suitable: go to Tab C
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tiers I and ID
Step 1: If there is more than one onsite hazardous waste
incinerator stack, determine worst-case stack
Step 2. Define terrain
Step 3. Determine terrain adjusted effective stack height
Step 4a: Determine compliance with Tier I feed rate limits
—If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b
—If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
Introduction-?
-------
Introduction
Step 4b: Determine compliance with Tier 11 emission limits
—If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
—If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier TIP
Step 1: The permit writer determines whether to require the
applicant to conduct site-specific dispersion modeling
(and risk assessment) or to conduct the modeling (and
risk assessment) in house.
—Applicant conducts the modeling and risk assessment: go to
Tab C Step 2
—Modeling and risk assessment conducted in house using GEMS
for applications when terrain rise is less than 10 percent of stack
height.5
—If risk acceptable: go to Tab D
—If risk unacceptable: emissions must be reduced
—Where appropriate, modeling conducted in house using the
Appendix V Screen:
—If risk acceptable: go to Tab D
—If risk unacceptable: go to Tab C Step 2
Step 2: Applicant must submit the dispersion modeling plan for
review by the permit writer with assistance from the
Regional Meteorologist or PAT
It is expected that these modeling runs will be made without inputting terrain data.
Introduction-8
-------
Introduction
Step 3: Applicant provides the model results and risk analysis
for review by the permit writer with assistance from the
Regional Meteorologist or PAT
Tab D: Determine Necessary Permit Conditions
Introduction-9
-------
REFERENCES
USEPA. 1977. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards. Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance Planning and Analysis —
Volume 10 (Revised) — Procedures for Evaluating Air Quality Impact of New
Stationary Sources. Research Triangle Park, N.C., EPA-450/4-77-001.
USEPA. 1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards. Guidelines on Air Quality Models (Revised). Research Triangle Park,
N.C., EPA-450/2-78-027R.
-------
Tab A
Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables
The purpose of Tab A is to obtain all the data necessary to establish, using the
Screening Tables provided in Tab B, conservative feed rate or emission limits with
minimal effort by the applicant and permit writer. This tab will also provide criteria to
determine whether or not the feed rate and emission limits provided in Tab B should be
applied to a given facility. If these tables are inappropriate, the applicant normally would
be required to conduct dispersion modeling in conformance with the EPA "Guidelines on
Air Quality Models." In some cases, however, when the Screening Tables are
inappropriate or for the reasons identified in Tab C, the permit writer may use a screening
model (Sullivan and Hlinka, 1988) described in Appendix V to predict dispersion
coefficients rather than requiring the applicant to conduct site-specific modeling.
Appendix IV contains worksheets to assist the applicant in providing the permit
writer with the information required for the analysis.
Tab A consists of the following four steps:
• Step 1: Gather source data—(from applicant)
• Step 2: Select urban/rural classifications
• Step 3: Determine suitability of Tier I and Tier H Screening Tables
— If suitable: go to Tab B
— If not suitable: go to Tab C
Tab A-l
-------
Tab A: Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables
Step 1: Gather
source data (from
applicant): The first
step is to ensure that the
applicant provides the
information identified in
WORKSHEET 1 (see
Appendix IV), and
submits U.S. Geologic
Survey (USGS) 7.5
minute topographic maps
showing the terrain within
5 km of the facility.
(A) This form requests information about the following
items:
• Facility geographical location
• Terrain parameters
• Stack parameters
• Dimensions of and distances to nearby
buildings from the incinerator unit or units
• Requested metal and chlorine feed rates.
Tab A-2
-------
Tab A: Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables
Step 2: Determine
land use
characteristics (using
the Auer method).
(A) Determine land use characteristics within 3 km of the
stack using the Auer method provided in Appendix I.
Topographic maps, zoning maps and/or aerial
photographs can be used to identify land use types.
However, this approach can be time consuming and
cumbersome. As an alternative, a simplified
procedure .is shown in Appendix I, which is
consistent with the EPA Guideline on Air Quality
Models.
(B) Determine the percentage of urban land use types (as
defined in Appendix I) that fall within 3 km of the
facility.
A planimeter may be used to trace the boundaries of
the urban sections to determine the percentage urban
area.
(C) The ratio of the urban area to the area of the 3 km
circle multiplied by 100 will be the percentage of land
use that is urban.
(D) If the urban land use types are less than or equal to
30 percent urban based on a visual estimate (or 50
percent if based on a planimeter), use the rural tables
in Tab B.
If the urban land use types (as defined in Appendix I)
are greater than 30 percent (or 50 percent based on
planimeter measurements), the most conservative
(lower) value between the urban and rural Screening
Tables should be used, or the standard Auer land use
technique applied (Auer 1978, EPA 1986 Guideline
on Air Quality Models).
Tab A-3
-------
Tab A: Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables
Step 3: Determine the (A) If any of the following criteria are associated with the
suitability (subject to application, it is recommended that site-specific
comment during the modeling (or the screening model) be used in lieu of
permit proceeding) of the Tier I and Tier n Screening Tables presented in
Tier I and Tier II Tab B:
Screening Tables:
This step is to decide, • Facility is located in a narrow valley less than
based on the following . 1 km wide.
criteria, whether or not the
facility can be evaluated • Facility has a stack taller than 20 m and is
using the feed rate and located such that the terrain rises to the
emission limit tables. physical stack height within 1 km of the
facility.
• Facility has a stack taller than 20 m and is
located within 5 km of the shoreline of a large
body of water (such as an ocean or large
lake).
• If the physical stack height of any stack is
less than 2.5 times the height of the building
identified with that stack on WORKSHEET 1
and the distance from the stack to the closest
boundary is within five building heights of
the associated building or five projected
widths of the associated building, then site
specific analysis is required because of
potential downwash complications at MET
receptors.
(B) If the Screening Tables are determined to be suitable,
confirm this with Regional Meteorologist or PAT,
and go to Tab B; if not, go to Tab C.
Tab A-4
-------
Tab B
Determine Feed Rates or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
The purpose of Tab B is to determine if the applicant's proposed feed rates or
documented, measured emission rates exceed the values established in the Screening
Tables. •
The Screening Tables classify facilities in terms of terrain-adjusted effective stack
height, terrain characteristics, and urban versus rural land use. Both the effective stack
height and the screening feed rates or emission limits are determined simply by reading
numbers off of Tier I and Tier n Screening Tables provided in the tab. If the facility has
more than one hazardous waste incinerator stack onsite, it is recommended that permit
writers choose the most conservative (i.e., worst-case) stack as representative (all
pollutants are assumed to be emitted from the worst-case stack).
Tab B consists of the following three recommended steps:
• Step 1: If there is more than one onsite hazardous waste incinerator
stack, determine worst-case stack
• Step 2: Define terrain
• Step 3: Determine terrain adjustable effective stack height
• Step 4a: Compare applicant's proposed feed rates to limits in Tier I
Screening Tables
—If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b
—The applicant may decide to accept lower limits than
those proposed
—If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
. • Step 4b: Compare applicant's documented emission rates to limits in
Tier n Screening Tables
Tab B-l
-------
—If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
—The applicant may decide to accept lower limits than
those proposed
—If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
Tab B-2
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step I; Determine
worst-case stack for
multiple stack sites.
For sites with a single stack,go directly to Step 2.
For facilities with multiple stacks, the following
procedure must be considered in identifying the
worst case stack.
Apply the following equation to each stack:
K = HVT
Where: K = An arbitrary parameter accounting for
relative influence of physical slack
height and plume rise.
H = Stack height (m)
V = Flow rate (nvVsec)
T = Exhaust temperature (K)).
The stack with the lowest value of K is the worst-
case stack unless the following condition applies:
(40 CFR 5U(ii))
Tab B-3
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 2: Define
terrain: The second step
is to determine whether
the facility lies in complex
or noncomplex (i.e.,
rolling or flat) terrain.
(A) From the data provided on WORKSHEET 1,
compare the maximum terrain rise with the physical
stack height. For sites with multiple stacks, use the
worst case stack identified in Step 1, Tab B. If the
terrain rise, within 5 km, is greater than the physical
stack height, the facility is considered to be in
complex terrain for the purposes of this analysis.
(B) The determination of terrain should be reviewed by
the Regional Meteorologist or PAT.
Tab B-4
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 3: Determine
terrain-adjusted
effective stack height.
(A) If any stack's physical height is less than the
minimum GEP (Good Engineering Practice) stack
height, then we recommend that a 4 m stack height
be used as the terrain-adjusted stack height be
defined as the worst case stack for subsequent
analyses. If this condition applies go to Tab B
Step4a.
Note: Minimum GEP is defined by the following equation:
GEP (minimum) = H + 1JL
Where: H = Height of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's
associated building from WORKSHEET 1) measured
from ground level elevation at the base of the stack
L = The lesser dimension of the height or projected width
of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's associated
building from WORKSHEET 1)
(B) Use the stack gas exit flow rate and temperature to
determine the corresponding plume rise value from
Table B-l. For sites with multiple stacks, use data
for the worst case stack determined in Step 1.
(Q Add the plume rise value to the actual physical stack
height to determine the effective stack height.
(D) Subtract the maximum terrain rise within 5 km from
this value to determine the terrain-adjusted effective
stack height.
If the terrain-adjusted effective stack height minus the
maximum terrain is less than 4 meters (or is a
negative number), then use 4 meters as the terrain-
adjusted effective stack height The tables have been
calculated such that the limits given for the 4 meter
stack height are to be conservative for any stack
height of 4 meters or less.
Note 1: The ISCLT and ISCST dispersion models
were used to develop the screening tables. These
models, like most EPA models, contain a term to
adjust wind speed as a function of physical release
height. Wind speed approaches zero as the height of
release approaches zero. This results in the
concentration term unrealistically increasing as
Tab B-5
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
release height approaches zero. Since low level
structures such as storage tanks, buildings, and \
miscellaneous equipment, will result in low level
mixing, a zero effective release height would not be a
realistic treatment for an incinerator release, even
those with physical release heights less than 4
meters.
Note:2: We recommend that the physical stack
height used in this exercise to determine the terrain -
adjusted effective stack height be no greater than
the maximum GEP (Good Engineering Practice)
stack height for the facility.
The maximum GEP physical stack height is defined
as the greater of 65 meters or H + 1.5L, where,
H - Height of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's
associated building from WORKSHEET 1)
measured from ground level elevation at the base of
the stack.
L SB The lesser dimension of the height or projected width of a
nearby structure (i.e., the stack's associated building from
WORKSHEET 1).
Tab B-6
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 4a: Determine Noncarcinoeens
compliance with Tier
I feed rate limits. (A) Using the following tables, read the Tier I feed rate
limit for each pollutant that corresponds to the
appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:
• Table B-2 for metals, noncomplex terrain
• Table B-3 for metals, complex terrain.
Table B-10 for HC1
(B) Compare the applicant's proposed total pollutant feed
rates with the Tier I limits determined above for each
metal:
• If limits exceeded: goto Tab B Step 4b
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
limits than those proposed instead of going to
Tab B Step 4b (Tier H)
• If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Note: The recommended means of making this
determination for facilities with multiple onsite stacks
is to compare the Tier I limit for each pollutant with
the total feed rate for all incinerators (i.e., all feeds
are assumed to be fed through the i.e., worst-case
stack) .
Carcinogens
(A) Using the following tables, read the Tier I feed rate
limit for each metal that corresponds to the
appropriate terrain -effective stack height:
• Table B-4 for noncomplex terrain
• Table B-5 for complex terrain.
(B) If only one carcinogenic metal is incinerated,
compare the applicant's proposed feed rate with the
Tier I standard determined above:
If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
metals limits than those proposed instead of
going to Tab B Step 4b (Tier H)
If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Tab B-7
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
(C) If multiple carcinogenic metals are incinerated, then "
the sum of the ratios of the proposed total feed rates
(actual feed rate) by metal, to the feed rate limits must
not exceed 1.0. The following equation would be
used:
n
I
Actual Feed Rate:
1— < L0
Tier I Feed Rate Limit,
Where i = carcinogenic metals considered.
If the above equation is > 1.0, then the limits are
exceeded
• If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
metals limits than those proposed instead of
going to Tab B Step 4b (Tier H)
• If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is
recommended that permit writers compare the Tier I
limit for each metal with the total feed rate for all
incinerators (i.e., all feeds are assumed to be fed
through the worst-case stack).
Tab B-8
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 4b: Determine Noncarcinoeens
compliance with Tier
II emission limits. (A) Using the following tables, read the Tier II emission
limit for each pollutant that corresponds to the
appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:
• Table B-6 for metals, noncomplex terrain
• Table B-7 for metals, complex terrain.
Table B-11 for HC1
(B) Compare the actual emission rates with the Tier II
limits determined above:
• If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
limits than those proposed instead of
going to Tab C and performing site-specific
modeling
• If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is
recommended that the permit writer compare the Tier
II limit for each pollutant with the total emission rate
for all incinerators (i.e., all emissions are assumed 10
be emitted from the worst-case stack).
Carcinogens
(A) Using the following tables, read the Tier II emission
limit for each metal that corresponds to the
appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:
• Table B-8 for noncomplex terrain
• Table B-9 for complex terrain.
(B) If only one carcinogenic metal is incinerated,
compare the actual emission rate with the Tier II
standard determined above:
• If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
metals limits than those proposed instead of
going to Tab C and performing site-specific
modeling
If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Tab B-9
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
4
(Q If multiple carcinogenic metals are incinerated, then
the sum of the ratios of the actual emission rates to
the emission limits must not exceed 1.0. The
following equation would be used:
v
^^ Tier II Emission Limit,
i = 1
Actual Emissions;
!— < 1.0
Where i = carcinogenic metals considered
If the above equation is > 1.0, then the limits are
exceeded:
• If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
—The applicant may decide to accept lower
metals limits than those proposed instead of
going to Tab C and performing site-specific
modeling
• If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.
Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is ™
recommended that the permit writer compare the Tier
II limit for each pollutant with the total emission rate
for all incinerators (i.e., all emissions would be
assumed to be emitted from the worst-case stack).
The information in the following tables was derived
from risk assessments of reasonable worst-case
scenarios. Technical background information is
included in Appendix I.
Tab B-10
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-1
Plume Rise Values (m) vs. Stack Parameters
Flow Rate'
(m3/sec)
<0.5
0.5-0.9
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
5.0-7.4
7.5-9.9
10.0-12.4
12.5-14.9
15.0-19.9
20.0-24.9
25.0-29.9
30.0-34.9
35.0-39.9
40.0-49.9
50.0-59.9
60.0-69.9
>69.9
Exhaust Temperature (K)
<325
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
16
18
325-
349
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
a
9
10
12
13
15
18
20
350-
399
0
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
13
15
17
19
22
26
29
400-
449
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
13
17
20
22
25
28
33
38
42
450-
499
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
10
12
14
16
20
24
27
31
34
40
45
49
500-
599
1
1
2
4
6
7
8
11
14
16
19
23
27
31
35
39
44
50
54
600-
699
1
2
3
5
7
8
10
13
16
19
22
27
32
37
41
44
50
56
62
700-
799
1
2
3
5
7
9
11
14
18
21
24
30
35
40
44
48
55
61
67
800-
999
1
2
3
6
8
10
11
15
19
22
26
32
38
42
46
50
57
64
70
1000
1499
1
3
4
6
8
10
12
17
21
24
28
35
41
45
50
54
61
68
75
>1499
1
2
4
7
9
11
13
. 18
23
27
31
38
44
49
54
58
66
74
81
(1) Using the given stack exit flow rate and gas temperature,
find the corresponding plume rise value from the above table.
(2) Add the physical stack height to the corresponding plume rise values
[effective stack height - physical stack height + plume rise].
"Plume rise is a function of buoyancy and momentum which are in turn
functions of flow rate, not simply exit velocity. Flow Rate is defined
as the inner cross-sectional area of the stack multiplied by the exit
velocity of the stack gases.
Tab B-ll
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-2
Feed Rate Screening Limits for Noncarcinogenic Metals
for Facilities in Noncomplex Terrain
Terrain-Adjust ec
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Urban Areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E+00
1 .4E+00
1.7E+00
2.2E+00
2.7E+00
3.3E+00
3.7E+00
4.2E+00
4.8E+00
5.4E+00
6.2E-.-00
7.0E+00
8.0E+00
9.0E+00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1.3E+01
Barium
(Ib/hr)
2.2E+01
2.5E+01
2.8E+01
3.2E+01
3.6E+01
4.1E+01
4.6E+01
5.2E+01
5.9E+01
6.6E+01
7.5E+01
8.5E+01
9.6E+01
1.1E+02
1.4E+02
1.8E+02
2.3E+02
2.9E^.02
3.6E*02
4.5E-I-02
5.5E+02
6.2E+02
7.0E+02
8.0E+02
9.1E+02
1.0E+03
1.2E+03
1.3E+03
1.5E+03
1.7E-I-03
1.9E+03
2.2E-t-03
Lead
(Ib/hr)
4.0E-02
4.5E-02
5.1E-02
5.8E-02
6.5E-02
7.3E-02
8.3E-02
9.4E-02
1.1E-01
1.2E-01
1.4E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.5E-01
3.2E-01
4.1E-01
5.2E-01
6.5E-01
8.0E-01
9.9E-01
1.1E-1-00
1.3E+00
1.4E-COO
1.6E+00
1.9E+00
2.1E+00
2.4E-hOO
2.7E-»-00
3.1E+00
3.SE+00
4.0E+00
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.1E-01"
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E+00
1 .3E+00
1.7E+00
2.2E+00
2.7E+00
3.3E-I-00
3.7E-t-00
4.2E+00
4.8E*00
5.4E-I-00
6.2E+00
7.0E+00
7.9E+00
9.0E-I-00
LOE-t-01
1.2E+01
1.3E+01
Silver
(Ib/hr)
1.3E+00
1.5E-hOO
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.2E-t-00
2.4E+00
2.8E+00
3.1E+00
3.5E+00
4.0E+00
4.5E+00
5.1E+00
5.7E-KOO
6.5E+00
8.3E+00
1.1E+01
1.4E+01
1.7E+01
2.2E+01
2.7E+01
3.3E-1-01
3.7E>01
4.2E+01
4.8E+01
5.4E+01
6.2E+01
7.0E+01
8.0E+01
9.0E+01
• 1.0E+02
1 .2E+02
1.3E+02
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E+00
1.4E+00
1.7E+00
2.2E-1-00
2.7E>00
3.3E-1-00
3.7E+00
4.2E-t-00
4.8E+00
5.4E+00
6.2E+00
7.0E+00
8.0E+00
g.oE-t-oo
1.0E+01
1.2E-1-01
1.3E+01
Tab B-12
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-2 (Cont.)
Feed Rate Screening Limits for Noncarclnogenlc Metals
for Facilities In Noncomplex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Rural Areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-02
7.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
Z9E-01
3.8E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1.6E+00
2.4E+00
3.3E+00
4.4E+00
S.SE-t-OO
7.6E+00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1 .4E+01
1.7E+01
2.0E+01
2.4E+01
2.9E+01
3.4E+01
4.1E+01
4.8E+01
5.8E+01
6.9E+01
Barium
(Ib/hr)
1.1E+01
1.3E+01
1.5E+01
1.7E+01
2.1E+01
2.6E+01
3.2E+01
4.0E+01
4.9E+01
6.3E+01
8.0E+01
1.0E+02
1.3E+02
1.6E+02
2.6E+02
4.0E+02
5.5E+02
7.3E+02
9.6E+02
1.3E+03
1.7E+03
2.0E+03
2.4E+03
2.8E-t-03
3.4E+03
4.0E+03
4.8E+03
5.7E+03
6.8E-t-03
8.1E+03
9.6E+03
1.1E+04
Lead
(Ib/hr)
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.6E-02
5.7E-02
7.1E-02
8.8E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.8E-01
Z3E-01
Z9E-01
4.7E-01
7.1E-01
9.9E-01
1 .3E>00
1 JE-t-00
2.3E+00
3.0E+00
3.6E-I.OO
4.3E>00
5.1E+00
6.1E+00
7.2E+00
8.6E+00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1.5E+01
1.7E+01
2.1E>01
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-02
7.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
2.9E-01
3.7E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1.6E-t-00
2.4E+00
3.3E-t-00
4.4E-I-00
5.8E-I-00
7.6E+00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1.4E-H01
1.7E+01
2.0E+01
2.4E+01
2.9E-t-01
3.4E-t-01
4.1E-K01
4.8E+01
S.SE-t-01
6.9E+01
Silver
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-01
7.9E-01
9.0E-01
LOE+OO
1.3E+00
1.5E-I-00
1 .9E+00
2.4E-»-00
2.9E-t-00
3.8E+00
4.8E-I-00
6.1E+00
7.7E+00
9.8E+00
1.6E+01
2.4E+01
3.3E+01
4.4E+01
S.aE-t-01
7.6E+01
1 .OE+02
1 .2E-K02
1 .4E-1-02
UE-t-02
2.0E-I-02
2.4E+02
2.9E+02
3.4E+02
4.1E>02
4.8E+02
5.8E+02
6.9E+02
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-02
7.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
2.9E-01
3.8E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1.6E+00
2.4E+00
3.3E+00
4.4E+00
5.8E>00
7.6E+00
LOE-t-01
1.2E+01
1.4E+01
1.7E+01
2.0E>01
2.4E+01
2.9E-t-01
3.4E*01
4.1E-*-01
4.8E+01
5.8E-.-01
6.9E+01
Tab B-13
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-3
Feed Rate Screening Limits for Noncarcinogenlc Metals
for Facilities In Complex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Use In Urban and Rural Areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
Z1E-01
2.3E-01
Z6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.4E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E-01
8.1E-01
1.0E+00
1.2E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.1E+00
2.4E-cOO
2.7E-1-00
3.0E+00
3.4E-COO
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.7E+00
5.3E+00
Barium
(Ib/hr)
5.2E+CO
7.7E+CO
1.1E+01
1.7E+01
2.0E-I-01
2.5E*01
2.9E+01
3.2E+01
3.5E+01
3.9E+01
4.3E+01
4.8E+01
5.3E+01
5.8E+01
7.3E+01
8.9E>01
1.1E-1-02
1.4E-I-02
1.7E+02
2.lE-t-02
2.5E>02
2.3E>02
3.2E>02
3.6E+02
4.0E+02
4.5E-t-02
5.0E+02
5.6E-I-02
6.3E+02
7.0E+02
7.9E+02
8.8E*02
Lead
(Ib/hr)
9.4E-03
1.4E-02
2.0E-02
3.0E-02
3.6E-02
4.4E-02
5.2E-02
5.7E-02
6.3E-02
7.0E-02
7.7E-02
8.6E-02
9.5E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
2.0E-01
2.4E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.6E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.4E-01
7.2E-01
8.0E-01
9.0E-01
1.0E>00
1.1E-t-00
1.3E+00
1.4E-t-00
1.6E+00
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.3E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E-01
8.1E-01
LOE-i-00
1.2E-1-00
1.5E-t-00
1.7E-t-00
1.9E-t-00
2-lE-t-OO
2.4E-I-00
2.7E+00
3-OE-f-OO
3.4E-I-00
3.8E-I-00
4.2E-t-00
4.7E+00
5.3E-I-00
Silver
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-01
4.6E-01
6.7E-01
9.9E-01
1 .2E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E-t-00
2.1E+00
2.3E+00
2.6E-t-00
2.9E-.-00
3.2E+00
3.5E+00
4.4E-t-00
5.4E-I-00
6.6E-I-00
S.lE-t-00
LOE-i-01
1.2E-I-01
1.5E+01
1.7E+01
1.9E-t-01
2.1E-1-01
2.4E+01
2.7E+01
3.0E-t-01
3.4E>01
3.8E-I-01
4.2E-1.01
4.7E-I-01
5.3E>01
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.4E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E-01
8.1E-01
LOE-i-00
1 .2E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.1E-I-00
2.4E-t-00
2.7E+00
3.0E-HOO
3.4E+00
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.7E-t-00
5.3E-t-00
Tab B-14
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-4
Feed Rate Screening Limits for Carcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Noncomplex Terrain
Terram-Adjustec
Effective
Stack Heiqht
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Use In Urban Areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
1.0E-03
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1 .5E-03
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.7E-03
3.1E-03
3.5E-03
3.9E-03
4.5E-03
5.0E-03
6.5E-03
8.2E-03
1.0E-02
1.3E-02
1.7E-02
2.1E-02
2.5E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.SE-02
5.4E-02
6.2E-02
7.0E-02
7.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
2.5E-03
2.8E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.5E-03
5.1E-03
5.8E-03
6.5E-03
7.4E-03
8.3E-03
9.4E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
2.0E-02
2.5E-02
3.2E-02
4.0E-02
5.0E-02
6.1E-02
6.9E-02
7.8E-02
8.9E-02
1.0E-01
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
Chromium
(Ib/hr)
3.7E-04
4.2E-04
4.7E-04
5.3E-04
6.0E-04
6.8E-04
7.7E-04
8.7E-04
9.8E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1.4E-03
1.6E-03
1.8E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.8E-03
4.8E-03
6.1E-03
7.4E-03
9.1E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.5E-02
2.8E-02
3.2E-02
3.7E-02
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.7E-03
3.0E-03
3.4E-03
3.8E-03
4.3E-03
4.9E-03
5.5E-03
6.3E-03
7.1E-03
8.0E-03
9.0E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.6E-02
5.2E-02
5.9E-02
6.7E-02
7.6E-02
8.6E-02
9.7E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
Values for Use in Rural Areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
5.3E-04
6.1E-04
7.0E-04
8.0E-04
9.8E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
1.8E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.7E-03
4.7E-03
6.0E-03
7.6E-03
1.2E-02
1.8E-02
2.6E-02
3.4E-02
4.5E-02
5.9E-02
7.8E-02
9.3E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.6E-01
3.2E-01
3.7E-01
4.5E-01
5.3E-01
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1 .9E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.5E-03
4.4E-03
5.5E-03
6.9E-03
8.8E-03
1.1E-02
1 .4E-02
1.8E-02
2.9E-02
4.4E-02
6.1E-02
8.1E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.6E-01
3.1E-01
3.7E-01
4.5E-01
5.3E-01
6.3E-01
7.5E-01
9.0E-01
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
Chromium
(Ib/hr)
1.9E-04
2.2E-04
2.5E-04
2.9E-04
3.5E-04
4.3E-04
5.3E-04
6.6E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1 .3E-03
1.7E-03
2.1E-03
2.7E-03
4.3E-03
6.6E-03
9.2E-03
1.2E-02
1.6E-02
2.1E-02
2.8E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
6.7E-02
8.0E-02
9.5E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
9.5E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1 .4E-03
1.8E-03
2.1E-03
2.6E-03
3.3E-03
4.1E-03
5.2E-03
6.6E-03
8.4E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
2.2E-02
3.3E-02
4.6E-02
6.1E-02
8.0E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.7E-01
2.0E-01
2.4E-01
2.3E-01
3.3E-01
4.0E-01
4.7E-01
5.6E-01
6.7E-01
8.0E-01
9.5E-01
Tab B-15
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-5
Feed Rato Screening Limits for Carcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Complex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Urban and Rural Areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
2.4E-04
3.6E-04
5.2E-04
7.7E-04
9.4E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.6E-03
1.8E-03
2.0E-03
2.2E-03
2.5E-03
2.7E-03
3.4E-03
4.2E-03
5.1E-03
6.3E-03
7.8E-03
9.6E-03
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.3E-02
2.6E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.1E-02
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
5.8E-04
8.5E-04
1.2E-03
1.8E-03
2.2E-03
2.7E-03
3.2E-03
3.5E-03
3.9E-03
4.3E-03
4.8E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.5E-03
8.1E-03
9.9E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.3E-02
2.8E-02
3.2E-02
3.5E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.6E-02
6.2E-02
7.0E-02
7.8E-02
8.7E-02
9.8E-02
Chromium
(Ib/hr)
8.7E-05
1.3E-04
1.9E-04
2.8E-04
3.4E-04
4.1E-04
4.8E-04
5.3E-04
5.9E-04
6.5E-04
7.2E-04
7.9E-04
8.8E-04
9.7E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
1.8E-03
2.3E-03
2.8E-03
3.4E-03
4.2E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.7E-03
7.4E-03
3.3E-03
9.3E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
4.4E-04
6.4E-04
9.4E-04
1 .4E-03
1 .7E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.6E-03
2.9E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.4E-03
4.9E-03
6.0E-03
7.4E-03
9.2E-03
1.1E-02
1 .4E-02
1.7E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.0E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.7E-02
5.2E-02
5.9E-02
6.5E-02
7.3E-02
Tab B-16
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-6
Emissions Screening Limits for Noncarcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Noncomplex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Urban Areas
Antimony
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
- 3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
2.2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
6.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
1.0E+00
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
Barium
(g/sec)
2.8E+00
3.2E+00
3.6E+00
4.0E-t-00
4.6E+00
S.lE-t-00
5.8E+00
6.6E+00
7.4E+00
8.4E+00
9.5E+00
1.1E+01
1.2E+01
1.4E-t-01
1.8E+01
2.2E+01
2.8E+01
3.6E+01
4.6E+01
5.6E+01
6.9E+01
7.8E+01
8.9E+01
1.0E+02
1.1E+02
1.3E+02
1.5E-t-02
1.7E+02
1.9E+02
2.2E+02
2.4E*02
2.8E>02
Lead
(g/sec)
5.1E-03
5.7E-03
6.4E-03
7.3E-03
8.2E-03
9.3E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.5E-02
3.2E-02
4.0E-02
5.1E-02
6.5E-02
8.2E-02
1.0E-01
1.2E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
^1E-01
Z3E-01
Z7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.9E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
Mercury
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
2.2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
6.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
1.0E+00
1.1E>00
1.3E+00
1.5E*00
1.7E+00
Silver
(g/sec)
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
3.9E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
5.7E-01
6.4E-01
7.2E-01
8.2E-01
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1 .7E+00
2.2E+00
2.7E+00
3.4E+00
4.1E>00
4.7E+00
5.3E+00
6.0E-I-00
6.96-t-OO
7.8E-I-00
8.8E-I-00
1.0E+01
1.1E+01
1.3E+01
1.5E+01
1.7E-I-01
Thallium
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1 .9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
2.2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
6.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
1.0E+00
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
Tab B-17
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-6 (Cont.)
Emissions Screening Limits for Noncarcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Noncomplex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
- 65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
•115m
120m
Values for Rural Areas
Antimony
(q/sec)
8.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
2.0E-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.5E-01
7.3E-01
9.6E-01
1 .3E-.-00
1.5E-»-00
1.8E+00
2.1E+00
2.6E+00
3.0E+00
3.6E+00
4.3E+00
5.1E+00
6.1E+00
7.3E+00
8.6E+00
Barium
(g/sec)
1.4E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.2E+00
2.7E+00
3.2E+00
4.0E+00
5.0E+00
6.2E+00
7.9E-I-00
1.0E+01
1.3E+01
1.6E+01
2.1E+01
3.3E+01
5.0E+01
7.0E-t-01
9.2E-t-01
1.2E+02
1.6E>02
2.lE-t-02
2.5E-t-02
3.0E+02
3.6E+02
. 4.3E+02
5.1E*02
6.0E-t.02
7.2E-I-02
8.5E-I-02
1.0E+03
1.2E+03
1.4E-t-03
Lead
(g/sec)
2.6E-03
3.0E-03
3.4E-03
3.9E-03
4.8E-03
5.8E-03
7.2E-03
9.0E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
1.8E-02
Z3E-02
Z9E-02
3.7E-02
5.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
Z2E-01
2.9E-01
3.8E-01
4.5E-01
5.4E-01
6.4E-01
7.7E-01
9.1E-01
1.1E>00
1 .3E>00
1 .5E+00
1.8E+00
2.2E*00
2.6E4-00
Mercury
(g/sec)
8.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
ZOE-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.5E-01
7.3E-01
9.6E-01
1.3E-I-00
1.5E>00
1.8E+00
2.1E+00
2.6E+00
3.0E>00
3.6E-t-00
4.3E>00
5.1E+00
6.lE-t-00
7.3E+00
8.6E+00
Silver
(g/sec)
8.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.7E-01
6.0E-01
7.7E-01
9.7E-01
1.2E+00
2.0E+00
3.0E+00
4.2E+00
5.5E-.-00
7.3E+00
9.6E-t-QO
1.3E-I-01
1.5E-t-01
1.3E-I-01
2.1E+01
2.6E-t-01
3.0E-I-01
3.6E-K01
4.3E-I-01
5.1E+01
' 6.1E-I-01
7.3E+01
8.6E-I-01
' ThalliuT!
(g/sec)
8.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
2.0E-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.5E-01
7.3E-01
9.6E-01
1.3E-MDO
1.5E+00
1.8E+00
2.1E-1-00
2.6E+00
3.0E-I-00
3.6E-I-00
4.3E+00
5.1E-I-00
6.1E+00
7.3E-I-00
8.6E-t-00
Tab B-18
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-7
Emissions Screening Limits for Noncarcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Complex Terrain
Terrain-Adjustec
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Use In Urban and Rural Areas
Antimony
(g/sec)
3.9E-03
5.3E-03
8.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
Z2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
Z7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
Barium
(g/sec)
6.6E-01
9.7E-01
1.4E+00
2.lE-t-00
2.5E-t-00
3.lE-t-00
3.6E+00
4.0E+00
4.4E+00
4.9E+00
5.4E+00
6.0E+00
6.6E+00
7.4E-hOO
9.1E+00
1.1E+01
1.4E+01
1.7E+01
2.1E+01
2.6E+01
3.2E+01
3.6E+01
4.0E+01
4.5E+01
5.0E+01
5.6E+01
6.3E+01
7.1E+01
7.9E+01
8.9E+01
9.9E-1.01
LlE-t-02
Lead
(g/sec)
1.2E-03
1.7E-03
2.6E-03
3.7E-03
4.6E-03
5.6E-03
6.5E-03
7.2E-03
8.0E-03
8.8E-03
9.8E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
2.0E-02
2.5E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.7E-02
5.8E-02
6.5E-02
7.2E-02
8.1E-02
9.1E-02
1.0E-01
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
2.0E-01
Mercury
fg/sec)
3.9E-03
5.8E-03
8.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
Silver
(g/sec)
3.9E-02
5.8E-02
8.5E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
2.9E-01
3.3E-01
3.6E-01
4.0E-01
4.4E-01
5.5E-01
6.8E-01
8.3E-01
1.0E+00
1.3E+00
1.6E+00
1.9E+00
2.2E-t-00
2.4E+00
2.7E+00
S.OE-t-OO
3.4E+00
3.8E-(-00
4.2E+00
4.7E-I-00
5.3E+00
5.9E-t-00
6.7E-f-00
Thallium
(g/sec)
3.9E-03
5.8E-03
8.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
Tab B-19
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-8
Emissions Screening Limits for Carcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Noncomplex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Use In Urban Areas
Arsenic
(g/sec)
1.3E-04
1.5E-04
1.7E-04
1.9E-04
2.1E-04
2.4E-04
2.7E-04
3.1E-04
3.4E-04
3.9E-04
4.4E-04
5.0E-04
5.6E-04
6.3E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1.7E-03
2.1E-03
2.6E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.1E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
6.0E-03
6.9E-03
7.8E-03
8.8E-03
1.0E-02
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
Cadmium
(g/sec)
3.1E-04
3.5E-04
4.0E-04
4.5E-04
5.1E-04
5.7E-04
6.5E-04
7.3E-04
8.2E-04
9.3E-04
1.1E-03
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.9E-03
2.5E-03
3.2E-03
4.0E-03
5.1E-03
6.2E-03
7.7E-03
3.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1 .3E-02
1.4E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
Chromium
(g/sec)
4.7E-05
5.3E-05
6.0E-05
6.7E-05
7.6E-05
8.6E-05
9.7E-05
1.1E-04
1.2E-04
1 .4E-04
1.6E-04
1.8E-04
2.0E-04
2.3E-04
2.9E-04
3.7E-04
4.7E-04
6.1E-04
7.6E-04
9.4E-04
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1 .9E-03
2.2E-03
2.5E-03
2.8E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.1E-03
4.6E-03
Beryllium
(g/sec)
2.3E-04
2.6E-04
3.0E-04
3.4E-04
3.8E-04
4.3E-04
4.8E-04
5.5E-04
6.2E-04
7.0E-04
7.9E-04
8.9E-04
1.0E-03
1.1E-03
1.5E-03
1.9E-03
2.4E-03
3.0E-03
3.8E-03
4.7E-03
5.8E-03
6.5E-03
7.4E-03
8.4E-03
9.5E-03
1.1E-02
1 .2E-02
1 .4E-02
1.6E-02
1.8E-02
2.0E-02
2.3E-02
Values for Use In Rural Areas
Arsenic
(g/sec)
6.7E-05
7.7E-05
8.8E-05
1.0E-04
1 .2E-04
1.5E-04
1.9E-04
2.3E-04
2.9E-04
3.7E-04
4.7E-04
5.9E-04
7.6E-04
9.6E-04
1.5E-03
2.3E-03
3.2E-03
4.3E-03
5.7E-03
7.5E-03
9.9E-03
1.2E-02
1.4E-02
1.7E-02
2.0E-02
2.4E-02
2.3E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
6.7E-02
Cadmium
(g/sec)
1.6E-04
1 .8E-04
2.1E-04
2.4E-04
3.0E-04
3.6E-04
4.5E-04
5.5E-04
6.9E-04
8.8E-04
1.1E-03
1 .4E-03
1.8E-03
2.3E-03
3.6E-03
5.5E-03
7.7E-03
1.0E-02
1 .4E-02
1.8E-02
2.4E-02
2.8E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
6.7E-02
8.0E-02
9.5E-02
.1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
Chromium
(g/sec)
2.4E-05
2.8E-05
3.2E-05
3.6E-05
4.4E-05
5.4E-05
6.7E-05
8.3E-05
1.0E-04
1.3E-04
1.7E-04
2.1E-04
2.7E-04
3.4E-04
5.4E-04
8.3E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
2.0E-03
2.7E-03
3.5E-03
4.2E-03
5.0E-03
6.0E-03
7.1E-03
8.4E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1 .4E-02
1.7E-02
2.0E-02
2.4E-02
Beryllium
(g/sec)
1.2E-04
1 .4E-04
1.6E-04
1.8E-04
2.2E-04
2.7E-04
3.3E-04
4.2E-04
5.2E-04
6.6E-04
8.4E-04
1.1E-03
1 .4E-03
1.7E-03
2.7E-03
4.2E-03
5.8E-03
7.7E-03
1.0E-02
1.3E-02
1.8E-02
2.1E-02
2.5E-02
3.0E-02
3.5E-02
4.2E-02
5.0E-02
6.0E-02
7.1E-02
8.5E-02
1.0E-01
1.2E-01
Tab B-20
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-9
Emissions Screening Limits for Carcinogenic Metals
for Facilities In Complex Terrain
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Heiqrtt
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for Use In Urban and Rural Areas
Arsenic
fg/sec)
3.1E-05
4.5E-05
6.6E-05
9.7E-05
1.2E-04
1.4E-04
1.7E-04
1.9E-04
Z1E-04
2.3E-04
Z5E-04
2.8E-04
3.1E-04
3.4E-04
4.3E-04
5.2E-04
6.5E-04
8.0E-04
9.8E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.3E-03
2.6E-Q3
2.9E-03
3.3E-03
3.7E-03
4.1E-03
4.6E-03
5.2E-03
Cadmium
(g/sec)
7.3E-05
1.1E-04
1.6E-04
2.3E-04
2.8E-04
3.5E-04
4.0E-04
4.4E-04
4.9E-04
5.4E-04
6.0E-04
6.7E-04
7.4E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1 .5E-03
1.9E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.5E-03
5.0E-03
5.6E-03
6.3E-03
7.0E-03
7.8E-03
8.8E-03
9.8E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
Chromium
(g/sec)
1.1E-05
1.6E-05
2.4E-05
3.5E-05
4.2E-05
5.2E-05
6.0E-05
6.7E-05
7.4E-05
8.2E-05
9.0E-05
1.0E-04
1.1E-04
1.2E-04
1.5E-04
1 .9E-04
2.3E-04
2.9E-04
3.5E-04
4.3E-04
5.3E-04
6.0E-04
6.7E-04
7.5E-04
8.4E-04
9.4E-04
1.1E-03
1 .2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03-
1.7E-03
1.3E-03
Beryllium
(g/sec)
5.5E-05
8.1E-05
1.2E-04
1.7E-04
2.1E-04
2.6E-04
3.0E-04
3.3E-04
3.7E-04
4.1E-04
4.5E-04
5.0E-04
5.5E-04
6.1E-04
7.6E-04
9.4E-04
1.2E-03
1.4E-03
1.3E-03
2.2E-03
2.7E-03
3.0E-03
3.3E-03
3.7E-03
4.2E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.6E-03
7.4E-03
8.3E-03
9.2E-03
Tab B-21
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-10
Tier I Feed Rate Limits for Chlorine
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Noncomplex
Total Chlorine
(Ib/hr)
2.0E-01
2.5E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.7E-01
6.1E-01
7.8E-01
9.8E-01
1 .2E+00
1.6E+00
2.0E+00
2.5E+00
3.1E-I-00
3.9E+00
5.7E+00
8.0E+00
1.1E+01
1.5E+01
1.9E+01
2.3E+01
2.7E+01
3.0E+01
3.3E+01
3.6E+01
4.0E+01
4.4E+01
4.9E+01
5.4E+01
5.9E+01
6.5E+01
7.2E>01
7.9E+01
Complex
Total Chlorine
(Ib/hr)
2.6E-01
2.7E-01
2.8E-01
2.9E-01
3.3E-01
3.8E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
7.4E-01
8.4E-01
9.6E-01
1.1E+00
1.5E+00
2.1E+00
3.0E-fOO
4.1E+00
5.7E+00
8.0E+00
1.1E+01
1.2E+01
1.3E+01
1.4E+01
1.5E+01
1.7E+01
1.8E+01
2.0E+01
2.1E+01
2.3E+01
2.5E+01
2.7E+01
Tab B-22
-------
Tab B: Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Table B-11
Tier II Emission Limits for Hydrogen Chloride
Terrain-Adjusted
Effective
Stack Height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Noncomplex
Hd
(g/sec)
2.6E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.6E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.6E-01
2.0E-01
2.5E-01
3.1E-01
3.9E-01
4.9E-01
7.2E-01
1.0E+00
1.4E+00
1.9E+00
2.4E+00
2.9E+00
3.46+00
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.6E+00
5.1E+00
5.6E-I.OO
6.1E+00
6.8E+00
7.5E+00
8.2E+00
9.1E+00
1.0E+01
Complex
HCl
(g/sec)
3.3E-02
3.4E-02
3.5E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.8E-02
5.5E-02
6.3E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
9.3E-02
1.1E-01
1.2E-01
1.4E-01
1.9E-01
2.7E-01
3.7E-01
5.2E-01
7.2E-01
1.0E+00
1.4E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E-1-00
1.8E+00
1.9E-t-00
2.1E-HOO
2.3E+00
2.5E-.-00
2.7E+00
2.9E+00
3.2E+00
3.5E+00
Tab B-23
-------
Tab C
Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Tab C presents methods to determine, under Tier HI, if the aggregate cancer risk to
the most exposed individual resulting from the metals emissions is less than or equal to
10~5, and if the ambient concentrations of noncarcinogenic metals and HC1 are below the
reference air concentrations. For some facilities, emission limits under Tier III can be a
factor of 10 or more higher than those under Tier II. This is a result of the conservatism
built into the Tier n Screening Limits. Within Tier HI, the permit writer has the option of
(a) performing an in-house dispersion analysis or (b) requiring the applicant to perform
detailed site-specific modeling.
If the permit writer performs the dispersion analysis in-house, he has the option of
using either the screening procedure which is described in detail in Appendix V or the EPA
GEMS model. The Appendix V screening procedure is designed to assist the permit writer
to conservatively estimate site-specific hourly and annual average dispersion coefficients.
When applicable, the screening procedure provides a more expeditious and less costly
alternative to detailed site-specific dispersion modeling. The procedure does not require the
permit writer to perform dispersion modeling but is, however, based on extensive
dispersion modehng and data processing utilizing the Industrial Source Complex Model
(ISCLT). The screening procedure relies primarily on permit data from WORKSHEET 1.
Under certain conditions, this procedure reduces the degree of conservatism contained in
the Tier I and II tables. The steps shown in Tab C indicate under what conditions this
screening procedure is recommended
The EPA GEMS model is available to permit writers for those situations where the
applicant fails using the results of the Appendix V screening procedure. GEMS contains an
interactive version of the ISCLT model that will predict dispersion coefficients that are less
conservative than those predicted by the screening procedure. Thus higher emission rates
and feed rates would be allowed. This option is recommended for situations where the
Tab C-l
-------
facility is located in flat terrain (i.e., maximum terrain rise from the facility out to 5 km is
less than or equal to 10 percent of the physical height of the stack under analysis). GEMS
is, however, not useful for short term analyses such as estimating short term risk from HC1
emissions. Appendix n presents a description of GEMS and sample model output
If the use of the Appendix V and GEMS screening procedures are not appropriate,
the permit writer may require the applicant to conduct detailed site-specific dispersion
modeling. This modeling must conform to the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models."
WORKSHEET 2 in Appendix V contains a list of the parameters that the applicant must
define in order to conduct detailed site-specific modeling analyses.
Tab C consists of the following three steps:
• Step 1: The permit writer determines whether to require the
applicant to conduct site-specific dispersion modeling and to
demonstrate that the established acceptable ambient levels are
not exceeded, or to conduct the modeling (and risk
assessment) in-house
—If applicant conducts modeling: go to Tab C Step 2
—If the permit writer desires to conduct the analyses in
house:
—Use screening procedure (Appendix V), if
appropriate, to estimate short-term and long-
term dispersion coefficients
—If the emissions are acceptable on this basis: go to
TabD
—If the emissions based on the long-term dispersion
coefficients generated by the Appendix V screening
procedure are unacceptable and the facility is located
in flat terrain, use GEMS
—If HQ emissions based on the short-term
dispersion coefficients generated by the Appendix V
screening procedure are unacceptable go to Step 2.
Tab C-2
-------
Note: Flat terrain is defined in this report as follows: If the
maximum terrain rise within 5 km of the facility is less than
10 percent of the physical stack height of the stack selected
for analyses then the location is considered to be flat, and
terrain adjustment factors will not be considered.
—If the GEMS procedure indicates that emissions
are unacceptable, then go to Tab C, Step 2
Step 2: Applicant must submit the dispersion modeling plan for
review—{by the Regional Meteorologist or PAT)
—The applicant must submit information to the
Regional Meteorologist or PAT for review. This
information includes stack parameters,
meteorological data, and terrain data.
Step 3: Applicant provides the model results and risk analysis for
review
—If emissions are considered acceptable: go to
TabD
—If emissions are considered unacceptable: they
must be reduced. A new test bum must be
conducted to determine whether the (reduced)
emissions are acceptable.
Tab C-3
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Step 1: The permit The following equations are used to determine whether or
writer determines not the risk levels have been exceeded. For
whether to require the noncarcinogenic metals and HC1, the following equation
applicant to conduct applies:
site-specific
dispersion modeling MEI Dispersion Coefficient fug/m3/g/s) x Emission fg/s) . n
and demonstrate that RAC
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
(A) The Regional Meteorologist or the PAT determine
whether or not the Appendix V screening procedure
is appropriate.
This screening procedure is not appropriate for the
following specific conditions:
• Locations within narrow valleys (< 1 km in
width)
• For stacks > 20 m, locations within 5 km of a
shoreline of a major body of water
• Releases from stacks <. minimum GEP stack
height, where the property boundary is
within 5 building heights or 5 maximum
projected building widths of buildings
creating non-GEP condition
Additionally, the Appendix V screening procedure
should not be used if, in the judgment of the PAT or
Regional Meteorologist, site-specific factors may
result in the screening procedure being
unconscrvativc (i.e., underestimating risks).
In many circumstances, the Appendix V screening
procedure is more restrictive than Tier I and n limits.
However, under the following conditions the
screening procedure may be less restrictive than Tier
landH.
• The facility has multiple stacks with
substantially different release specifications
(e.g., stack heights differ by >50%, exit
temperatures differ by > 50 K, or exit flow
rates differ by more than a factor of 2)
• The terrain does not reach physical stack
height within 1 km of the incinerator, when
the stack is greater than 20 m high and in
complex terrain
• There is no representative meteorological data
available for the site under consideration
• The distance to the nearest facility boundary
Tab C-5
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
is greater than the distance shown in the table
below for land use type and the effective
height of the stack under consideration
Terrain-Adjusted Effective
Stack Height
Range (meters)
Distance
(meters)
Urban Rural
1 to 9.9
10 to 14.9
15 to 19.9
20 to 24.9
25 to 30.9
31 to 41.9
42 to 52.9
53 to 64.9
65to112.9
113*
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
300
400
700
200
250
250
350
450
550
800
1000
1200
2500
Tab C-6
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Note: Options to comply with the emissions limits
may include upgrading the APCD(s) or raising the
stack to reflect good engineering practice (GEP). It
should be noted, however, that EPA is considering a
proposal to reduce the paniculate standard for
hazardous waste incinerators. Thus, in selecting an
approach to reduce metals emissions, the applicant
should consider that a more stringent paniculate
standard (e.g., 0.01-0.04 gr/dscf) may be adopted in
the future.
• If the Appendix V screening procedure
shows emissions to be acceptable: go to Tab
D.
• If the screening procedure shows HC1
emissions to be acceptable, but metal
emissions unacceptable, the permit writer has
the option of using GEMS [Tab C
Step 1 (B)] or requiring the applicant to do
site-specific dispersion modeling [Tab C
Step 2].
• If the screening procedure shows HC1
emissions to be unacceptable, require the
applicant to conduct site-specific dispersion
modeling (Tab C Step 2).
(B) Permit writer runs GEMS
• Confirm data on Worksheet 1 that
maximum terrain rise out to 5 km is < 10
percent of physical stack height.
• Determine whether metals emissions are
acceptable using the equations provided in
Tab C Step 1.
—If exceeded: Emissions must be reduced.
A new test bum must be conducted to
determine whether the (reduced) emissions
are acceptable.
—If not exceeded: Go to Tab D.
Tab C-7
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Step 2: Applicant
must submit the
dispersion modeling
plan for review by the
Regional
Meteorologist or
PAT.
(A) The applicant needs to draft a dispersion modeling
plan for a site-specific analysis consistent with the
EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models."
(B) The following documentation should be provided
with the draft modeling plan:
• The rationale for the selection of the
meteorological monitoring station, including
a map showing alternative stations considered
in the region
• A site layout map showing the locations of all
sources and building dimensions for
adjacent structures.
(Q The applicant must include a discussion on how a
follow-up run will be used to perform a more refined
analysis around the area of maximum offsite
concentrations. In addition, special receptors should
be used to define the distance to the fenceline for
each wind direction sector if the initial model runs
show that the maximum impacts occur within the
first kilometer from the source.
(D) If the closest property boundary is within 5 building
heights1 or 5 times the maximum projected building
width2 of any stack less than GEP, the applicant
must include a description of how MEI impacts will
be estimated within the cavity zone of the applicable
building(s).
(E) The permit writer sends the draft modeling plan and
supporting documentation to the Regional
Meteorologist or PAT for review. The applicant
must revise the modeling plan based on
recommendations of the Regional Meteorologist or
PAT.
Refers to building causing non-GEP conditions.
Tab C-8
-------
Tab C: Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Step 3: Applicant (A) The model output should include a full printout of the
provides the model input data, or the full input file should be appended
results and risk to the results.
analysis for review
(See WORKSHEET 2 (B) The model output is then sent to the Regional
in Appendix IV). Meteorologist or PAT for review to assure that they
conform to the modeling plan.
(Q If the Regional Meteorologist or PAT confirms that
the model results are valid, then the risk assessment
may be used to determine the permit conditions
• If risk is considered acceptable: go to Tab D
• If risk is considered unacceptable: emissions
must be reduced.
See the note on the possibility of more stringent
paniculate standards under Tab C Step I, A.
Tab C-9
-------
Tab D
Determine Necessary Permit Conditions
The purpose of Tab D is to outline permit conditions necessary to control metals
and HC1 emissions for facilities whose trial burn emissions, in the permit writer's
judgment, have passed the risk analysis. If an incinerator fails the risk analysis, a permit
should not be awarded until and unless the applicant proves by a new trial burn that the
emissions have been reduced sufficiently to pass the risk analysis.
To demonstrate compliance with the emission limits provided by Tier II or that
emission will not result in unacceptable ambient levels under Tier III, the applicant must
conduct a test burn to determine feed rates and emission rates of metals and HC1. If,
however, the trial bum has already been run (or the trial burn plan has already been
approved), the permit writer may not want to delay issuance of the permit (or the trial bum)
until a test bum can be conducted to determine feed rates and emission rates of metals under
trial burn conditions. In this situation, the permit writer should consider establishing
interim, conservative feed rate limits for metals. A procedure for establishing interim limits
is described below. The interim limits would apply until a test burn is conducted to
confirm that the interim feed rate limits result in acceptable emissions. The test burn should
be conducted as soon as practicable, certainly within 12 months of establishing the interim
limits. Given that the interim limits are designed to be reasonable but conservative, the test
burn is likely to demonstrate that higher feed rates will not result in unacceptable emissions.
To establish the interim feed rate limits, the permit writer should back-calculate
from an acceptable emission limit using reasonable but conservative assumptions regarding:
(1) the removal efficiency of the emission control device (see Appendix HI, Table HI-8);
and (2) partitioning of metals to bottom ash (see Appendix III, Table III-9). Of course, if
the permit writer has information that may indicate that the removal efficiency or
partitioning values presented in Appendix III may not be conservative in a particular
situation, he should use more restrictive values.
Tab D-l
-------
Finally, the permit writer must keep in mind the need to provide due process to the
applicant and interested parties when establishing the interim limits. The permit writer must
explain the rationale for the limits, provide the time and opportunity for comment, fully
respond to these comments, and include the responses in the administrative record of the
permit
4
Tab D-2
-------
Tab D: Determine Necessary Permit Conditions.
Determine necessary
permit conditions:
Permit conditions must
ensure that emissions over
the life of the permit are
not greater than those used
to demonstrate acceptable
risk.
(A) Tier I Permit Conditions
The feed rate limits from Tab B, Step 1 will be
specified as permit conditions.
(B) Tier IT and Tier HI Permit Conditions
The actual feed rates by feed system and the actual
emissions determined in the trial bum will be specified as
permit conditions.
Note 1: In lieu of limiting feed rates by feed system
where many feed systems are used, the feed rate ofmemls
should be specified separately for (I) solid wastes (i.e.,
nonpumpable wastes); and (2) liquid wastes. In addition,
separate limits on each organometal should be
established.
These limits are needed because the physical form of the
waste (and whether the metal is present as an organic
species) has a substantial effect on partitioning to ash
versus the stack gas.
Note 2: For Tiers II and HI, when more than one
combination of waste streams is expected to be burned, a
separate trial burn is recommended for each combination,
and separate permit conditions will be written for each
one.
(Q Additional Permit Conditions
Air pollution control device operation and maintenance
requirements should be written into the permit to ensure
that the emissions limits are not exceeded.
Tab D-3
-------
Tab D: Determine Necessary Permit Conditions
Waste analysis requirements should also be written into
the permit to verify waste composition and, therefore,
ensure that the feed rate limits are being met. The
frequency of analysis should be specified at the discretion
of the permit writer, but should be often enough to
quantify any variability in the waste streams.
Appendix III also presents background information on
APCD operation and maintenance.
Tab D-4
-------
Table of Contents
Page No
Appendix I: Technical Support for the Modeling and Risk Assessment
1. Background Information on the Dispersion Modeling
Used to Establish Emission Limits 1-1
1.1 Overview of the Modeling Approach 1-1
1.1.1 General Assumptions and Methods 1-1
1.1.2 Specific Steps of the Analysis 1-3
1.2 Facility Selection 1-4
1.3 Model Selection 1-4
1.4 Input Parameters 1-4
1.4.1 Terrain Analysis 1-4
1.4.2 Release Specifications 1-4
1.4.3 Results and Analysis 1-6
2. Urban/Rural Classification—Auer Method 1-8
3. Background Information on the Health Risk Assumptions Used
to Establish Emission Limits 1-10
3.1 Carcinogens 1-10
3.2 Noncarcinogens 1-11
Appendix II: Using the GEMS System
1. Step-by-Step Procedures for Using GEMS IM
Examples of GEMS (ISCLT) Runs
Resulting ISCLT Input File
Resulting ISCLT Output File
Users Guide for GEMS
Appendix III: Technical Support for Permit Conditions I1I-1
1. Control Techniques and Removal Efficiencies III-l
1.1 Air Pollution Control Devices (APCDs) III-5
1.1.1 Electrostatic Precipitator in-5
1.1.2 Wet Electrostatic Precipitator '. IH-6
1.1.3 Fabric Filter.(Baghouse) IH-7
1.1.4 Quench Chamber IH-9
1.1.5 Wet/Dry Scrubber (Spray Dryer) IH-12
1.1.6 Venturi Scrubber IH-13
1.2 APCD Efficiencies IH-14
2. Sampling and Analysis Requirements in-17
-------
-------
Appendix I
Technical Support for the Modeling and Risk Assessment
-------
-------
1. BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE DISPERSION
MODELING USED TO ESTABLISH EMISSION LIMITS
1.1 Overview of the Modeling Approach
The objective of the dispersion modeling analysis was to estimate the maximum
short-term (hourly) and annual average ambient concentrations from hazardous waste
incineration, based on data from the current incinerator population, and assuming a
common emission rate of 1.0 g/sec. The analysis considered the range in height and other
release specifications, as well as the effect of variability in meteorology and terrain factors,
on predicted concentrations.
The analyses addressed the large differences in facility and site characteristics
across the existing hazardous waste incinerators in the U.S. The varying types and sizes of
incinerators led to widely differing release terms, i.e., physical stack height, inner stack
diameter, exit velocity, and exhaust temperature. Differences in these terms can result in
order of magnitude differences in predicted concentrations. Similarly, dispersion and
transport of pollutants can be critically affected by terrain and urban/rural land use
classification. Thus, the modeling analysis considered the combined effect of release
terms, terrain, and urban/rural land use in predicting ambient impacts.
1.1.1 General Assumptions and Methods
The key assumptions and methods used in the modeling analyses are consistent
with the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models" and with recommendations provided by
the modeling staff of the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. The approach used
here was designed to model a wide range of facilities. In addition to 24 actual incineration
facilities, 11 generic hypothetical incinerators representing the range of release parameters
for hazardous waste incinerators were modeled, assuming they were located at each of the
24 sites. The modeling approach was designed to:
• Use the most comprehensive data available to characterize existing
incinerators. The Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) Mail Survey was
used as the basis for characterizing current incinerators. Although it is the
most comprehensive data set available, there have been closures and
modifications to some of these incinerators since 1981 when the survey was
taken. The survey provides the location (latitude/longitude) and release
specifications for 152 facilities.
• Select sites to represent three types of terrain—flat, rolling, and complex —
The modeling was subdivided into three terrain types to show the influence
Appendix 1-1
-------
of terrain on the actual and generic release terms evaluated in the modeling
analyses. Initially, all of the facilities in the RIA Mail Survey were placed
into one of these terrain categories based on broad-scale topographic maps.
Those facilities with the lowest effective release heights were selected for
detailed analysis. U.S. Geographic Survey topographic maps were then
used to make the final determinations among the terrain classifications.
Thus, 24 specific facilities were selected on this basis.1
For purposes of this guidance, if the terrain rise within 5 kilometers of the
stack is less than or equal to 10 percent of the physical stack height, the
facility is considered to be in flat terrain. If the terrain rise is greater than 10
percent but less than or equal to the physical stack height, the facility is in
rolling terrain. If the maximum terrain rise is greater than the physical stack
height, the facility is in complex terrain.
Assign site-specific urban/rural classifications — Dispersion models can
generally be run in an urban or rural mode. The differences in results can
be substantial, with the magnitude of these differences being highly
dependent on effective release height. To classify the urban/rural status of
each site, topographic maps were used to assess land use out to a 3-
kilometer radius from each facility, based on a simplified2 Auer
classification (Auer 1978) (See Section 2). The land use approach of the
Auer technique was then used as the basis for selection between the urban
or rural classification.
Use site-specific meteorological data — For each of the selected facilities,
the available meteorological data from the National Climatic Center were
reviewed to identify the most representative meteorological data set for each
facility to be modeled. Five-year data sets of hourly surface meteorological
data, and twice per day mixing height values, were acquired to support the
modeling objectives.
Model hypothetical incinerators as well as actual incinerators — As
previously discussed, 11 generic incinerator sizes were identified for
inclusion in all model runs. These generic sources were modeled at every
facility, in addition to the actual incinerator present The results were output
individually such that differences in predicted impacts could be assessed.
The need for the generic release terms (hypothetical incinerators) is clear —
the scope of modeling over 152 incinerators based on detailed terrain
analysis and 5-year hourly meteorological data sets would be too resource
intensive. By modeling the generic sources in each of the 24 specific
modeling analyses, the effects of the entire range of release parameters on
ambient levels could be predicted.
The generic release terms were selected by grouping all incinerators in the
RIA Mail Survey by physical stack height. The 25th percentile value for
each remaining release specification (inner stack diameter, exit velocity, and
exhaust temperature) was then identified for each grouping. The results
1 A 25th site (Everett, Washington) was subsequently added.
2 An approach similar to that shown in Appendix I was used. All areas with housing omission tint
(pink) on topographic maps were modeled as urban.
Appendix 1-2
-------
were smoothed across the groups to obtain the 11 sets of release terms used
in the modeling analyses, i.e., one set of release terms for 10 groups of
incinerators.3
Use appropriate models — A wide range of dispersion models can be used
to evaluate emissions from combustion sources. The five models selected
to meet the objectives of this task are suitable to address the urban and rural
sites located in flat, rolling, or complex terrain. Refer to Section 1.3 for a
more detailed description of model selection.
1.1.2 Specific Steps of the Analysis
The key steps of the modeling analyses are summarized as follows:
Step 1: Identified candidate facilities from the RIA Mail Survey
Facilities that would most likely have the highest dispersion coefficients
(Ug/m-S per g/s) in each terrain category were identified based on (low)
effective stack height
Step 2: Formulated data to support additional sites
Release specifications were compiled for the full set of incinerators in the
RIA Mail Survey. These data were needed to select the most appropriate
generic source for those facilities that were not specifically modeled.
Step 3: Compiled generic release specifications
Eleven release terms were identified to represent groups of incinerators
from the RIA Mail Survey.
Step 4: Modeled actual and generic release specifications
Each of the models was executed consistent with standard EPA modeling
practices, and the results were quality controlled.
Step 5: Developed dispersion coefficient vs. effective stack height categories
Dispersion coefficients for metals as a function of effective stack height
were analyzed by terrain type and land use classification to identify
categories where dispersion coefficients were significantly different.
Those categories were:
• Flat and rolling terrain (noncomplex)
—urban land use
—rural land use
• Complex terrain.
3 One generic source was also added to conservatively represent low-level stacks thai have pollutants
rapidly transported to the surface by building-induced turbulence. This generic source was not, however,
included in the Tier I or II tables because the 4 m stack was selected to represent downwash cases.
Appendix 1-3
-------
Dispersion coefficients for HC1 as a function of effective stack height
were also analyzed by terrain type and land use classification to identify
categories where dispersion coefficients were significantly different.
Unlike for metals, dispersion coefficients for urban/rural scenarios did not
differ significantly. The land use categories identified were:
Rat and rolling terrain (noncomplex)
Complex terrain.
1.2 Facility Selection
Nine facilities in complex terrain, and 8 each in the noncomplex terrain categories
(flat, rolling) were selected for detailed modeling. Once the topographic data were
compiled, the terrain classifications of certain sites were modified.
1.3 Model Selection
The actual incinerator release specifications for each facility and terrain data were
used to select the appropriate model. Once selected, the actual release specifications and a
set of generic release modifications ranging from release heights of 5 to 100 meters were
evaluated during each modeling analysis. Based on the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality
Models" and input from the EPA Office of Air Quality, Planning and Standards, the
following models were selected:
Terrain classification Urban/Rural Averaging period Model selected
Rat or Rolling
Rat or Rolling
Complex
Complex
Complex
Urban or Rural
Urban or Rural
Urban
Urban
Rural
Annual Average
Hourly
Annual Average
Hourly
Hourly or Annual
ISCLT
ISCST
LONGZ
SHORTZ
COMPLEX 1
Flat and Rolling Terrain: The Industrial Source Complex models (ISCLT
and ISCST) were selected for flat and rolling terrain because they can
address building downwash and elevated releases and can account for
terrain differences between sources and receptors. The long-term mode
(ISCLT) was used for annual averages, while the short-term mode (ISCST)
was used to estimate maximum hourly concentrations.
Complex Terrain: Complex terrain applications required the use, in this
case, of three separate models. For urban applications, EPA recommends
SHORTZ for short-term averaging periods and LONGZ for seasonal or
annual averages. For rural sites located in complex terrain, EPA
recommends use of COMPLEX I.
Appendix 1-4
-------
1.4 Input Parameters
1.4.1 Terrain Analysis
U.S. Geological Survey 7.5 minute topographic maps were acquired to document
terrain out to 5 kilometers from each facility. Maximum terrain heights were compiled for
each of 16 wind directions and distances of 0 to 200 meters, 200 to 500 meters, 500 to
1,000 meters, 1,000 to 1,500 meters, 1,500 to 2,000 meters, 2,000 to 3,000 meters,
3,000 to 4,000 meters, and 4,000 to 5,000 meters.
1.4.2 Release Specifications
1.4.2.1 Actual Incinerators
The release specifications used for each of the actual facilities were acquired
through the RIA Mail Survey. There are a large number of hazardous waste incinerators
that have stacks of less than 10 meters, and relatively low effective release heights. Each of
these releases was modeled as an elevated release, because data were not available on the
dimensions and locations of nearby structures. The use of generic release specifications
(described in the next subsection), however, provides a release specification to
conservatively address low-level stacks affected by building downwash.
1.4.2.2 Generic Release Specifications
The objective of the generic release specifications is to show meteorological and
terrain-induced variability across a set of common specifications. In this manner, facilities
not among the 24 modeled individually could still be screened. The first step in
determining these specifications was to subdivide the RIA Mail Survey into ten categories
of incinerators based on ranges of effective stack height. Then, within each stack height
category, a single facility was selected whose effective stack height approximated the 25th
percentile of the range of effective stack heights in the category. The 25th percentile was
chosen because the goal was to conservatively represent the release specifications within
each group of incinerators, not to use the most conservative release specification for each
group. In addition, an 11 th generic release specification was defined in order to represent
facilities whose height of releases do not meet good engineering practice (GEP).4
Minimum good engineering practice (GEP) physical stack height is defined as Hg = H + 1.5L,
where:
Hg = GEP physical stack height measured from ground level elevation at the base of the stack.
H = Height of nearby structure measured from ground level elevation at the base of the stack.
L = The lesser dimension of the height or projected width of a nearby structure.
Source: 40CFR5U (ii).
Appendix 1-5
-------
anttotft
•" - '- - * -
-------
The next step was to calculate, based on the conservative dispersion coefficients,
the allowable emissions corresponding to the risk limits.
1.4.3.1 Noncarcinogens
For the noncarcinogens, the ambient concentration is calculated by the following
equation:
Ambient Concentration a Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3)/(g/sec) x Emission (g/sec)
This equation is solved for emission, and the RAC ( see Section 3.2) is used in
place of ambient concentration (because the RAC is the upper limit of allowed
concentrations). This equation is solved for each dispersion coefficient (relating to each
effective stack height).
1.4.3.2 Carcinogens
For carcinogens, the risk is defined by the following equation:
Risk » Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3/(g/sec) x Emission (g/sec) x Unit Risk (m3/ug).
This equation is solved for emission, and the upper limit of 1E-5 is used for the risk
for each carcinogen. Since the carcinogenic risk limit is the aggregate cancer risk and the
emission limits are based on 1E-5 for each metal individually, the allowable carcinogenic
metal emissions from all carcinogenic metals are constrained by the following relation:
n
Z Actual Emission < ,
Emission Limit
where i = the number of carcinogenic metals.
Appendix 1-7
-------
2. URBAN/RURAL CLASSIFICATION—AUER METHOD
There is a need to classify areas in the vicinity of incineration sites as urban or rural
in order to set risk-based emission limits. This classification is needed because dispersion
rates differ between urban and rural areas and thus, the risk per unit emission rate differs
accordingly. The combination of greater surface roughness (more buildings/structures to
generate turbulent mixing) and the greater amount of heat released from the surface in an
urban area (generates buoyancy-induced mixing) produces greater rates of dispersion. The
emission limit tables in the regulation, therefore, distinguish between urban and rural areas.
The following describes the approach to be used in selecting the appropriate urban or rural
designation for this rule.
EPA guidance (EPA 1986) shows two alternative procedures to determine whether
the character of an area is predominantly urban or rural: (1) land use typing or (2) a method
based on population density. Both approaches require consideration of characteristics
within a 3-km radius from a source, in this case the incinerator stack(s). The land use
method is preferred because it more directly relates to the surface characteristics that affect
dispersion rates. The remainder of this discussion is thus, focused on the land use method.
While the land use method is more direct, it also can be labor intensive to apply.
For this discussion, we have simplified the land use approach. Our goal is to be consistent
with EPA guidance for urban/rural classification (EPA 1986; Auer 1978), while
streamlining the process for the majority of applications so that a clear-cut decision can be
made without the need for detailed analysis. Table 1 summarizes the recommended
simplified approach to classifying areas as urban or rural. As shown, the applicant always
has the option of applying standard (i.e., more detailed) analyses to more accurately
distinguish between urban or rural areas. The procedure presented here, however, allows
for simplified treatments, where appropriate, to expedite the permitting process.
Simplified Land Use Process
The land use approach considers four primary land use types: industrial (I),
commercial (C), residential (R), and agricultural (A). Within these primary classes,
subclasses are identified, as shown in Table 1. The goal is to estimate the percentage of the
area within a 3-km radius that is urban type and the percentage that is rural type. Industrial
and commercial areas are classified as urban; agricultural areas are classified as rural.
Appendix 1*8
-------
Type1
Table 1
Classification of Land Use Types
Description Urban or Rural Designation2
II
12
Cl
Rl
R2
R3
R4
Al
A2
A3
A4
A5
Heavy Industrial
Light/Moderate Industrial
Commercial
Common Residential
(Normal Easements)
Compact Residential
(Single Family)
Compact Residential
(Multi-Family)
Estate Residential
(Multi-Acre Plots)
Metropolitan Natural
Agricultural
Undeveloped
(Grasses/Weeds)
Undeveloped
(Heavily Wooded)
Water Surfaces
Urban
Urban
Urban
Rural
Urban
Urban
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
EPA, Guideline on Air Quality Models (Revised), EPA-450/2-78-027, Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, July,
1986.
Auer, August H. Jr., "Correlation of Land Use and Cover with Meteorological
Anomalies." Journal of Applied Meteorology, pp. 636-643, 1978.
Appendix 1-9
-------
The delineation of urban and rural areas, however, can be more difficult for the residential
type areas shown in Table 1. The degree of resolution shown in Table 1 for residential
areas often cannot be identified without conducting site area inspections and/or referring to
zoning maps. This process can require extensive analysis, which, for many applications,
can be greatly streamlined without sacrificing confidence in selecting the appropriate urban
or rural classification.
The fundamental simplifying assumption is based on the premise that many
applications will have clear-cut urban/rural designations, i.e., most will be in rural settings
that can be definitively characterized through a brief review of topographical maps. The
color coding on USGS topographical maps provides the most effective means of
simplifying the typing scheme. The suggested typing designations for the color codes
found on topographical maps are as follows:
Green Wooded areas (rural).
White White areas generally will be treated as rural. This code applies to
areas that are unwooded and do not have densely packed structures,
which would require the pink code (house omission tint). Parks,
industrial areas, and unforested rural land will appear as white on the
topographical maps. Of these categories, only the industrial areas
could potentially be classified as urban based on EPA 1986 and
Auer 1978. Industrial areas can be easily identified in most cases by
the characteristics shown in Figure 1. For this simplified procedure,
white areas that have an industrial classification will be treated as an
urban areas.
Pink Pink areas indicate house omission and will be treated as urban in this
simplified procedure.5 The effect of this simplification is to group
housing types Rl and R4 (shown in Table 1) into the urban fraction,
thereby removing the need to consider housing types—the most
cumbersome step in the standard classification method. Conservative
safeguards have been incorporated into the simplified approach to
ensure that this simplification does not result in allowable emission
rates that exceed the 10"5 risk criterion.
Blue Water areas (rural).
Purple Purple areas indicate revisions to previous topographical maps. If
individual residences are visible, treat as rural; otherwise, treat as
urban.
5 These areas can be counted within the rural fraction if the vegetation covers 70 percent or more of
the area, but for simplicity, these areas will be treated as urban in this procedure.
Appendix 1-10
-------
Figure 1
Supplementary Publication Symbols
117 Single track
' t
118 Single tracx aoanccned
K' •••'" i,
-JCH
119 Single tracx uncer construction....
.JC»» UHOS.R COfSTBucr a.'-
120 Muitioie rrain line tracx
3" :ffe' '3 ct"tt' ' "w .'"4"
121 Vuiticie tracx acarccnea _. .J.
5J^» is tiisti.-y i.'x* in- sjacf :7" ?«" T
.JOO ^A^.vCC.^CJ.
122 Multicle track uncer construction .„ ^^J
I*n» «s niitini "tct «>i» so*e* -V
122 Juxtaoosition
Aittfr*t(9 tin.
;-JC«?
124 Railroad m street
">s sot
;iye. T
125 Yards
>s sotcto 20' «n *«j(«
at ti' inqie .'a Suiiomq >r. \£ iftc'ion.
;• :«rref :y centtr
173 Sewage discosai or nitration oiant_ j'°— ]"'~
195 Tanns. oii, gas, water, etc. ............ -. •
C.'C't JJ"-^mi/"'j.-n •3"^
-------
Based on the color code and review of the 3-km radius shown on the topographical
map(s) for the facility under review, the following steps should be performed:
1. Identify all white areas that are characterized by the industrial codes and
circle on the maps—label as "urban" (to be counted in the urban fraction).
2. Visually inspect the area within the 3-km radius. If the total of the white
areas labeled as "urban" plus the pink areas appears to be less than
30 percent of the total area within the 3-km radius, select the emission rates
from the rural tables. If the total urban types appear to be greater than
30 percent, and a planimeter is available, go to step 3; otherwise, proceed
directly to step 4.
3. Measure and sum the white areas labeled as "urban" and the pink areas with
a planimeter to more accurately estimate the percentage of land areas that is
included as urban types. If this percentage is less than 50, use the emission
rates from the rural tables. If this area is greater than or equal to 50 percent,
go to step 4.
4. Use these final options to classify the site as urban or rural:
a. Review emissions limits based on the urban and rural tables and
select the more restrictive case or
b. Follow the standard land use methods documented in EPA 1986,
and Auer 1978. This removes the conservative assumption that all
pink areas (house omission tint) are urban.
Appendix 1-12
-------
3. BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE HEALTH RISK
ASSUMPTIONS USED TO ESTABLISH EMISSION LIMITS
3.1 Carcinogens
EPA policy suggests that no threshold dose can be demonstrated experimentally for
carcinogens. This leads to the assumption that any exposure theoretically represents some
finite level of risk. EPA's Carcinogen Assessment Group (CAG) has estimated the
carcinogenic potency for humans exposed to low dose levels of carcinogens. The potency
factors have been used to estimate the unit risk of carcinogenic constituents lists in 40 CFR
Part 60, Appendix A. The unit risk is defined as the incremental risk to an individual
exposed for a lifetime to ambient air containing one microgram of the compound per cubic
meter of air.
This methodology considers inhalation as the only exposure pathway, and does not
take into account indirect exposures such as ingestion or dermal contact. Cancer risk is
assumed to result only from exposure to the incinerator emissions. Cancer incidences
resulting from other industrial or nonindustrial sources are not considered.
A second issue concerns the methodology, which confines the analysis to the
potential most exposed individual (MEI). The potential MEI risk is the risk at the point
where the maximum concentration occurs regardless of the actual population distribution.
Total population risk, which could be expressed as total potential cases produced by the
facility, is not part of the analysis.
The Agency is proposing that, using reasonable worst-case assumptions, an
incremental lifetime risk to the MEI of less than 1 x lO"5 (1 cancer case per 100,000 people)
is a reasonable acceptable risk. The aggregate risk to the MEI is calculated by predicting
the maximum annual average ground level concentration for each carcinogenic emission,
calculating the estimated risk from that ambient concentration using the unit risk factor, and
summing the risk for all carcinogenic compounds. EPA's Carcinogen Assessment Group
(CAG) has estimated carcinogenic potency factors for humans exposed to known and
suspected human carcinogens. These factors are the basis for estimating "unit risks" of
carcinogens at the low doses associated with typical levels of exposure to airborne
carcinogens in the ambient environment. Table 1-2 presents the unit risk values for the
carcinogens under consideration.
Appendix 1-13
-------
Nickel is not a carcinogen under consideration because the only carcinogenic forms
of nickel, nickel carbonyl and nickel subsulfide, are compounds that can be reduced under
reducing conditions and, thus, are not believed to be emitted from incineration processes.
Table 1-2
Unit Risk Values for Carcinogens
Metal Unit Risk (ug/m3)'1
Arsenic 4.3E-03
Beryllium 2.4E-03
Cadmium 1.8E-03
Chromium 1.2E-02
3.2 Noncarcinogens
For toxic substances not known to display carcinogenic properties, there appears to
be an identifiable exposure threshold below which adverse health effects usually do not
occur. Toxic effects are manifested only when these noncarcinogens are present in
concentrations above that threshold. Thus, protection against the adverse health effects of a
threshold toxicant is likely to be achieved by preventing exposure levels from exceeding the
reference dose (RfD).
Reference air concentrations (RACs) have been developed for HO and those
noncarcinogenic metals listed in Appendix VHI of 40 CFR Part 261 for which the Agency
has adequate health effects data. The exposure threshold level for lead is 10 percent of the
NAAQS. The RAG for HQ is 100 percent of the inhalation RfD. Selenium is not being
evaluated because health effects data are not available.
An oral RfD is an estimate of a daily exposure (via ingestion) for the human
population that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects even if
exposure occurs daily during a lifetime. The RfD for a specific chemical is calculated by
dividing the experimentally determined no-observed-adverse-effect-level by the appropriate
uncertainty factor(s).
Appendix 1-14 R
-------
The Agency is proposing to use the following equation to convert oral RfDs to
RACs in mg/m^:
_, . _ RfD (mg/kg-bw/day) x body weight x correction factor x background levels
RAC = ' " " '' ' -i
mj air breathed/day
where:
• RfD is the oral reference dose;
• Body weight is assumed to be 70 kg for an adult male;
• Volume of air breathed by an adult male is assumed to be
• Correction factor for route to route extrapolation (going from the
oral route to the^ inhalation route is assumed to be 1.0); and
• Factor to apportion the RfD to the intake resulting from direct
inhalation of the compound emitted from the source is 0.25 (i.e., an
individual is assumed to be exposed to 75 percent of the RfD from the
combination of other sources).
The RACs are used to determine if adverse health effects are likely to result from
exposure to stack emissions by comparing ground level concentrations of a pollutant to the
pollutant's RAC. If the RAC is not exceeded, advene health effects are not anticipated.
The Agency's reasoning for proposing RACs derived from oral RfDs is as follows:
1. EPA has developed verified RfDs and is committed to establishing RfDs for all
constituents of Agency interest. The verification process is conducted by an
EPA work group, and the conclusions and reasoning for these decisions are
publicly available.
2. The verification process assures that the critical study is of appropriate length
and quality to derive a health limit for long-term, lifetime protection.
3. RfDs are based on the best available information that meets minimal scientific
criteria and may come from experimental animal studies or human studies.
4. RfDs are designed to give long-term protection to all members of the population
including persons at unusual risk, such as pregnant women, growing children,
and older men and women.
5. RfDs arc designated by the Agency as being of high, medium, or low
confidence depending on the quality of the information and the amount of
supporting data.
The Agency used the following strategy to derive the inhalation exposure limits:
Appendix 1-15
-------
1. Where a verified oral RfD has been based on an inhalation study, the
inhalation exposure limit will be calculated directly from the study.
2. Where a verified oral RfD has been based on an oral study, a conservative
assumption for route to route extrapolation in deriving an inhalation limit
will be used; that is, the conversion factor is assumed to be 1.
3. Where EPA health documents containing relevant inhalation toxicity data
exist, such as the Health Effects Assessments (HEAs) and the Health
Effects and Environmental Profiles (HEEPs), the data will be used in
deriving an inhalation exposure limit. Other agency health documents (e.g.,
NIOSH's criteria documents) will also be considered.
4. The Agency recognizes the limitations of the route-to-route conversions
used to derive the RACs and is in the process of examining the confounding
factors affecting these conversions such as: (a) the appropriateness of
extrapolating when a portal of entry is the critical target organ; (b) first pass
effects; and (c) the effect of the route upon dosimetry. The Agency is
developing reference dose values for inhalation exposure, and many are
expected to be available this year.
Table 1-3 presents the reference air concentrations for the noncarcinogens under
consideration.
Table 1-3
Reference Air Concentrations for Noncarcinogens
Metal RAG
Antimony 0.3
Banum 50
Lead 0.09
Mercury 0.3
Silver 3
Thallium 0.3
Hydrogen Chloride 150(3min)
7 (annual)
Appendix 1-16
-------
Appendix II
Using the GEMS System
-------
1. Step-by-Step Procedures for Using GEMS
Steo 1: Accessing the
GEMS system and
GAMS subsystem.
(A) Use (or open) an active account on EPA's Vax
system. To open a new account, contact Ms. Pat
Harrigan ((202) 382-3397) or Mr. Daryl Kaufman
((202) 382-3929).
(B) Use a terminal that prints all input and output
information directly onto a printer.
(C) Get into the GEMS system. Enter "YES" to the
system prompt.
Refer to the GEMS user's manual included in this
appendix.
(D) Answer the prompt to identify your terminal type by
entering the appropriate number.
Step 2: Obtain (A)
meteorological data
requirements for
ISCLT: One of the key
data requirements for (B)
ISCLT is a representative
meteorological data set. (C)
The GAMS package
contains a national data
base for meteorological
conditions (currently
being updated with the
latest data from the
National Climatic Center). (D)
When the user identifies
the location of the (E)
incinerator (by latitude and
longitude), the GEMS
software lists the weather (F)
stations nearest to the site
that can be used in the
model run. This list
typically contains about
five to seven stations.
Enter "2" for Geodata Handling, "2" for
Environmental Data Locator, "5" Search for STAR
Station.
Enter"! ISC, 2 LAT/LON." Then type "NEXT."
Using as an example a latitude of 33° 45' 35"N and a
longitude of 84° 23' 44", type the following
incorporating the actual latitude/longitude values
from the incinerator application:
"1 334535, 2 842344." Then type "NEXT."
Enter "GO" when prompted.
The GEMS software will print out the available
meteorological stations for the ISCLT model run.
Enter "BACK," then "EXIT," and "YES" to confirm
the Exit command. When the "$" prompt appears,
enter "LOGOFF' to leave the GEMS system.
Appendix II-l
-------
Step 3: Consult with
the Regional
Meteorologist or the
Permit Assistance
Team (PAT).
Step 4: Identify the
worst-case stack.
(A) Ask for assistance from the Regional Meteorologist
or PAT to identify the most representative
meteorological station for the incinerator site.
(B) The Regional Meteorologist or PAT should
determine whether the source is located in a special
terrain feature or near a shoreline that would make
the available meteorological data from GEMS
inappropriate for modeling the incinerator site.
(Q If the Regional Meteorologist or PAT determines that
the meteorological data available through GEMS is
not appropriate for the site, perform site-specific
modeling.
(A) If the facility has more than one incinerator stack, use
the following equation for each stack:
K=HVT
Where; K = An arbitrary parameter accounting for
relative influence of physical stack height,
plume rise, and the total feed rate.
H = Physical stack height (m)
V * Flow rate (m^/sec)
T =» Exhaust temperature (K).
The stack with the lowest value of K is the worst-
case stack.
(B) If the facility has only one incinerator stack, then this
is the worst-case stack.
Appendix II-2
-------
Step 5: Create the
ISCLT input file and
run the model.
(A)
(B)
(Q
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(D
Get back into the GEMS system. Enter "YES" to the
system prompt.
Answer the prompt to identify your terminal type by
entering the appropriate number.
Enter the option numbers "1" for Modeling, "1" for
Air Models, "4" for GAMS system, and "1" for
GAMS interface.
Enter "AUTOHELP." Then enter "NEW" for new
study, then a 1 to 10 character study name (e.g.,
"FACILITY X"), a 1 to 80 character study title, and
a 1 to 6 character run name (e.g., "RUN1").
Enter "ISC" for model to be used, "C" for
concentration, a 1 to 60 character chemical name
(e.g., "METALS"), and "PARTICLE" for the state
of the chemical.
Enter "NO" for chemical removal and "NO" for dry
deposition.
Enter a 1 to 24 character site name (e.g.,
"ATLANTA") and "L" for site location identifier.
Enter the latitude of the site (e.g., "33 45 35") and
the longitude (e.g., "84 23 44"). After the STAR
stations are printed, enter the four-digit station
number of the station chosen by the Regional
Meteorologist or PAT. Enter "R" if the site is rural
or "Ul" if the site is urban.
When the site name prompt comes up again, simply
hit the return or enter key.
Enter "YES," then "SP" for special grid distances.
Enter the following distances for each of the ring
prompts: 0.2 (or shortest distance to fenceline if
greater than 0.2 kilometer), 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0. For example: the system will
prompt with "Enter the last ring distance in
kilometers:," to which is entered "0.2" (or the
shortest distance to fenceline), etc. When the system
prompts for the 11th distance, simply hit the enter or
return key.
Appendix II-3
-------
(J) Enter "1" for the number of concentration points per
ring.
(K) Enter a 1 to 24 character source category name (e.g.,
"INCINERATOR"), then enter a 1 to 12 character
name for the first emission type (e.g.,
"SOURCE1").
(L) Enter "S" for method of treating this emission type.
Then enter the corresponding values to the system
prompts for exit temperature, exit velocity, and inner
stack diameter of the worst-case stack found in Step
4.
(M) If the physical stack height is less than 2.5 times the
nearby building height, then enter "YES" to the
building wake effects prompt. If the physical stack
height is greater than 2.5 times the nearby building
height, enter "NO" and skip to step (N). Enter the
height and width (the results of taking the square root
of the length times width) of the nearby building at
the system prompt.
(N) Enter the physical stack height at the system prompt.
(O) Enter the site name used in (G) above (e.g.,
"ATLANTA"), then enter the source category used in
step (K) (e.g., "INCINERATOR"). Next enter
"1.0" when the system prompts for the stack
emission rate. Simply hit the enter or return key
when the system prompts for the source category
again.
(P) Enter "YES" to save the ISC model output, then
enter a 1 to 40 character title that will be placed on the
top of each page of model output (e.g., "ANNUAL
CONCENTRATIONS FOR FACILITY X"). Then
enter "ALL" to prompt for summary tables.
(Q) Enter "NONE" to the exposure calculations prompt,
"NO" to the estimation of lifetime risk, and "YES" to
saving the concentration files. The system will
respond with "GAMSIN session completed,"
indicating that the ISCLT input file is created.
Appendix II-4
-------
(R) Enter "2" for the GAMS model run, then enter the
study name used in step (D) at the system prompt.
Enter "GO" to run GAMS. The system indicates the
job entry number as the model run is started. Within
a few minutes the system will indicate that the run is
completed.
(S) Enter "EXIT' and "YES" to leave the GAMS
system. Enter the run name used in step (D) as in the
following example: 'TYPE RUNISC001.OUT* and
the model results will be printed.
(T) Enter "LOGOFF' to leave the GEMS system.
(U) Review model output.
Step 6; Follow up
model runs for
greater detail.
Repeat the entire Step 5 process, with the exception
of using up to 10 ring distances, equally spaced,
between the standard distances shown to have the
maximum offsite concentrations. For example, if the
maximum was shown to occur between 0.4 and
0.6 km, the follow-up model run would contain ring
distances of 0.40, 0.425, 0.45, 0.475 km, and so
forth up to 0.60 km.
Appendix II-5
-------
-------
>
Illllllllllll
SENS
1. TMO FH/EJPORT procedures 62DBF and S2DBF art now available for
data conversion fro* GEMS datasets to .DBF and .OIF files. The
.DBF and .OIF files can be downloaded to IBM PC for use in the
dflflSE III and LOTUS 1-2-3 software respectively. (1/12/86)
2. A VT100 full screen editor is now available for creating and
•odify GEMS datasets. This editor can be selected from the
File Management mem. (2/12/37}
niiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiHimiiii
MENU* Teninai Type Specification
1. VTlOO-compatible teminal 2. Tektronix 4010 tenhnal
1 VT100 with TEX4010 emulator 4. Tektronix 4014 teninal
S. 80 column ASCII teninal S. Tektronix 4105 teninal
7. 132 coltan ASCII teninal 3. Tektronix 4106 teninal
9. LA120 OEDriter teninal 10. Tektronix 4107 teninal
Please identify your teninal type by muber
? 7
C?3i>
53WWICSL EXPOSURE WOELIN6 SYSTEM
Version 3.1
developed by
seen. SCIENCES awpcmncN
for
U.S. EWIRDNHEMTa. PROTECTION flSENCY
OFFICE OF PESTICIDES flND TDXIC SUBSTflNCES
A series of KLP information is available by entering fCLP or TUTOR coeaand.
Use the PR procedure in the Utilities operation to report problen in SEW.
."CNU: graphical Exposure Modeling System
1. Modeling (MO)
2. Secdata Handling (ffl)
1 Graphics (GR)
4. File Management (Pi)
5. Estiaiation . (E5)
6. Statistics (ST)
7. Utilities
Enter an option number or a procedure name (in parentheses)
«• a cocaent: tflLP, ^€LP option, BflCK, CLSW, EXIT, TUTIS
? 1
-------
MBU: Model ing
1. Air Models
i Soil Models
3. Utter Models
4. Multieedia Models
Enter an option nuefcer or a procedure naee (in parentheses)
or a cawnd: HELP, HELP option, BACK, CLEAR, EXIT, TUTOR
? 1
(AIR)
(SOIL)
(HATE?)
(MULTI)
4
MEMh Air Models
1. Single ATM Source Box Model
2. Point Source (hourly concert.) Model
3. Point Source (Mxira concert.) Model
4. GEMS Ateospheric Modeling Subsystai
5. Saussian INttgrattd PIFF Model
Enter an option nueoer or a procedure naae (in parentheses)
or a o»and: f€LP, «LP option, BflOC, CLEAR, EXIT, TUTOR
? *
(BOIWD)
(PTDIS)
(DWFF1
MENU: GEMS Ateospheric Modeling Subsysta
1. SfW INterface
L SAMS eadel RIM
1 S»6 UTILitin
Enter an option nuaber or a procedure naae (in parentheses)
or a co-Band: HELP, HELP option, SACK, CLEAR, EXIT, TUTOR
? 1
(GAMSIN)
(GAMSRUN)
(6AMSUTIU
SPMS
OEMS AteaspJteric Modeling Suosystt
Version 1.1
SCIENCES CORPORATION
-------
-------
*-* SAMS OWTRO. *-*
flre you setting up a new study or re entering a study: new
Enter the study naee: clute
Enter the study title: plans to list halogen acid furnaces as industrial furnaces
Enttr the ma nami texa*
tftidi of the ateospheric eadels Mill yo« t* «i"9 i" tht study: help
The atwsphcric ndtls currently available are the Industrial
Source Coopln (IX] long-tent eodel and the ataospheric area
source eodel (TDIBOI). Enter either ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTM.
Uhicn of the ataospheric eodels will you be using in the study: isc
Are you calculating concentration or total deposition in the ISC wdel: help
Type OJCENTRfiTION (C) if you want to calculate average ground-level
concentration. Type DEPOSITION (0) to calculate only total deoosition.
Uien modeling concentration, plue* depletion due to gravitational
settling can be accounted for.
Are yo« calculating concentration or total deposition in the ISC eodel: c
»-* SMS CHEMICflL DATA *-»
Enter the cheiical naae: generic
Enter the state of the cheeical: help
Type SAS if the pollutant is gaseous, or type PARTICLE if
the pollutant is a particulate.
Enter the state of the chemcal: particle
niMiuiiiiiiiiiiiinii minium i ii
t t
* INDUSTRIAL SOURCE CCHPl£X MODEL *
t t
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIillllllllllll
-------
*-* ISC REWVflL SPECIFICflTICNS *-*
Do you want to include chemical removal in the ISC model: help
Respond YES for plume depletion dut to tht atmospheric half-life
decay term in the ISC model. Respond NO, or press RETURN,
for no piume depletion.
Do yoa Mant to include chemical removal in the ISC ndel: n
Ob yo» Mitt to include dry deposition remov«l in the ISC eodel: help
Type YES if you want to calculate ground-lave! concentration with
deposition occurring. Type NO, or press RETURN, if you want to
calculate concentration without deposition. Gravitational settling
generally acts to reduce concentrations. When particle size data
are not available or a conservative analysis is desired, gravitational
settling should generally be suppressed. HoHever, note that for
close-in receptors DMT high stacks, concentrations can be substantially
increased through the use of gravitational settling.
Do you want to include dry deposition removal in the ISC nodel: n
*-* ISC SITE LOCflTION flWJ ICTEORCLQ6Y *-*
Enter the site naoe: clute texas
Enter the site location identifier: help
Type LAT/LON6 (U if you want to enter the latitude/longitude
coordinates of the site. Type zip code (Z) if you want to have
the site center eii on the coordinates of the postal zip code
whidi you Mill enter. Latitude and longitude values are
preferable since the use of zip code information only .
approximates the actual location and «ay significantly
affect estimates of population exposure.
Enter the site location identifier: 1
Enter the latitude of the site in degrees oinutes seconds: 23 59 7
Enter the longitude of the site in degrees iinutes seconds: 35 22 23
-------
STATION NAME
GALVESTW/SOOJES TX
HOUSTON/HOBBY 139 H
VICTORIA/FOSTER TX
PRT ARTHUR/JEFFER TI
BEEVIUE/CHASE TX
CORPUS CHBISTI n
LAHEOWLESLA
Entir the STM station (INDEX) nueber: 0065
Specify rural or on* of the urtun lodes: help
LAT
de*
•
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
•^•B
29
29
28
29
28
27
30
•in
16 /
39 /
51 /
57 /
23 /
4£ /
07 /
LON
deg
U
U
U
U
U
U
»
94
95
96
94
97
97
93
•in
52
17
55
01
40
16
13
PERIOD OF
RECORD
1956-1960
1964-1968
1965-1974
1972-1976
1965-1969
1965-1969
1966-1970
STABILITY
CLASSES
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
DISTANCE
(Id)
59.6
74. S
149.2
170.7
231.8
232.5
244.7
Type RURAL (R) to specify rural eode, which docs not redefine
the stability categories. Type URBAN1 (Ul) to redefine the
E and F stability categories as 0. Type URBAN2 (12) to redefine
stability category 9 as A, C as B, 0 as C, and E and F as D.
It should be noted that the use of URBAN2 generally is not
recoBBended for regulatory purposes.
Specify rural or one of the urban aodes: r
Enter the site na**< help
The nae» of the site wy consist of up to 24 characters.
Yo« eay specify up to 100 sites by typing a site
Hdt tie* it is requested. Press RETURN to signal
you art finished.
Enter the site
*-* ISC PQLflfl COORDINATE 6RID SPECIFICATIONS »-*
Do you Mint to apply the save polar grid at all sites: help
Type YES if you wit to apply the saae polar coordinate grid
at all sites, otherwise type NO (or press RETURN)
Do you want to apply the saae polar grid at all sites: y
Enter STRNDARD or SPECIAL for the polar coordinate systw: help
Type STANDARD (ST) if you want a polar coordinate systw consisting of
16 sectors and 10 rings at distances of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15,
23, and 50 kilometers, and 3 concentrations for each ring applied
at all sites. Type SPECIAL (SP) if you want to specify your own
coordinate characteristics.
Enter STANDARD or SPECIAL for the polar coordinate systeai st
-------
«-* ISC SOURCE CHWPCTESIZflTIQN »-*
Enter tht source category naet: help
The source category mm lay consist of up to 24 characters.
Yoa uy specify up to twenty source categories by typing a
sown category nae* each tiat it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you art finished. Examples of source
categories art as follows: Manufacturing, Refining, Power
Generation. Type LIST to obtain a list of source categories
entered.
Enter tht source category nan: plant b
Enter tht 1st Mission type naet: help
The emission type mm iay consist of up to 12 characters.
You aay sake up to fifty eeission type entries per source category
by typing an Mission type mm each tiw it is requested. You are
limited to nine unique Mission type naves per source category and
ten unique naaes across all source categories. Press RETURN to signal
you art finished. Examples of Mission types are as follows: process,
storage, fugitive process, fugitive erosion. Type LIST to obtain a list
of Mission types entered.
Enter tht 1st Mission type naet: process
Specify the e*thod of treating this Mission type: help "
Type STACK (S) if you want to have the Mission treated as a
stack source, type VGLDC (V) to treat the Mission as a voluae
source, or type AREA (AR) if the Mission is to be treated as
an area source. Point sources are typically treated as stack
Missions.
Specify tht etthod of treating thi» Mission typei s
Enter tht stack ga* nit tvaptraturt in Jtyie* Kelvin: 300
Enter tht stack gas exit velocity in eeters per second: 12
Enter the inner stack diaecter in wters: 0.9
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: help
Type YES if you wish to consider wake effects for the current
Mission type, otherwise type NO, or press RETURN. You will be
prompted for the height and width of the building adjacent to
the stack upon a YES response.
Do you wish to consider building wakt effects: n
-------
Enter tht height of tht pollutant emission in mien: help
This is the height above ground in mien of tht pollutant
Mission. For voluae sources, this is tht height to tht
center of tht source.
Enter tht height of tht pollutant Mission in eeters: 40
Enttr tht 2nd Mission typt mm:
Enttr tht soum category natt:
*-* MOINB ISC SOURCES UITH ISC SITES •-*
Current site: clute texas
Enter a source category for this site: help
Specify a source category that applies to the cm rent site.
You e*y specify eore than one by typing a source category each
tie* it is requested. Press RETURN to signal you are finished.
Typt LIST to obtain a listing of source categories entered.
Enter a source category for this site: plant b
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) Mission strength: 1.0
Enter a source category for this site:
*-* ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICanONS •-*
Do you Misn to save the ISC eodel output: y
Enter tht titlt for tht ISC eodtl output: Missions
Specify tht input data to bt printed in tht ISC eodel output: help
Type NOC (N) to indicate that no input data are to be printed
in the ISC aodel output file. Type CHM (C) to print the control
paraHters, receptor and eeteorological data. Type SOURCE (S)
to print the source input data. Type ALL (flU to indicate all
input data are to be printed in the ISC oodel output file.
Specify the input data to be printed in the ISC eodel output: all
-------
*-* SMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFimTIONS *-*
tfiidi of tht exposure calculations do you want to ntiMtt: htlp
Type EXPOSURE, INHALATION exposure, BOTH, or NONE. Responding BOTH Mill
give one table of both exposure and inhalation exposure results. Respond
NONE for no exposure or inhalation exposure tables.
*icn of tht exposure calculations do you want to estimate: none
Do you want to estimate txnss lifetime risk: help
Type YES if you Mint excni lifetime risk estimations. Type NO,
or press RETURN, if you do not want risk estimations.
Do you want to estimate excess lifetime risk: n
Do you »ant to save the concentration files: y
SANSIN session completed
>€NU: SENS Atmospheric Modeling Subsystem1
1. SAMS INterfac*
2. SMS model RUN
1 SANS UHUties
Enter an option number or a procedure name (in parentheses}
or a command: (CLP, HELP option, BACK, CLEAR, BIT, TUTOR
? 2
(6AMSIN)
(6AMSRUN)
(SAM5UTIU
The studyname you Mill enter should
from the following list
pend Mith a studyname
SAMS STUDY NAMES
1 OCX
1 CLUTE
1 TEXAS
1
001
COMPLEX
CINDY
Enter the studyname for this SAMS run: clute
Enter SO to run SAMS: go
Job SAMS (queue SYSSBATCH, entry 1295) started on SYSSBATCH
£NU: GEMS Ataosofteric Modeling Subsystem
1. SAMS interface
i. SAMS nodel RUN
1 SAMS UTILities
Enter an option number or a procedure name (in parentheses)
or a command: tCLP, (CLP option, BACK, CLEAR, EXIT, TUTOR
(GAMSIN)
(GAMSRJN)
(SAMSUTIl)
Job SANS (qumum SYSMATCH, entry 1235) completed
-------
nit
Typt YES or NO to confirm the EXIT cowund
I dir tnast, t;»
Directory DBfiS: EEDVEH1]
TEXAS.SRLN;1
« i
TEXAS.LQCX;! TEXAS.LOG;!
TEXAS001.ISCU TEXAS01.SAI6;!
TEXASISCEXI.ON:;!
Total of li fi Its.
t typ» tnasOOl. isc;l
SITE 001 - clut* tnas - EMISSIONS
12300333300 0-7-4-9 00100
1 0 30 16 0 1 6 8 16 0
TEXAS.SITES;1
TEXASISCOOl.OUT;!
166.67 333.33 3)0.00 666.67 333.33
2000.00 2333.33 2666.67 3000.00 333133
4666.67 5000.00 6666.67 3333.33 10000.00
18333.33 21666.67 22000.00 33333.34 41666.67
0. 22.30
(7x,6f7.3>
N A 0.000020.000110.000000.000000.000000.00000
MC A 0.000010.000070.000000.000000.000000.00000
* A 0.000040.000050.000000.000000.000000.00000
E?C A 0.000010.000070.000000.000000.000000.00000
E A 0.000030. cooi 60. oooooa oooooo. cxxxxxj. ooooo
ESE A 0. 000090.0001 10. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
SE A 0.000030.000180.000000.000000.000000.00000
SSE A 0.000060.000130.000000.000000.000000.00000
S A 0.000050.0001 10. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
SSU A 0. 000010. 000050. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
SU A 0.000050. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
USU A 0.000040.000050. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
U A O.CXXM10. 000050. OOOOOO. OOCXXM. OOOOOO. OOOOO
(MM A 0.000010.000050.000000.000000.000000.00000
m A 0.000060. 000180. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
MM A 0.000040.000090.000000.000000.000000.00000
N I 0. 000460. 00144& 001350. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
MC I 0.000210. 000640, 000620. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
* 3 0.000320.000370. 000500. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
E?C B 0.000110.000320.000370.000000.000000.00000
E 3 0. 000280. 000800.0012BO. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
ESE B 0.000320.001070.001550.000000.000000.00000
SE B 0.000350.001140.002440.000000.000000.00000
SSE B 0.000210.000750.001330.000000.000000.00000
S B 0.000540.001480.003150.000000.000000.00000
SSW 3 0.000290.000410.000660.000000.000000.00000
SU B 0.000330.000390.000210.000000.000000.00000
USU 8 0.000040. 000230. 000090. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
U B 0.000370.000570.000320.000000.000000.00000
UNU B 0.000250. 000660. 000320. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
m B 0.000130.000430.000300.000000.000000.00000
MM B 0.000160, 000300. CXX31 80. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
1000.00
3666.67
11666.67
50000.00
1333.33 1666.67
4000.00 4333.33
13333.33 15000.00
-------
N C 0.000230.001370.006600.001320.000160.00000
MC C 0.000140.000660.004250.000690.000070.00000
1C C 0,000260.000780.003390.000330.000050,00000
EJC C 0.000120.000430.002100.000660.000140.00000
ECO. 000120.000890.006940.003110.000230.00002
ESE C 0.000130.001000. OOS730.004160.000270.00000
SE C 0.000120.001210.010600.004450.000480.00002
SEE C 0.000170.000800.007740.003680.000340.00000
S C 0.000230.001280.012700.007860.001100.00002
SSU C 0.000060. 000620.0X220.003400.001380.00005
91 C 0.000140.000340.001320.000570.000320.00000
UGU C 0.000090.000370.000940.000110.000000.00000
U C 0.000170.000410.001200.000160.000000.00005
UNU C 0.000080.000300.001330.000160.000020.00002
NU C 0.000060.000640.001460.000180.000160.00011
MM C 0.000060.000520.001330.000220.000110.00005
N 0 0.000450.002310.009550.022490.013610.00525
NJC D 0.000230.001300.008260.017450.010280.00329
NE 0 0.000420.001780.014070.019460.006330.00123
ENE 0 0.000260.001370.010230.014590.006370.00121
E 0 0.000460.003010.017490.021630.006100.00130
ESE 0 0.000320.002010.022700.033030.006200.00121
SE 0 0.000470.002S30.02S590.0J7730.006070.00089
SSE 0 0.000180.001260.019570.030130.005410.00048
S D 0.000580.002100.021810.041110.008300.00037
SSU 0 (X 000170.0009M. 006170.017010.004610.00027
5U 0 0.000210.000820.005320.009000.002380.00053
USU 0 0.000140.000370.002310.002470.000660.00011
U D 0.000250,000660.002360.003360,000910.00030
UMU 0 0.000080.000660.003200.004730.002280.00075
NU 0 0.000210.000840.004250.009930.005320.001%
NNU 0 0.000090.000460.003150.007670.006420.00386
N E 0.000000.001940.003430.000000.000000.00000
NNE E 0.000000.000940.002570.000000.000000.00000
NE E 0.000000.002S30.006330.000000.000000.00000
EJC E 0.000000.001780.002670.000000.000000.00000
E E 0.000000.003320.004860.000000.000000.00000
ESE E 0.000000.003770.009820.000000.000000.00000
Si E 0.000000.003240.014910.000000.000000.00000
SSE E 0.000000.002080.011760.000000.000000.00000
S E 0.000000.003560.022970.000000.000000.00000
SSU E 0.000000.001070.009130.000000.000000.00000
SU E 0.000000.001380.008310.000000.000000.00000
USW E 0.000000.000890.003170.000000.000000.00000
U E 0.000000.000780.003770.000000.000000.00000
• UNU E 0.000000.000710.002260.000000.000000.00000
NU E 0.000000.001050.004270.000000.000000.00000
NNU E 0.000000.000460.002120.000000.000000.00000
N F 0.002330.002740.000000.000000.000000.00000
NNE F 0.001340.001780.000000.000000.000000.00000
NE F 0.002390.002560.000000.000000.000000.00000
EtC F 0.001370.001990.000000.000000.000000.00000
-------
E F 0.003370.003850.000000.000000.000000.00000
ESE F
-------
**** ISCLT iiiiiiiiinii SITE 001 - clutt t«»as - EMISSIONS ******** PAGE 1 *+
- ISCLT INPUT DATA -
NUMBER OF SOURCES » 1
NUMBER OF X AXIS BRIO SYSTEM POINTS * 20
NUMBER OF Y AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS * 16
NUMBER OF SPECIAL POINTS * 0
NUMBER OF SEASONS > 1
NUMBER OF UIND SPEED CLASSES > 6
NUMBER OF STABILITY CLASSES » 6
WMBER OF UIND DIRECTION CLASSES * 16
FILE NUMBER OF DATA FILE USED FOR REPORTS * 1
T* PROGRAM IS RUN IN RURAL MODE
CONCENTRATION (DEPOSITION) UNITS CONVERSION FACTOR =0.iOOOOOOOE+07
ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY (l€TERS/SEC»»a) * 1.300
:-£IGHT OF MEASUREMENT OF MIND SPEED (ICTEHSJ » 10.000
ENTRAIN*NT PARAMETER FOR UNSTABLE CONDITIONS » 0.600
ENTRAINMENT PARAMETER FOR STABLE CQOrnONB * 0.600
CORRECTION ANGLE FOR SRIO SYSTEM VERSUS DIRECTION DATA NORTH (DEGREES) * 0.000
DECAY COEFFICIENT =0. OOOOOOOOE-HX)
PROGRAM OPTION SWITCHES * 1, 2, 2, 0, 0, 3, 2, 3, 3, 0, 0, 0, ?,~4,-9, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
ALL SOURCES ARE USES TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION 1
RANGE X AXIS SRIO SYSTEM POINTS (METERS )* 166.67, 323.23, 500.00, 666.67, 333.33, 1000.00,
1233.33, I&66.67, aOQO.00, 2333.33, 3666.67, 2000.00, 2333.33, 2666.67, 4000.00, 4233.33,
4666.67, 2000.00, 5666.67, 3333.33, 10000.00, 11666.67, 13333.33, 15000.00, 1333123, 21£o6.67,
35000.00, 33333.34, 41666.67, 50000.00, I
flZIMUTH BEARING Y AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS (DEBREES)' 0.00, 22.50, 45.00, 67.50, 90.00, 112.50,
133.00, 137.50, 180.00, 202.30, 223.00, 247.50, 270.00, 292.50, 315.00, 237.50,
- flWIEHT AIR TEMPERATURE (DEGREES KELVIN) -
STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY 6
SEASON 1 296.7000 296.7000 296.7000 234.0000 291.6000 291.6000
- MIXING LAYER tCISHT (METERS) -
SEASON 1
WIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATESORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY 6
STABILITY CATESORY 10.201730E-H)40.20175CE-H>40.20173^040.20173^^
STABILITY CATEGORY 20.124500E+040.124500E-HJ40.134500E-H340.124500E+040.124500E-H}40.134500E-MH
STABILITY CATEGORY 20.124500E-K>40.124500E-KI40.134500E-K)40.134500E+040.134500E-K340.124500E-M34
STABILITY CATEGORY 40.124500E-K140.124500E+040.134500E-KI40.134500E-MD40.124500E-H340.124500E*04
STABILITY CATEGORY 50.100000E-K150.100000E+050.100000E-KI50.100000E-K)50.100000E-H350.100000E-M35
STQ8ILITY CATEGORY 60. lOOOOOE+OSO. 100000E-K150.100000E-K)50.100000E-KI50.100000EXJ50.100000E*05
-------
ISCLT iiiiiiiiinii SITE 001 - cluti tn» - EMISSIONS
- ISCLT INPUT DflTA (CENT.) -
PflBE
- FSEOBCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION AND STABILITY -
SEASON 1
STABILITY CATEGORY 1
KIND SPEED WIND SPEED UIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED
UHEHJHY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEBORY 3 CATEGORY 5
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.300
45.000
67.300
90.000
112.500
123.000
137.500
180. 000
202.500
222.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
215.000
337.300
( 0.7500NPSH
0.00002000
0.00001000
0.00004000
0.00001000
0.00003000
0.00005000
0.00003000
0.00006000
0.00005000
0.00001000
0.00005000
0.00004000
0.00001000
0.00001000
0.00006000
0.00004000
2.3000KPSH
0.00011000
0.00007000
0.00005000
0.00007000
0.00016000
0.00011000
0.00018000
0.00018000
0.00011000
0.00005000
0.00000000
0.00005000
0.00005000
0.00005000
0.00018000
0.00005000
4.3000NPSH
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
SEASON 1
6,aOOO«PS)<
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
9.5000MPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
(12.5000HPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
STABILITY CflTESTCV 3
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.300
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
135.000
137.500
180.000
302.500
222.000
247.500
270. 000
292.500
315.000
337.500
UIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
( 0.7300KPS)
0.00049000
0.00021000
0.00032000
0.00011000
0.0002BOOO
0.00032000
0.00035000
0.00021000
0.00053999
0.00029000
0.00033000
0.00004000
0. 00037000
0.00025000
0.00019000
0.00016000
WIND SPEED
MTESORY 2
( 2.5000*5)
0.00143999
0.00083999
0.00056999
0.00032000
0.00079999
0.00106999
0.00113999
0.00074999
0.00147998
0.00041000
0.00039000
0.00023000
0.00056399
0.00065999
0.00043000
0.00030000
WIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
( 4.3000NPS)
0.00134999
0.00081999
0.00049999
0.00037000
0.00127999
0.00154998
0.00243998
0.00182998
0.00314997
0.00065399
0.00021000
0.00009000
0.00032000
0.00032000
0.00030000
0.00018000
UIND SPEED
CATEGORY 4
( 6.8000MPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
UIND SPEED
CflTEGORY 5
( 9.5000KPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
UIND SPEED
CflTEGORY 6
(12.5000MPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
-------
ISCLT minium! SITE 001 - clutt tnas - EMISSIONS
- ISCLT INPUT DflTfl (CONT.) -
iiiiini PAGE 3 *+
- FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION flND STABILITY -
SEflSGN 1
STOBILITY CaTESCRY 3
UNO SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED UIND SPEED WIND SPEED UIND SPEED
CflTESOW 1 CHTESWY Z CflTEBCHY 3 CflTEBOHY 4 CHTEBOHY 3 CflTEBCRY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.200
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
135.000
137.500
180.000
202.500
222.000
2*7.500
270.000
2%. 500
315.000
337.500
( 0.7500*5)
0.00025000
0.00014000
0.00026000
0.00012000
0.00012000
0.00013000
0.00012000
0.00017000
0.00029000
0.00006000
0.00014000
0.00009000
0.00017000
0.00006000
0.00006000
0.00006000
( 2.5000WS)
0.00126999
0.00065999
0.00077999
0.00043000
0.00088999
0.00093999
0.00120999
0.00079999
0.00127999
0.00061999
0.00034000
0.00037000
0.00041000
0.00049999
0.00063999
0.00054999
( 4.3000WS)
0.00659993
0.00424996
0.00353996
0.00209998
0.00633993
0.00372590
0.01059989
0.00773992
0.012S9987
0.00351996
0.00131999
0,00093399
0.00129999
0.00152998
0.00145999
0.00134999
( 6.80001*3)
0.00131999
0.00068999
0.00054999
0.00065999
0.00310997
0.00415396
0.00444995
0.00267396
0.00785992
0.00339997
0.00056999
0.00011000
0.00016000
0.00016000
0.00018000.
0.00023000
( 9.500CIVS)
0.00016000
0.00007000
0.00005000
0.00014000
0.00025000
0.00027000
0.00048000
0.00034000
0.00109999
0.00157998
0.00032000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0.00016000
0.00011000
<12.5000»PS:
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0.00005000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00005000
0.00002000
0.00011000
0.00005000
SEASON 1
STflBILITY CflTESCRY 4
UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED UIND SPEED WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 1 CflTEHWY 2 CflTESGRY 3 CflTEBORY 4 CflTESGRY 3 CflTESCRY 6
DIRECTION
(DESREE5)
0.000
22.500
45.000
67.500
30.000
112.500
135.000
157. 500
180.000
202.500
225.000
2*7. 500
270.000
232.500
315.000
337.500
( 0.7500WS)
0.00045000
0.00023000
0.00042000
0.00026000-
0.00046000
0.00032000
0.00047000
o.oooiaooo
0.00057399
0.00017000
0.00021000
0.0001 WOO
0.00025000
0.00008000
0.00021000
0.00003000
( 2.5000WS)
-------
ISLT liiniiiiint SITE 001 - cluti tnas * EMSSIONS
- ISO.T INPUT DflTfl (CCNT.) -
PAGE
- FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION AND STABILITY -
SEflSDN 1
STflBIUTY CSTE50HY 5
WIND SPEED UINO SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED
CRTESORY 1 CBTEBORY 2 C8TEBOHY 3 CflTESCHY 4 CflTESORY 5 CflTESORY 6
DIRECTION
(DESREES)
0.000
22.300
45.000
67.500
10.000
112.500
135.000
157.300.
130.000
202. 500
223.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
237.500
( 0.7SOOWS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
.0,00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 2.5000WS)
0.00193998
0.00093999
0.00262997
0.00177998
0.00351996
0.00376996
0.00323997
0.00207398
0.00355996
0.00106999
0.00157998
0.00088999
0.00077999
0.00070999
0.00104999
0.00046000
( 4.3000*3)
0.00344997
0.00266997
0.00632994
0.00266997
0.00485995
0.00981990
0.01490985
0.01172288.
0.02296977
0.00912991
0.00830992
0.00316997
0.00376996
0.00222998
0.004269%
0.00211998
( 6.3000W5)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0,00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 9.50COWS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
OvOOGQQOOO
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
(12.5000*5)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
O.QOOOOQOO
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
SEASON 1
STABILITY WTE5GRY S
DIRECTION
(DEBREES)
0.000
22.500
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
135.000
157.500
180.000
202.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
337.500
WIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
( 0.7500WS)
0.00232998
0.00133999
0.00238998
0.00136999
0.00336997
0.00208998
0.00303997
0.00143999
0. 003869%
0.00206998
0.004139%
0.00220998
0.00183998
0.00145999
0.00148998
0.00051999
WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 2
( 2.5000MPS)
0.00273997
0.00177998
0.00255997
0.00198998
0.00364996
0.00342997
0.00483995
0.00303997
0.00663993
0.00348996
0. 00474995
0.00200998
0.00234998
0.00189998
0.00266997
0.00095999
WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 3
( 4.3000M>S)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 4
( 6.3000JPS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
o.oooooooo
0. 00000000
0. COOOOOOO
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 5
( 9.5000WS)
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
o.oooooooo
o.oooooooo
0.00000000
0.00000000
UINO SPEED
CflTEEORY 6
(12.5000«>S:
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
o.oooooooo
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0. 00000000
0. COOOOOOO
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
-------
***t ISC.T in mil SITE 001 - clutt tna» - ENISSIO6 iiiiiin pflGE
- ISO.T WUT DfiTfl (DUT.) -
- VEHTICa. POTENTlflL TEWEBflTURE SRflDIENT (DESREES KELVIN/«TER) -
UINO SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED
CflTEBORY 1 CflTEBORY 2 CflTEBORY 3 CflTEBORY * CSTESORY 5 MTE5GRY 5
STABILITY CflTEBOHY 10.000COO£-K)OO.OOOOOOEXKX3.00 PflOFTLE POO LPU EXPOCCTS -
UIM) SPEED UINO SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED
CflTEGORY 1 CflTESORY 2 CflTEGORY 3 CflTESJRY 4 CflTEBORY 5 CflTEBORY 6
STRBILITY CflTEBGRY 10.7(X)000£HDi0.70000C£-010.70000CE-010.700000E-010.700000E-Ot0.700000E-01
STflBILITY CflTEBORY 20.700000E-010.700000E-010.700000E-010.700000E-010.70000CE-010.700000E-01
STflBILITY CSTEBOSY 30.1COOOOE+000. ICOOOOE-KiOO. lOOOOOE+000.100000E+COO. iOOOOOE+OOO. lOOOOOE-MXl
STABILITY CflTEBORY W. 1SOOOOE-K100. iSOCOCE-nXX). i5COOOE*000. ISOOOOE-KlOO. ISOOOOE-KJOO. 150000E-MDO
STflBILITY CflTEBORY 50.350000E-HXX). 3SOOOCE-KXX). 330000E-KXX). 3SOOOOE+000.350000E+000.3SOOOOE+00
STflBILITY CflTEBORY SO. 550000E+000.5SOOOOE+000.5500006+000.5SOOOOE+000.300006-KXX). 520000E-MX)
-------
ISCLT iiiiiuiiiiii SITE 001 - clutt tnas - EMISSIONS iiiiini P«E 5 *•:
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE I Y EMISSION BASE /
A A NUKBEH TYPE COORDINATE COORDINATE HEIEHT ELEV- / - SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON r
-------
ISCLT miiiiiniii SITE 001 - cluta texas
- EMISSIONS
liiiiiii DGCZT T i I * I
• ••••••• r"nOC / *"• * •
•* ANMJO. SROJND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( «CSJSRA»6 PER CUBIC XE7E3
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- Z AXIS (RANGE , !€TERSJ -
168.670 333.320 500.000 666.670 333.330
' AXIS (AZIJVTH BEARING, OEEREES ) - COCEHTRfiTION -
) DUE TO SOURCE 1011
1000.000 1333.330 1666.670 £000.000
337.300
312.000
32.500
270.000
247.500
225. COO
202.500
ISO. COO
137.500
133.000
112.500
XJ.OOO
67.500
43.000
22.500
0.000
0. 1312E-01
0. 1662EH)!
0.1194E-01
0.1072E-01
0.3750E-02
0.472SE-02
0.5319EHD2
0.1146E-01
0.2S33EHK
0.5832EHK
0.398aE-02
0.373CE-02
0.2033E-K52
0.2162EHD2
0.5360EH32
0. 1354EH31
0.137*400
0, 1S41E-MX)
0.1572E-MX)
0. 1206E-HX)
0.42J5E-01
O.ooOSE-01
0.772SE-01
0. 12S2E-M)0
0.3245E-01
0. 4312-01
0.334SEHH
0.3S49E-01
0. 1996E-01
0.3627E-01
0.7946EH31
0.2261E+00
0.2406E-MX)
0.3245E+00
0.2324E-MX)
0.2130E+00
0.3604EHD1
0.1418E+00
0. 1431E+00
0.2214E-HX)
O.S563EH31
0.773SEH3I
0.62S3EHH
0.3716E-01
0.324flEH31
0.7167EH)!
0.1384E-HX)
0.3B31E+00
0.2547^400
0.3934E+00
0.3470E+00
0.250flE*00
0. 1338E-MDO
0.1311E^OO
0.17T5E+00
0.2S21E-MXJ
o.asaiE-41
0.3756EH31
0.7151E-01
0.6332E-01
0.389SEHD1
0.933SE-01
0.1639E-HX)
O.U70E-HX)
0.30646-^)0
0. 4162E-HM
0.3605E-MX)
0.2707E+00
0. 1463E-HX)
0.2075E-H)0
0.ia3SE-HX)
0.2544E-MW
0.37S5EH31
0.1032E-HX)
0.7132E-01
0.6332E-01
0.4137E-01
0.1018E+00
0. 1676E+00
0.4532E>00
-fl^54o£-H30-
0.4012E+00
0.3460EXM
0.2558E-KK)
0.144aE-KX)
0.2C4SE-K10
0. 174SE-H30
0.2W4E+00
0.a333EH)l
0.1005E-K)0
0.6709E-01
0.60g7E-01
0.4112-01
0. 1021E-KX)
0.1603E-K10
0.4325E-MX)
0,2432£-M30
0.3328E+00
0.2S54E-K10
0.2143E-HM
0. 1224E-KIO
0. 1730E-00
0.1421E-H30
0.2000E-HM
O.Sa71E-01
0.34fl9E-01
0.3477E-01
0.5122E-01
0.3635E-01
0.9022E-01
0.1330E+00
0.3S73E-H30
O^^OOEE-tOO
0.2751E-KK)
0.234flE-HDO
0. 1777E-KJO
0. iC21E-K)0
0.144flE*00
0. 115SE-KIO
0. 1S22E-K10
0.5S22E-01
0. 715CE-01
0.452flE-01
0.43£OE-01
0.3206E-01
0.7-312EH31
0.1108E-HX)
0.23S3E-KX)
0. ISir^-r
0.2204E+
0.135SE-
0. 149^+
0.3602E-
0. ic2ȣ-
0. 357CE-
0. !343£^
0. 467CE-
O.aiOcE-
0.33KE-
0.37SfiE-
0.237SE-
0. 7C20E-
0.937AE-
0.2^7si
2333.330 2&oo.&70
AIIS (AZIMUTH SEARING, DEGREES )
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (RANGE , .-fETMS) -
3000.000 3333.330 3So6.o70
- CCNCENTRATICN -
4000.000
4333.330
4€oo. 570
337.500
315.000
252.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
30.000
67.500
5.000
22.500
0.000
0.1409E+00
0.1S34€*00
0.1654£*W
0.1272E-HX)
0.7327EH)i
0. 1045E+00
0.304«E-01
0.1131E-MDO
0.3336E-41
0.5261E-01
0.3315E-01
0.3^3£HD1
0.25a4£-01
0.6252EH)!
0.302SE-01
0.2117E-M)0
_0. 1207E+00
0.1£33E*00
0. 1418E-HX)
0.1100E-KX)
0.6328E-OI
0.305SE-01
0.6381E-01
0.3634E-01
0.3363E-01
0.4538E-01
0.2303E-01
0.2357E-01
0.2343E-01
0.5632E-01
O.S373E-01
0.1B29E-HX)
0.1043E+00
0.1466E+00
0.1232E-HX)
0.963SE-01
0.5S33EH)!
0.7940E-01
0.5%8EH31
0.3415E-01
0.2524EX11
0.4067E-01
0.2^7E-01
0.2S61E-01
0.2154E-01
0.5120E-01
0.6144E-01
0. 1600E-HXJ
0.9209E-01
0.1292E-HX)
0.1083E-HM
0.3S36E-01
0. 4a8S€H}l
0.7033EH31
0.5233EH)!
0.7401E-01
0.2563E-01
0.3627EH31
0.2206E-01
0.2406E-01
0. 1377E-01
0.4667E-01
0.5460E-01
0. 1415E+00
0.31&3E-01
0.1149E-HX)
0.9610E-01
0.7525E-HD1
0.433SE-01
O.S287E-01
0.464SE-01
0.6572EH)!
0.2277E-01
0.31SCE-01
0.2031E^31
0.2131E-01
0. ia24E-01
0. 4279E-01
0. 4a93EHDl
0.1252E+00
0.7311E-01
0.1032E-HM
0.3613E-01
o.&aaiE-oi
0.3922E-01
0. 5665E-01
0.4161E-01
0.5393E-01
0.2040E-01
0. 2357E-01
0. 1336E-01
0.i012E-01
O.I534E-01
0.3952E-01
0.4427E-01
0.1136E-K30
0.6593EHJ1
0.9332E-01
0.7773E-01
O.S249E-01
0.3S54E-01
0.5142E-01
0.3755E-01
0.5331E-01
0. 1841E-01
0.2533E-01
0. 1737c-.H
0. 1357E-J1
0. 15SOE-01
0.3o6ocH)l
0. 4030EH31
0. 1030E-HX)
0.5985E-01
0.3494EHD1
0. 7061E-01
0.5711EH31
0.3240E-01
0. 4636E-01
0.3411E-01
0. 4851E-01
0. 16715-01
0.2477En)l
0. 1S01E-01
0. 1722E-01
0. 1473E-01
0.3415E-31
0.3532E-01
0.3400EH31
0.546oc-<
0.7776E-K
0.6452E-X
0.524€E-<
0.2S71E-K
0. 4313E-;
0.3117E^
0. i4^0E-<
0. 1S27S-:
0.2235EK
0.1463E-:
j. l£03£-v
0. l^flE-.
0.319A€-^
0.3339E-;
0.3624E-4
-------
t++* ISCLT IIIIIIIIHIII SITE 001 - clutt taxas
- EMISSIONS
PAGE
** AMAH. GSOM) LEVEL CCNCENTRflTIW ( NICSOGRflMS P€R CUBIC METEH
_ - S8IS SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
• X AXIS (RflNGE , HETEHS) -
6666.670 3333.330 10000.000 11666.670 13333.330
Y AXIS (AZIMUTH BEARING, DEEREES ) - OKZMTOITIQN -
) DUE TO SOURCE 1011 (CENT.) *»
12000.000 13333.330 21666.670 2*000.000
337.500
315,000
292.200
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
1 30.000
127.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
»3.000
22.500
0.000
0.3711E-01
0.2333EH)1
0.4393E-01
0.3660E-01
0.2020E-01
0.2396E^31
0.2125E-01
0.3049E-01
0. 1040EH31
0. 1613E-01
0. 1063EH31
0.1179EH31
0. 1053E-01
0.2233EH31
0.2390EH31
0.5970E-01
0.2732EHD1
0.395SE-01
0.32ME-01
0.2746EH31
0. 152SE-01
0.2243EH31
0. 1371E-01
0.22£6E-01
0.7676E-02
0. 122SE-01
0.32106-02
0.9179EHK
0.8320E-02
0. 1372EH31
0. 1804E-01
O.U23EH)!
0.2USE-01
o.3oaa£H)i
0.2213EH}!
0.21646-D1
0.1194E-01
0.1752E-01
0. 1222E-01
0. 177£E-01
0.5367EHJ2
0.3729E-02'
0.£aSEH»
0.7433E-02
0.&S45E-02
0. 152*E-01
0,1«7EH31
0.3497EH31
0.1711E-01
0.2S05E-01
0.203&E-01
0. 1769E-01
0.970SE-02
0.1437E-01
0.3906E-02
o. miE-oi
0.4fi2flE-02
0.7?95E-02
0.2A62E-02
0.6203E-02
0.2762E-02
0. 127BE-01
0.11S9E-01
0.2849E-01
0. 1422E-01
0.2090E-01
0. 1694EH31
0.1W3E-01
0.3111E-02
0. 1204E-01
0.3258E-02
0.1205E-01
O.W21E-02
0.67«£HD2
0.46406HD2
0.5236E-42
0.4932EHD2
0. 1093E-01
0.9342E-02
0.22SS^3t
0. 1206E-01
0. 1773E-01
0. 143aE-01
0. 1270E-01
O.S911E-02
0. 102SE-^1
0. 7C21E-02
0. 1027E-01
0.3*15E-02
0.5787E-02
0.4006E-02
0.459AE-02
0.4319E-02
0.3A98E-02
0.8436E-02
0.2035EH31
0.9102E-02
0. 1330EHD1
0. 1087EH)1
0.3716EH32
0.5222E-02
0. 7344€-^2
0.5319E-02
0.7313E-02
0.2534E-02
O.V»52EH32
0.3115E-02
0.3593EH32
0.3405EH52
0.7452E-02
0.6476E^)2
0. 1552EH)!
0.7210E-02
0. 1073E-01
0.3623EH32
0.777SE-02
0.4131E-02
0.&2S5E-02
0. 4Z25E-D2
0.6:2*E-02
0.2050E-02
0.2531E-02
0.2525E^2
0.2327EH32
0.2750E-02
0.6083E-02
0.5201E-02
0.12*OE-01
O.S917E-^:
0.3S37E-<
0.7082E-:
O.S42S-:
0.oA4cE-:
Oct ^ •"• '
. w , / -C .
0. 347^-:
o.s:*is-:
0. 1S34E-;
0.2373Z-:
0.211CE-:
0.2*55c-:
0.2351E-:
o.5i us-1:
0.4317E-:
0. 1025E-:
33333.340 41666.672
< «IS (AZIMUTH SEARING, DESREE3 )
- SRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (RflNGE , .1ETEHS)
50000.000
- CCNCENTRATICN -
337.500
312.000
292.500^
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
130.000
127.500
133.000
112.500
30.000
57. 500
45. 000
22.500
0.000
0.3992EH32
0.6001E-02
0.4789E-02
0.4410EH3^
0.2335E-02
0.3230E-02
0.22S2E-02
0.3505E-02
0.1133E-02
0.204&E-02
0. 1473E-02
0. 1726EH32
0. 1654E-02
0.3597EH32
0.2975EH32
0.7012EHJ2
0.2962EH32
0.4467EHK
0.3S5SE-02
' y« wwU^t vtf
0.1737E-02
0.2S36E-02
0. 1743E-02
0.2613EH32
0.3446E-03
0. 1540E-02
0. 1117E-02
0. 1315E^D2
0. 1273E-02
0.2741EHD2
0.223SEH32
0.5243E-02
0.222SEH72
0.3317E-02
0.2793E-02
0.2S13E-02
0.1366EHK
0.20806-02
0. 1374E-02
0.2063E-02
0.6632E-03
0. 1222E-02
0.3913E-03
0. 1054E-02
0. 1024E-02
0.213BEH)2
0.1777E-02
0. 4152E-02
-------
*» ISQ.T 'mi in SITE 001 - clute texas
- EMISSIONS
iniMU PAGE
** ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CCNCEHTRATICN ( MICHQGHfiMS PER CUBIC METER
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (RANGE , .METERS) -
166.670 333.330 500.000 666.670 323.330
AXIS (AZIMUTH BEARING, OESREES ) - 03CECTRATICN -
) FROM ALL SOURCES CBIBINED
1000.000
1333.230
1666. S70
2000, COO
337.500
313.000
292.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
£02.500
130. COO
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
43.000
22.500
0.000
0.1312E-01
0. 1662E-01
0.1194EH31
0. 1072EHH
0.376CEHD2
0.472SE-02
0. S313E-02
0.1146E-D1
0.2533E-02
0.5832E-02
0.3988E-02
0.373CE-02
0.2033E-02
0.216EE-02
0.5360EH32
0. 1334E-01
0.1379E-HX)
0. 1341E-HM
0.1372E-HX)
0.1206E-KW
0.4253E-01
O.S609E-01
0.772SE-01
0. 1232E-H30
0.2245EHD1
0.4312£H)i
0.3945E-01
0.3649E-01
0. 1996E-01
0.3627E-01
0.7946EH31
0.2361E-H30
0.2406E-HW
0.3245E-HM
0.2824E+00
0.2120E-M30
0.9604EHD1
0.1413E-H30
0. 1431E+00
0.2214E+00
O.S563E-01
0.775BE-01
0.62B9E-01
0.37ISEHJ1
0.3248E-01
0.7167EHD1
0.1384E+00
0.3a31E-H)0
0.2947E+00
0.3994E400
0.3470E-HX)
0.2&0&E-HX)
0.1338E-HX)
0.1911E-KX)
0.1773E-MX5
0.2S21E-K50
0.3381E-01
0.3756EHJ1
0.7131E-01
O.S332EHJ1
0.3399EH31
0.933S-01
0.1639E-M30
0.4470E+00
0.3064E+00
0.4165E400
0.3605E-HM
0.2707E-KX)
0.1463E+CO
0.2075E-HX)
0. 1333E-HW
0.2S44£-H)C
0.3753E-01
0.1032E+00
0. 7132E-01
0.6332E-01
0.4137E-01
0. 1018E-KX)
0. 1676E-H30
0.453BE-HX)
0.2343E+00
0.4012E+00
0.346CE-HX)
0.253BE+00
0.1446E+00
0.2042E+00
0. 174€E*00
0. 24a4c+00
o.a2a3E-oi
0. 1C05E+CO
0.6703E-01
0.6097E-01
0.4115E-01
0. 1021E-HXJ
0.1602E-KW
0.4325E+00
0.2432E-HX)
0.332SE-HM
0.2354E-K)0
0.2149E-HX)
0. 1224E+00
0. 173CE-HDO
0. 1«1£-^0
0.2COOE«00
o.sa?^^!
0.348SE-01
0.5477EHD1
0.5123E-01
0.2635EX)1
0.3022E-01
0. 1330E+00
0.2573E-KX)
0.2002E-HX)
0.2731E-HW
0.234fl£-MX)
0. 1777E+00
0. 1021E-K10
0. 144SE-K10
0.:i5Sc-HJO
0. loc2E-CO
0.5S22E-U
0.7150E-01
0. 453SE^31
0.4360E-01
0.3206E-01
0.7312EHD1
0.1108E+00
0. 2359E-K10
0.166=EXC
0.2204E-TOC
0.1353E-K!C
0. 1492E-K/C
0.3602E-01
0. 1224E*OC
0.357CE-::
0. 12-+2E-CC
0.^7CE-jl
0.51C2E-D1
0.2c5CE-D]
0.273£E^33
0.237S-Oi
0.7C£C€-Di
0.3274E-01
0. 2457E-KX
2333.330
3XIS 'AZI.1UTH SERRIN6, DE5SEE3
- GRID SYSTEM 3ECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (RANGE , ?€7E3S) -
3000. COO 2333.320 2So6.670
WOO. 000
4233.230
HCOO. S7C
C.->/-^ ^^
wVVVt v
337.500
313.000
232.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
130.000
157.500
125.000
112.5CO
30.000
57. ;CO
;s. ^oo
22.500
0.000
0.1409E-MX)
0.1954E-HXJ
0.1654E-HX)
0.1272E-MXJ
0.7327E-01
0. 1045E-HM
0.3048E-01
0.1121E+00
0.3936EH31
0.5251E-01
0.2315E-01
0.2322E-01
0.2534E-01
0.52^-E-01
0.302BE-01
0.2117E+00
0. 1207E+00
0. 1631E-HX)
0. 141BE+00
0.1100E-HX)
0.632BEH}!
0.30S5E-01
0.&881E-01
0.3684E-01
0.2363E-01
0. 4538E-01
0.2302E-01
0.2957EH}!
0.2243E-01
0.5S22E-01
O.S373E-01
0.1329E-HDO
0.1048E-HX)
0.1466E>00
0.1232E+00
0.9639E-01
0.5S33E-01
0.7940E-01
0.5968E-01
0.3415E-01
0.2924E-01
0. 4067E-01
0.2577E-01
0.26S1E-01
0.2154E-01
0.212CE-01
0.6144E-01
0.1600E+00
0.92096HD1
0.1292E-MXD
0. lOaZE-KW
0.3S36EH31
0. 48896-01
0.7033EH31
0.5239EH31
0.7401E-01
0.2f£3E-01
0.2627EHJ1
0.2206E-01
0.2406E-01
0. 1377E-01
0.4£67E-^1
0.5460E-01
0. 1415E-HX)
0.3163E-01
0.1149E-MDO
0.3610E-H31
0.7625E-01
0.435SE-01
0.6237E-01
0.4646E-41
0.6572E-01
0.2277EH31
0.2250E-01
0.2031E-D1
0.2131E-01
0.1324E-01
O.^sE-Jl
0. 4392E-01
0. 1262E-HX)
0.7311E-01
0. 1032E-HW
O.S613E-01
O.S381EH31
0.3923EH)!
0.5665E-01
0.4161E-01
0.5398E-01
0.2040E-01
0.2357EH}!
0. 1336E-M
0.2012E-01
0. 1534E-01
C.3352E-01
0. 44S7E-01
0. 1136E-HX)
0.6593E-01
0.9332E-01
0.7773E-01
0.6249E-01
0.3554EHJ1
0.5142E-01
0.3752E-01
0.5331E-01
0. 1341EHD1
0.2S33E-01
0. 1727E-01
0. 1S57E-01
0. 1530E-01
0. :££££-: 1
0.4030E-01
0. 1030E-HX)
0.5385E-01
0.3494E-01
0.7061E-01
0.3711E-01
0.2240E-01
0.4696EH)!
0.2411E-01
0.4351E-01
0. 1672E-D1
0.2477E-31
0. ISClE-vl
0.1722E-01
0. 1473E-01
J.241SZ-'.'!
0.2a3c£-01
0.3400E-01
0 =46oc-'.
0. 7T75E-0
O.S452E-0
0.5248E-3
0.2971E-D
0. 4313c-^
0.2117E^3
0. 4*40E-3
0. 1527E-3
0. 2235E-:
v« A ^O^w^V
C. IcOZE-j
0. 123SE-0
0.31 ;-•!-:>
0.32:-H-)
0. 36cic-3
4
-------
ISO.! iiiiiiiumi SITE 001 - cluti tnas
- EHISSIB6
PAGE
ANNUflL GROUND LEVEL CCNCENTRflTICN ( MICROGRWS PER CUBIC ,1ETER
) FROM ALL SOURCES COMBINED (CCNT.)
5 (flZIMUTH
337.300
315.000
232.300
270.000
247.300
223.000
202.500
130.000
137.500
133.000
112.300
30.000
67.500
43.000
22.500
0.000
5666.570 3333.230
BEARING, DEGREES 1
O.J711E-01
0.3333E-01
0.4333E-01
0.3660E-01
0.2030E-01
0.2996E-01
0.2123E-01
0.304SE-01
0.1040E-01
0.1S12E-01
0. 1068E-01
0.1173E-01
0.1052-01
C.2282E-01
0.23SOE-01
0.5970EHJ1
0.2732EH31
0.3958E-01
0.3241E-01
0.2748E-01
0. 1326E-01
0.2243EH31
0.1371E-01
0.22S6E-01
0.7676EHD2
0.122SE-01
0.821CEH32
0.9175E-02
0.3350E-02
0. 13725-01
0. 1804£-01
0.4459EHD1
- SHID SYSTD1 RECSPTDRS -
- X flXIS (RfiNGE , fCTEHS) -
10000.000 116£o.o70 13333.330
- COCENTRflTIGN -
0.211SE-01
o.3oaa£-oi
0.231SE-01
0.21&4E-01
0. 1134EHD1
0. 1752EH)!
0. 1222EH)!
0. 1772E-H31
0.3S67EHD2
0.372SE-02
0.63afi£H)2
0.7433E-02
0.6a45Ei)2
0. 1324E-01
0. 1427E-01
0.3437E-C1
0.1711E-01
0.2S03E-01
0.2036E-01
0.17B3E-01
0.370Z-02
0. 1437E-01
0.3g06E-02
0. 1441EH31
0.4a2BE-02
0.7995E-02
0.5462E-02
0.5203EHK
0.5762E-02
0. 127BE-01
0.1163EHDI
0.2B49EH31
0.1422E-01
0.2OTOE-01
0. 1S94E-01
0. 1483E-01
0.3111E-02
0. 120A€-01
0.3238E-(H
0. 1203EH31
0.4021E-02
0.6742E-02
0.46AOE-02
0.5296E-02
0. WEE-02
0. 1093EHD1
0.3842E-02
0.2333E-01
15000.000
0. 1206E-01
0. 1775EHJ1
0.1433E-01
0.1270E-01
O.S311E-^2
0. 102BE-01
0.7021E-02
0. 1027E-01
0.3415E-02
0.5737EHK
0. W08E-02
0. 4534E-02
0. 4313E-02
0.34gSE-02
0.3436E-02
0.2033EH31
13333.330
0.3102EHD2
0. 1350EHJ1
0. 1087E-01
0.371SEHK
0.5232E-02
0.7844E-02
0.531SE-02
0.7813E-02
0.2334€^2
0.4453E-02
0.3115E-02
0.3333E-02
0.3-W5E-02
0. 7452E-02
0.647SE-02
0. 1552E-01
21565. S70
0.7210E-02
0. 1073E-01
0.3622EHD2
0.7778E-02
0. 4181E-02
0.6255E-02
0.422SEH32
0.6234E-02
0.2030E-02
0.3531E-02
0.^2SE-02
0.2327E-02
O.^OE-C.i
0. 5083E-02
0.5201E-02
0. 12WEHD1
i5CXX!,00
0.3317E-
0.3837E-
0.70a2£-
0.6435E-
0.3442E-
0.5173E-
0.347ZS-
0.5141E-
0. 16o4€-
0.227^-
0.2i:OE-
0.:455E-
,^ "T«T,
Vt WwM*W
A =•' ' 'C.
•J* wA * *••
0. ^317E-
0.1022-
33333.340 41&£&672
(AZIMUTH SEARING, OESREES )
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS
- I AXIS (RfiNGE , ^CTERS
50000.000
- COCENTRflTION
337.500
313.000
232. 500
270.000
247.500
223.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
133.000
112.500
30.000
67.300
45.000
22.500
o.oco
1
* logoff
EEDVEH1
NO CARRIER
0.33S3E-02
O.SC01E-02
0. *739E-02
• 0.4410E-02
0.233Z-02
0.33306-02
0.2352EHE
0.3303EHH
0.1138E-02
0.204aE-02
0.1473EHJ2
0.172SEH32
0.1664E-02
0.3397E-02
0.297SE-02
loqgrt out
0.2362^2
O.W67E-02
C. 3353£-
-------
GSC-TR8658
GRAPHICAL EXPOSURE MODELING SYSTEM
(GEMS)
OSER'S GUIDE
VOLUME 2. MODELING
APPENDIX A
User's Guide for
GEMS ATMOSPHERIC MODELING SYSTEM
(GAMS) Version L.I
Prepared for:
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION flGENCY
OFFICE OF PESTICIDES AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES
EXPOSURE EVALAUTION DIVISION
Task b!o. 3-5
Contract No. 68023970
Project Officer: Russell Kinerson
Task Manager: Loren Hall
Prepared by:
GENERAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
8401 Corporate Drive
Landover, Maryland 20785
Submitted: December 1, 1986
-------
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE MO.
1. INTRODUCTION 1-1
2. GAMSIN SEQUENCE AND GAMS CAPABILITIES AND OPTIONS 2-1
2.1 GAMS Control 2-1
2.2 GAMS Chemistry 2-5
2.3 TOXBOX Removal Specifications 2-5
2.4 TOXBOX Source Characterization 2-3
2.5 TOXBOX Output Specifications 2-13
2.6 ISC Removal Specifications 2-11
2.7 ISC Site Location and Meteorology 2-13
2.3 ISC Polar Coordinate Grid Specifications 2-15
2.9 ISC Source Characterization 2-17
2.10-Matching ISC Sources with ISC Sites 2-22
2.11 ISC Output Specifications 2-24
2.12 GAMS Postprocessing Specifications 2-25
3. GAMSIN AND GAMS FILES 3-1
3.1 GAMSIN Files 3-1
3.2 GAMS Files 3-2
4. SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS 4-1
4.1 Invocation 4-1
4.2 GAMSIN Systems Commands 4-1
4.3 Warnings 4-3
4.3.1 Ambiguous or Nonexistent File Names 4-3
4.3.2 Insufficient Quotas 4-4
4.3.3 VAX Down Tines 4-5
5. EXAMPLE GAMSIN AND GAMSRUN SESSIONS 5-1
5.1 Mew Exposure and Risk Study ., 5-1
5.2 Re-entry Risk Study 5-22
5.3 Total Deposition Study 5-31
REFERENCES R-l
Appendix 1. Brief Descriptions of ISC and TOXBOX
Appendix 2. Atmospheric Exposure and Risk Estimation
Methodologies
Appendix 3. GAMS Utilities
ii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Appendix 4. Annotated List of GCL and GAL Comnands
Appendix 5. Resource Usage Estimation
Appendix 6. Exanple One Input and Output Files
Appendix 7. Exanple Two Input and Output Files
Appendix 8. Exarrple Three Input and Output Files
iii
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
The OTS Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS) Atmospheric
Modeling Subsystem (GAMS) allows, multiple atmospheric models to be used
for multiple release sources to examine overlapping exposures. The
Industrial Source Complex (ISO long-term model and the TOXBOX area source
model are implemented in GAMS to estimate annual average atmospheric
concentrations. GAMS integrates the atmospheric concentration estimates
of the two models with a population distribution data base in order to ce
able to estimate exposure and risk.
GAMS can currently treat up to twenty source categories witn up to
fifty emission type entries within each category for an unlimited number
of source locations for ISC modeling. Up to twenty source categories csn
be treated for TOXBOX modeling. TOXBOX is implemented in GAMS to estimate
annual average concentrations for all U.S. urban populations. The -rear.
population comprises all persons living in the 366 urbanized areas (U.-.s)
and in the.3827 places of 2,539 or more inhabitants outside urbanized
areas. The total U.S. urban population modeled by TOXBOX is 167,353,922
persons.
The concentration estimates generated by the models are stored at the
1980 Census block group and enumeration district (BG/ED) geographic level.
By assigning concentration estimates at this detailed population
distribution level, GAMS accounts for increments of concentration from any
number of sources that may impact an individual BG/ED. This tracking
l-L
-------
avoids multiple counting of populations when sources are close enough to
one another that surrounding SG/EDs are impacted by more than one source. *
Exposure and risk calculations are performed by GAMS for each 9G/E2
population by source category and emission type from the ISC results, by
source category from the TOXBOX results, and across all source categories
from the overlapping results from both models. Brief descriptions of ISC
and TOXBOX are given in Appendix 1. Appendix 2 gives a description of the
atmospheric exposure and risk estimation methodologies implemented in
GAMS.
GAMS contains a wide range of capabilities and options-and the
atmospheric models, particularly ISC, require a substantial amount of
input data. Because of this sophistication level, a GAMS INterface,
GAMSIN, prompts you for the information required to set up and perform tr.e
desired modeling scenario. *
Section 2 of this user's guide presents a summary of the GAMSIX
prompting sequence and describes the capabilities and options availacle
within each of the logical prompt groups. Section 3 reviews the concents
of the input and output files and describes the file nomenclature. The
method of invoking procedures from the GEMS Atmospheric Modeling Subsystem
menu and the system commands that may be used-within GAMSIN are described
in Section 4. This section also details a set of warnings that you should
give special attention to. Section 5 presents three example GAMSIN
and GAMSRUN sessions.
1-2
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
The OTS Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS) Atmospheric
Modeling Subsystem (GAMS) allows, multiple atmospheric models to be used
for multiple release sources to examine overlapping exposures. The
Industrial Source Complex (ISO long-term model and the TOXBOX area source
model are implemented in GAMS to estimate annual average atmospheric
concentrations. GAMS integrates the atmospheric concentration estimates
of the two models with a population distribution data base in order to ce
able to estimate exposure and risk.
GAMS can currently treat up to twenty source categories with up to
fifty emission type entries within each category for an unlimited number
of source locations for ISC modeling. Up to twenty source categories can
be treated for TOXBOX modeling. TOXBOX is implemented in GAMS to estimate
annual average concentrations for all U.S. urban populations. The urran
population comprises all persons living in the 366 urbanized areas CJ.-.s)
and in the.3827 places of 2,500 or more inhabitants outside urbanized
areas. The total U.S. urban population modeled by TOXBOX is 167,350,922
persons.
The concentration estimates generated by the models are stored at the
1980 Census block group and enumeration district (BG/ED) geographic level.
By assigning concentration estimates at this detailed population
distribution level, GAMS accounts for increments of concentration from any
number of sources that may impact an individual BG/ED. This tracking
1-1
-------
avoids multiple counting of populations when sources are close enough to
one another that surrounding BG/EDs are impacted by more than one source. *
Exposure and risk calculations are performed by GAMS for each BG/ED
population by source category and emission type from the ISC results, by
source category from the TOXBOX results, and across all source categories
from the overlapping results from both models. Brief descriptions of ISC
and TOXBOX are given in Appendix 1. Appendix 2 gives a description of t.u.e
atmospheric exposure and risk estimation methodologies implemented in
GAMS.
GAMS contains a wide range of capabilities and options-and the
atmospheric models, particularly ISC, require a substantial amount of
input data. Because of this sophistication level, a GAMS INtsrface,
GAMSIN, prompts you for the information required to set up and perform tr.e
desired modeling scenario. "
Section 2 of this user's guide presents a summary of the GAMSIM
prompting sequence and describes the capabilities and options availacle
within each of the logical prompt groups. Section 3 reviews the contents
of the input and output files and describes the file nomenclature. The
method of invoking procedures from the GEMS Atmospheric Modeling Subsystem
menu and the system commands that may be used-within GAMSIN are described
in Section 4. This section also details a set of warnings that you should
give special attention to. Section 5 presents three example GAMSIN
and GAMSRUN sessions.
1-2
-------
2. GAMSIN SEQDENC2 AND GAMS CAPABILITIES AND OPTIONS
The sequence of GAMSIN is designed to transfer you from GAMS control
prompts to GAMS general prompts, which may have application over multiple
models, to TOXBOX model specific prompts, to ISC model specific prompts,
to GAMS postprocessing prompts. Figure 2-1 depicts the sequence of the
logical prompt groups within GAMSIN. Dashed arrows indicate optional
transfers between prompt groups, where the direction of transfer is based
on your response to the prompts. Solid arrows represent no option
transfer between prompt groups.
Each prompt group in Figure 2-1 is numbered. The numbers correspond
to the numbering of the following subsections which describe the GAMS
capabilities and options available within each respective prompt group.
2.1 GAMS Control
GAMS CONTROL prompts you for the primary set of options tha.
establish the atmospheric modeling scenario of your study. You may use
either ISC, TOXBOX, or both models to estimate atmospheric concentrations
for a study. Once a study has been set up through completion of an
initial GAMSIN session, you have the capability of re-entering the same
study at a later time by specifying "OLD1 at the first prompt in GAMS
CONTROL, and then entering the existing study name at the next prompt.
Re-entry is a very powerful capability. You can add new area sources
for TOXBOX modeling, new sites, sources, and emission types for ISC
modeling. You can modify the ISC and TOXBOX model output specifications
2-1
-------
ta-amvt re* :sc srr-'J?
CANS
cctrrsoL
u
I3C JET-'J* Wt*
1
V
TIX30X
:sc
3«e-ip
U
:sc 3r^ -
LL
UC POUM CCOOBESATS
9tXO S7ECI/TOTICHJ
u.
UC MUKC2
JC :sc souwrss
x strss
rsc OUTTWT
Li]
-SX80X
TOXBOX 3CURCS
LU
TOXMX WTTVT
Lil
WST7TOCS33IMC
:3C
FIGURE 2-1. Sequence of GAMSIN logical prompt groups
2-2
-------
for the new re-entry runs and you can modify the GAMS postprocessing
specifications. Details concerning these capabilities will be discussed
in the respective prompt group subsections.
In a re-entry session, you specify which atmospheric models will be
used or "updated. A model that is currently being set up or added to in
re-entry must have been specified in the initial GAMSIN" study session as a
model that will be used in the study.
Figure 2-1 indicates, by a series of dashed arrows, the different
sequence paths that may be taken from GAMS CONTROL. During the initial
GAMSIN session of a study, you will proceed to GAMS CHEMISTRY and then to
either TOXBQX or ISC REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS depending on which of the
models are being set up. If both models are selected, you will proceed
through the TOXBOX prompt groups (3, 4, and 5) followed by the ISC prompt
groups (6 through 11). The first example session in Section 5 is an
initial GAMSIN session of a study.
During a re-entry GAMSIN session, you will proceed to prompt group 3,
4, 5, or 7 depending on which model(s) were initially set up and which
model(s) are being set up. The model removal specifications are only
entered once for a study, thus prompt groups 3 and 6 are skipped when the
re-entry is conducted on a model previously set up. The second example
session in Section 5 is a re-entry GAMSIN session.
You may also use ISC to estimate total deposition. This capability
is accessed by specifying ISC as the only study model and specifying
DEPOSITION at the next prompt. Only ISC model output is generated from
2-3
-------
this type of study (no GAMS postprocessing) and re-entry is not possible.
The third example session in Section 5 sets up an ISC total deposition *
study. -
A listing of the GAMS CONTROL prompts and associated help messages
follows.
Are you setting up a new study or re-entering a study:
Type NEW if you are setting up a new study, or type OLD if
you are re-entering an existing study.
Enter the study name:
The STUDY NAME may consist of up to 10 characters.
Enter the study title:
The STUDY TITLE may consist of up to 80 characters.
Enter the run name:
The SUN NAME may consist of up to 6 characters. Each re-entry
session under a study name should have a unique run name.
Which of the atmospheric models will you be using in the study:
The atmospheric models currently available are the Industrial
Source Complex (ISC) long-term model and the atmospheric area
source model (TOXBOX). Enter either ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH.
Which of the atmospheric models are you currently setting up:
The atmospheric models available are ISC and TOXBOX. Enter either
ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH for this modeling run.
2-4
-------
Are you calculating concentration or total deposition in the ISC model:
Type CONCENTRATION (C) if you want to calculate average ground-level
concentration. Type DEPOSITION (D) to calculate only total deposition.
When modeling concentration, plume depletion due to gravitational
settling can be accounted for.
Which of the models do you want to use in the re-entry:
Type ISC, TOXBOX, BOTH, or POSTPROCESSING. Entering POSTPROCESSING
allows the user to proceed directly to the GAMS postprocessing prcmpts,
2.2 GAMS Chemistry
This prompting group consists of entering the chemical name and
state. The state of the chemical will determine which prompts appear
within prompt groups 3, 6, and 9.
A listing of the GAMS CHEMISTRY prompts and associated help messages
follows.
Enter the chemical name:
The chemical name may consist of up to 60 characters.
Enter the state of the chemical:
Type GAS if the pollutant is gaseous, or type PARTICLE if
the pollutant is a particulate.
2.3 TOXBOX Removal Specifications
Dry deposition, precipitation scavenging, and chemical removal
processes may be accounted for in the TOXBOX model. You may specify none,
any, or all of these removal terms in this prompting group.
2-5
-------
The atmospheric time constant is required if chemical processes
removal is included. The. time constant (inverse of the reaction rata
constant) will not be prompted for if the atmospheric half-Life has
already been entered in ISC REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS.
The settling velocity is required if dry deposition removal is to be
accounted for. You may enter the settling velocity directly or the model
will estimate the value for you. If the pollutant is a gas, the dry
deposition speed (Vd) is estimated with a value of 3.307 m s~k If the
pollutant is a particulate, you will be prompted for the mass median
radius and density of the particulates and the model will estimate Vd.
The scavenging coefficient is required if precipitation scavenging is
included. The model estimates this coefficient for you. If the pollutant:
is a gas, the molecular weight must be entered. If the pollutant is a "
particulate, the mass median radius and density must be entered.
It should be noted that the consistency of the TOXBOX and ISC REMOVAL
SPECIFICATIONS are primarily your responsiblity. Although GAMSIN accounts
for continuity between the time constant required by TOXBOX and the half-
life required by ISC, it is your decision as to which removal terms will
be included in the two models.
A listing of the TOXBOX REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS prompts and associated
help messages follows.
2-6
-------
Do you want to include chemical removal in the TOXBOX model:
Respond YES to include the removal by chemical processes
term in the model. Respond NO, or press RETURN, to
omit the chemical removal term.
Enter the atmospheric time constant in seconds:
The atmospheric time constant is equal to the atmospheric
half-life in seconds divided by 0,693.
Do you want to include dry deposition removal in the TOXBOX model
Type YES if you want to calculate ground-level concentration
accounting for dry deposition. Type NO, or press RETURN, if
you want to calculate concentration without deposition.
Enter the settling velocity in meters per second:
Enter the settling velocity in meters per second. If this value
is not known, press RETURN and the model will estimate the dry
deposition speed through other parameters.
Enter the radius of the particulate in micrometers:
This is the mass median radius of the particulates in micrometers.
Enter the density of the particulate in grams per cubic centimeter:
This is the mass median density of the particulates in grams per cucic
centimeter.
Do you want to include precipitation scavenging removal in the model:
Type YES if you want precipitation scavenging removal (wet deposition)
included in the model. Type NO, or press RETURN, to run the model
without precipitation scavenging removal.
Enter the molecular weight of the gas:
This is the molecular weight of the gas.
2-7
-------
2.4 TOXBOX Source Characterization
The required information about the area sources to be modeled by
TOXBOX is entered in this prompt group. After entering an area source
category name, you are prompted for the geographic level at which the
emission value(s) for the source is known. The emission value(s) may be
based on the total nation (LI), by census region (L2), by EPA region (L3),
or by individual states (L4).
You will be prompted for one emission rate if you respond wizh Ll,
for nine emission rates corresponding to the nine census regions if you
respond with L2, and for ten emission rates for the ten EPA regions with
an L3 response. At the L4 level, you may be prompted up to 51 times, or
you may enter emission rates for a subset of the states, press RETURN to
signal you are finished, then enter a total emission rate that will be
apportioned to the remaining states by population.
A GAMS utility (STATECREATE) can be used to create a file of state
emission estimates. The utility uses county business pattern employment:
data by SIC code. Details about this utility are given in Appendix 3.
Emission rates for the UAs and places are estimated by using the
ratio of the OA or place population to the base population corresponding
to the geographic level of the entered emission rate value(s). You have
the option to specify that the base population consist of only the urban
population of the geographic level or the entire population of the
geographic level. This option is specified in the prompt for the
2-8
-------
be specified by typing an area source category name each time it is
requested.
A Listing of the TOXBOX SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION prompts and
associated help messages follows. The brackets located in some of the
prompts indicate that a variable word will appear at that space in the
prompt.
Enter the area source category name:
The source category name may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to twenty area source categories by typing
an area source category name each time it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you are finished. Examples of source categories
are as follows: Metal Cleaning, Aerosol Use, Paint removal,
Solvent Use. Type LIST to obtain a current listing of
the area source categories entered.
•
Enter the geographic level of the [source name] emissions:
Select one of the four possible geographic levels at which an area
source category emission rate may be entered. Enter LEVELl (Ll) if
the emission rate is nation wide. Enter LZVEL2 (L2) if the emission
rate is to be entered by census region. Enter LEVZL3 (L3) if the
emission rate is to be entered by EPA region, and enter LEVEL4 (L4)
if the emission rate is to be entered by state.
Enter the total U.S. emission rate in MT/yr:
This is the total nation wide emission rate in Metric Tons per year
for the current source category.
Enter the [region namej census region emission rate in MT/yr:
Enter the emission rate in Metric Tons per year corresponding to the
appropriate census region prompted. There are nine census regions.
Enter the EPA region [region number] emission rate in MT/yr:
Enter the emission rate in Metric Tons per year corresponding to the
appropriate EPA region prompted. There are ten EPA regions.
2-9
-------
Enter a state name or two letter state abbreviation:
Enter a two letter state abbreviation from the following list, or enter
a state name. Enter ALL to be prompted for each state's emission rate
value.
AL
AK
AZ
AH
CA
CO
CT
DE
DC
FL
GA
HI
ID
IL
IN
IA
KS
KY
LA
ME
MD
MA
MI
MN
MS
MO
MT
ME
NV
NH
NJ
NM
NY
NC
ND
OH
OK
OR
PA
RI
SC
SD
TN
TX
UT
VT
VA
WA
W
WI
WY
Enter the emission rate for [state1 in MT/yr:
Enter the corresponding emission rate in metric tons per year fcr
the appropriate state.
Enter the total emission rate for the remaining [number] states in MT/yr:
Enter the total emission rate in metric tons per year for the
remaining states.
Enter the population scaling ratio method: A
The population scaling ratio is used to calculate the Urbanized Area
or Place emission rate. Enter URBAN to use the ratio of the populaticr.
of the UAs and Places vs. the urban population of the geograpnic level.
Enter ALL to use the ratio of the UAs and Places vs. the entire
geographic level population.
2.5 TOXBOX Output Specifications
You are prompted for whether the TOXBOX model output should be saved.
The TOXBOX model is implemented in GAMS to estimate the atmospheric
concentration for all 366 UAs and the 3827 places of 2,500 or more
inhabitants that are outside UAs. It is strongly suggested not to save
the output from these 4193 model runs.
2-LO
-------
A Listing of the TOXBOX OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS prompt and associated
help follows.
Do you wish to save the TOXBOX model output:
Press RETURN if you do not wish to save the TOXBOX model output.
Type YES if you wish to save the TOXBOX model output. There is
one TOXBOX model output table generated per Urbanized Area and
Place modeled (i.e. a nation wide study includes approximately
4200 output tables).
2.6 ISC Removal Specifications
Dry deposition and chemical removal processes may be accounted for in
the ISC model. You may specify none, either, or both of these removal
terms in this prompting group.
The atmospheric half-life is required if chemical processes removal
is included. The half-life will not be prompted for if the atmospheric
time constant has already been entered in TOXBOX REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS.
The settling velocity and surface reflection coefficient are required
if dry deposition removal is to be accounted for. If the pollutant is a
gas, these two values are specified in this prompt group. If the
pollutant is a particulate, these values are specified in ISC SOURCE
CHARACTERIZATION because the characteristics of the particles may be
different for different sources.
It should be noted that the consistency of the ISC and TOXEOX REMOVAL
SPECIFICATIONS are primarily your responsibility. Although GAMSIM
accounts for continuity between the half-life value required by ISC and
2-11
-------
the time constant value required by TOXBOX, it is your decision as to
which removal terms will be included in the two models. |
A listing of the ISC REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS prompts and associated
help messages follows.
Do you want to include chemical removal in the ISC model:
Respond YES for plume depletion due to the atmospheric half-life
decay term in the ISC model. Respond NO, or press RETURN,
for no plume depletion.
Enter the atmospheric half-life in seconds:
This is the atmospheric half-life in seconds of the chemical
by physical or chemical processes. The atmospheric half-life
is equivalent to the atmospheric time constant multiplied by 0.693.
Do you want to include dry deposition removal in the ISC model:
Type YES if you want to calculate ground-level concentration with
deposition occurring. Type NO, or press RETURN, if you want to
calculate concentration without deposition. Gravitational settling j
generally acts to reduce concentrations. Vfaen particle size data *
are not available or a conservative analysis is desired, gravitational
settling should generally be suppressed. However, note that for
close-in receptors near high stacks, concentrations can be substantially
increased through the use of gravitational settling.
Enter the settling velocity in meters per second:
This is the settling velocity of the gaseous pollutant in
meters per second. If this value is not known, press RETURN
and the system will use a default dry deposition speed of
0.007 meters per second.
2-12
-------
Enter the surface reflection coefficient:
This i-s the surface reflection coefficient for the gaseous
pollutant. Values between 0.0 and 1.0 are input for the
reflection coefficient. A value of 0.0 indicates no surface
reflection (total retention). A value of 1.0 indicates
complete reflection from the surface. The ISC User's
Guide provides default estimates for reflection coefficients
as a function of settling velocity.
2.7 ISC Site Location and Meteorology
The required location and meteorological information about the sites
(source locations) to be modeled by ISC is entered in this prompt srcup.
After entering a site name, you are prompted for either the
latitude/longitude coordinates or zip code (depending on which is known
and specified by you) of the site. It is preferable to use
latitude/longitude coordinates because using zip cede latitude/longitude
centroids in lieu of site coordinates may somewhat overestimate population
counts. The overestimate may occur because the latitude/longitude
coordinates for the zip codes in the geographic data file (List Processing
Company 1979) that are used are given as the center of the geographic
place for cities with a single zip code, or as the coordinates of the post:
office branch or the geographic center of the zip code for cities with
more than one zip code.
The latitude/longitude coordinates are also used by GAMSIN to
retrieve and display the available STAR data compilations for nearby
meteorological stations. The STAR data are joint frequency distributions
of wind speed by wind direction as a function of atmospheric stability
that are required by ISC The STAR station index number, station name,
2-L3
-------
Latitude/longitude, period of record, number of stability classes, and 1
distance from the site are displayed.
After the most representative meteorological data set is selected,
you specify whether the model will be run in rural mode or one of the
urban modes. The prompt sequence then loops back to entering the next
site name and the prompting sequence is repeated until you press RETURN at
the site name prompt. Up to 133 sites may be entered in one GAXSIM
session.
A listing of the ISC SITS LOCATION AND METEOROLOGY prompts and
associated help messages follows.
Enter the site name:
The name of the site may consist of up to 24 characters. |
You may specify up to 130 sites by typing a site name *
each time it is requested. Press RETURN to signal
you are finished.
Enter the sits location identifier:
Type LAT/LCNG (L) if you want to enter the latitude/longitude
coordinates of the site. Type ZIP CODE (Z) if you want to have
the site centered on the coordinates of the postal zip code
which you will enter. Latitude and longitude values are
preferable since the use of zip code information only
approximates the actual location and may significantly
affect estimates of population exposure.
Enter the zip code of the site:
Enter the 5-digit U.S. postal zip code. The site will be
centered at the latitude/longitude coordinates of the
population weighted center of the zip code area.
<
2-14
-------
Enter the latitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds:
The latitude is entered in degrees, minutes, and seconds
format, in the form CD MM S3, or in decimal degrees.
Enter the longitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds:
The longitude is entered in degrees, minutes, and seconds
format, in the form ODD MM SS, or in decimal degrees.
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) number:
Select the STAR station location which best represents
the climatology of the area. If you are unsure, the
4-digit number of the closest STAR station is usually
preferable. However, factors such as complex terrain
or proximity to a land/water interface should be considered.
Specify rural or one of the urban modes:
Type RURAL (R) to specify rural mode, which does not redefine
the stability categories. Type URBANl (Ul) to redefine the
E and F stability categories as D. Type URBAN2 (U2) to redefine
stability category B as A, C as B, D as C, and E and F as D.
It should be noted that the use of URBAN2 generally is not
recommended for regulatory purposes.
2.3 ISC Polar Coordinate Grid Specifications
The number of sectors, the ring distances, and the numcer of
concentration estimate points per ring are specified for each site in this
prompt group. You have the option of applying the same polar coordinate
grid at all sites or specifying them individually. If you want to apply
the same grid at all sites, you have the option to use the STANDARD grid
system which is described in the help message, or to enter SPECIAL and
specify your own grid system.
2-15
-------
A listing of the ISC POLAR COORDINATE GRID SPECIFICATIONS prompts and
associated help messages follows. The brackets indicate that a variable
word will appear at that space in the prompt.
Do you want to apply the same polar grid at all sites:
Type YES if you want to apply the same polar coordinate grid
at all sites, otherwise type NO (or press RETURN).
Enter STANDARD or SPECIAL for the polar coordinate system:
Type STANDARD (ST) if you want a polar coordinate system consisting of
16 sectors and 10 rings at distances of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15,
25 and 50 kilometers, and 3 concentrations for each ring applied
at all sites. Type SPECIAL (S?) if you want to specify your own
coordinate characteristics.
Enter the number of sectors:
This is the number of sectors (coordinate azimuth bearings
from the origin) you want in the polar coordinate system. The
value for the number of sectors can range between 3 and 36. |
The standard number of sectors is 16. ^
Enter the [ordinal number] ring distance in kilometers:
This value defines a ring distance from the origin of the polar
coordinate grid system. The ring distance divided by the number
of concentrations per ring should be at least 100 meters (this
avoids the inability of ISC, and Gaussian models in general, of
evaluating concentrations within 100 meters of a source). You
may specify more than one ring by typing a ring distance each
time it is requested. A maximum of 20 ring distances may entered.
Press RETURN to signal you are finished.
Enter the number of concentration points per ring:
This is the number of concentration estimates per ring
(intra-ring coordinate points). The maximum value for
the number of concentration points per ring is 5.
2-16
-------
2.9 ISC Source Characterization
The required ISC input data concerning the characteristics of all the
modeled sources are entered in this prompt group. Site specific and/or
prototype source characteristics can be entered. For example, in the
study you are conducting, a chemical is released from two types of
sources, 1) during production of the chemical at three facilities, and 2)
during the manufacture of product X at thirty facilities. You have site
specific source characteristics from the three chemical production
facilities, but only generic prototype source information applicable for
the thirty product X manufacturing facilities.
You would enter the site specific data under three separate source
category names (Chemical Production A, Chemical Production B, and Chemical
Production Q and enter the prototype data under a fourth source category
(Product X Manufacture). In MATCHING ISC SOURCES WITH ISC SITES (prompt
group 10} you would match the site specific source categories with the
appropriate sites that were entered in ISC SITE LOCATION AND METEOROLOGY
(prompt group 7) and the prototype source category would be matched wi.tr.
the remaining thirty sites. The first example session in Section 5 shows
how site specific data are entered and then matched to specific sites.
The second example session shows how prototype source characteristics ara
matched with multiple sites.
In this prompt group you are first prompted for a source category
name, then you are prompted for an emission type name. Next you specify
if the emission type should be treated as a STACK, VOLUME, or AREA
2-17
-------
SOURCE. Different sets of prompts will follow depending on the specified
source treatment. Finally, if the pollutant is a particulate and ycu "
included dry deposition in the ISC modeling, you will be prompted for the
mass fraction, settling velocity, and surface reflection coefficient of
the current particle size category. From one to twenty size categories
may be'specified by typing a mass fraction each time it is requested.
The prompt sequence then loops back to entering the next emission
type name, which is still associated with the first source category narre.
The emission type prompting sequence is repeated up to fifty times per
source category. The same emission type names may be repeated both withir.
a single source category and across multiple source categories. A total
of ten unique emission type names may be used across all source
categories, but only nine unique names are allowed in any one source
category. Press RETURN at the emission type name prompt to end the m
sequence for the current source category.
After pressing RETURN, you will be prompted for the next source
category name. Up to twenty source categories may be entered, each tirr.e
specifying associated emission type names and characteristics. 3y typing
LIST, you can obtain a listing of the source category names entered or a
listing of emission type names entered depending on which name you are
being prompted for.
A listing of the ISC SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION prompts and associated
help messages follows. The brackets indicate that a variable word will
appear at that space in the prompt.
2-L8
-------
Enter the source category name:
The source category name may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to twenty source categories by typing a
source category name each time it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you are finished. Examples of source
categories are as follows: Manufacturing, Refining, Power
Generation. Type LIST to obtain a list of source categories
entered.
Enter the [ordinal number] snission type name:
The emission type name may consist of up to 12 characters.
You may make up to fifty emission type entries per source category
by typing an emission type name each time it is requested. You are
limited to nine unique emission type names per source category and
ten unique names across all source categories. Press RETURN to signal
you are finished. Examples of emission types are as follows: process,
storage, fugitive process, fugitive erosion. Type LIST to obtain a list
of emission types entered.
Specify the method of treating this emission type:
Type STACK (S) if you want to have the emission treated as a
stack source, type VOLUME (V) to treat the emission as a volume
source, or type AREA (AR).if the emission is to be treated as
an area source. Point sources are typically treated as stack
emissions.
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin:
This is the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin. If
this parameter is zero, the exit temperature is set equal to
the ambient air temperature. If this parameter is negative,
the absolute value is added to the ambient air temperature to
form the stack gas exit temperature.
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second:
This is the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second. Mo
plume rise is calculated if this parameter is equal to zero.
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters:
This is the inner stack diameter in meters.
2-19
-------
Do you wish to consider building wake effects:
Type YES is you wish to consider wake effects for the current
emission type, otherwise type NO, or press RETURN. You will be
prompted for the height and width of the building adjacent to
the stack uoon a YES resoonse.
Enter the height in meters of the building adjacent to the stack:
This is the height above ground level in meters of the building
adjacent to the stack.
Enter the width in meters of the building adjacent to the stack:
This is the width in meters of the building adjacent to the
stack. If the building is not square, enter the diameter
of a circular building of equal horizontal area.
Enter the supersquat building wake effects equation option:
This option is used to control the equations used in the
calculation of the lateral virtual distance when the effective
building width to height ratio is greater than 5. Type UPPER (U)
to use the equation which calculates the lateral virtual distance
producing the upper bound of the concentration or deposition.
Type LOWER (L) to use the equation which produces the lower bound
of the concentration or deposition. The appropriate choice for
this option depends on building shape and stack placement with
respect to the building. Refer to the ISC User's Guide for guidance.
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in metiers:
This is the standard deviation of"the crosswind distribution
of the volume source in meters. Refer to the ISC User's
Guide for estimation of this parameter.
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters:
This is the standard deviation of the vertical distribution
of the volume source in meters. Refer to the ISC User's
Guide for estimation of this parameter.
2-20
-------
Enter the width of the area source in meters:
This is the width of the area source in meters. This
parameter should be the length of one side of the
approximately square area source.
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters:
This is the height above ground in meters of the pollutant
emission. For volume sources, this is the height to the
center of the source.
Enter the mass fraction of the [ordinal number! particle size category:
This is the mass fraction of particulatas contained in the
current particulate size category. You may specify up to
20 size categories by typing a mass fraction each time
it is requested. The sum of all the mass fractions of the
particulate size categories should add to 1. Press RETURN
to signal you are finished.
Enter the settling velocity of the [ordinal number] particle size category
This is the settling velocity in meters per second for the
current particulate size category. If this value is not known,
press RETURN and the system will estimate the dry deposition
speed through other parameters.
Enter the [ordinal'number] particle size category's radius in micrometers;
Enter the radius in micrometers for the current particulate
size category.
Enter the [ordinal number] particle size category's density in g/cc:
Enter the density in grams per cubic centimeter for the current
particulate size category.
Enter the surface reflection coefficient of the [ordinal number] particle
size category:
This is the surface reflection coefficient for the current
particulate size category. Values between 0-1 are input
for reflection coefficients. A value of "0" indicates no
surface reflection (total retention). A value of "1"
2-21
-------
indicates complete reflection from the surface. The ISC
User's Guide provides default estimates for reflection
coefficients as a function of settling velocity.
2.10 Matching ISC Sources with ISC Sites
In this prompt group you specify the source categories that apply to
each of the sites that were entered. After the source category name is
entered, you are prompted for the emission rate of each emission type that
is associated with the source category. The prompt sequence then loops
back to entering the next source category name. After pressing RETURN to
signal that there are no more source categories for the current site, the
next site name is displayed and the matching with source categories and
entering the emission rates continues through all the sites that were
entered.
During a re-entry session you may match currently entered sites witn
either currently or previously entered source categories. You also have
the capability to match sites entered in a previous session with currently
or previously entered source categories. By typing LIST, you can obtain a
listing of the source categories entered, or a listing of all previously
entered site names depending on whether you are at a source category
prompt or at an old site name prompt. The second example in Section 5
matches current sites with previously entered source categories and
previously entered sites with current source categories.
A listing of the MATCHING ISC SOURCES WITH ISC SITES prompts and
associated help messages follow. Brackets in the prompts indicate a
variable word will appear in that space of the prompt.
2-22
-------
Current site: [site name]
Enter a source category for this site:
Specify a source category that applies to the current site.
You may specify more than one by typing a source category each
time it is requested. Press RETURN to signal you are finished.
Type LIST to obtain a listing of source categories entered.
Enter the [ordinal number] [emission type] ([treatment]) emission strength:
This is the source strength for the specified emission type.
The input units are as follows:
Source Treatment Concentration Deposition
stack or volume grams per second grams
area grams per second grams per
per square meter square meter
Do you want to match an old site with an old or new source category:
•
Type YES if you want to match an old site (entered in a previous
session) with a new or old source category, otherwise type NO,
or press RETURN.
Enter an old site name:
Enter an old site name. Type LIST to obtain a Listing of
all previously entered ISC site names. Press RETURN to signal you
are finished.
Enter a matching source category for this old site:
Specify a source category that applies to the current site.
You may specify more than one by typing a source category each
time it is requested, but the source category must not have been
previously matched with that site. Press RETURN to signal you are
finished. Type LIST to obtain a listing of source categories entered.
2-23
-------
2.11 ISC Output Specifications
You may request to save the ISC model output in this prompt group.
If you want the model output, you can specify no input data listed, only
the control, receptor, and meteorological input data listed, only the
source input data listed, or all of the input data listed with the output.
A listing of the ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS prompts and associated
help messages follows.
Do you wish to save the ISC model output:
Press RETURN if you do not wish to save the ISC model output.
Type YES if you wish to save the ISC model output file(s).
There is one ISC model output file per site.
Enter the title for the ISC model output:
The title may consist of up to 40 characters. The title should be as
specific as possible. You may add the chemical name, or other
information as space permits. The site number and name will be added
to the title by the system. The top of each page is labeled with this
title.
Specify the input data to be printed in the ISC model output:
Type NONE (N) to indicate that no input data are to be printed
in the ISC model output file. Type C3M (C) to print the control
parameters, receptor and meteorological data. Type SOURCE (S)
to print the source input data. Type ALL (AL) to indicate all
input data are to be printed in the ISC model output file.
2-24
-------
2.12 GAMS Postprocessing Specifications
This prompt group presents options to obtain summary tables of
exposure, inhalation exposure, and risk for ISC model-wide results (across
all modeled sites), TOXBOX model-wide results (across all modeled 'JAs and
places), and multi-model results (across ISC and TOXBOX modeling).
The ISC model-wide tables may be generated at four different levels.
A LEVEL1 table gives the results for each source category—emission type
combination. LEVEL2 tables present results across emission types, holding
source category. LEVEL3 tables present results across source categories,
holding emission type. The LEVEL4 table gives the results across all
source categories and emission types. Any, all, or none of these tables
can be requested.
TOXBOX model-wide estimates can be generated for each area source
category (LEVEL1) and/or across all source categories (LZVEL2). Either,
both, or none of these tables can be requested.
Multi-model summary tables can also be obtained. The multi-model
summary table applies across all source categories from the ISC and
TOXBOX modeling.
You are prompted for the daily inhalation volume rate to be used in
the inhalation exposure estimates (default of 22 cubic meters). Risk can
be estimated by using the unit risk factor method. You are prompted for
the appropriate unit risk value for the study chemical. See Appendix 3
for details on exposure and risk estimation methods.
2-25
-------
You have the option to save the BG/ED level concentration files.
These files must be saved if you want to re-enter the study at a later
time either to conduct additional atmospheric modeling or postprocessing
operations. During a re-entry session you will be asked if you want to
change any of the exposure and risk specifications from the previous
session.
If you know that you are going to have multiple re-entry sessions for
a study and you are not interested in obtaining internediate exposure cr
risk estimates, you should set up the atmsopheric modeling, only specify
to save the concentration files (press RETURN at the postprocessing
operation prompt), and conduct the GAMS atmospheric modeling runs on the
study. Then, after all the atmospheric modeling is done, re-enter and
proceed directly to GAMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFICATIONS to set up the .
postprocessing operations you want. At this point you run CAMS again to
obtain the exposure and risk estimates based on the results of the
previous GAMS atmospheric modeling runs of your study.
A listing of the GAMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFICATIONS prompts and
associated help messages follows. Brackets in the prompts indicate 2
variable word will appear in that space of the prompt.
2-26
-------
GAMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFICATIONS
Do you want to change previous specifications of exposure and risk:
Type YES if you want to add or delete exposure, inhalation exposure,
or risk tables, change the table levels, or change the unit risk value.
Type NO to leave all exposure and risk specifications the saire.
Which of the exposure calculations do you want to estimate:
Type EXPOSURE, INHALATION exposure, BOTH, or NONE. Responding BOTH
will give one table of both exposure and inhalation exposure results.
Respond NONE for no exposure or inhalation exposure tables.
Enter the daily inhalation volume rate in cubic meters:
This is the volume of-air inhaled by a human in one day. Press RETURN
to install a default daily inhalation rate value of 22 cubic meters.
Be sure the rate corresponds with any assumptions enbecced in the
parameters of the dose-response curves you. might use.
Do you want to estimate excess lifetime risk:
Type YES if you want additional lifetime risk estimation. Type NO,
or press RETURN, if you do not want risk estimations.
Do you want to change the risk estimation parameter:
Type YES if you want to change the previously specified risk
estimation parameter. Type NO to retain the previously
specified risk estimation parameter.
Enter the unit risk value:
Enter the single non-negative unit risk value.
The units of this value must be inverse of'micrograms per cubic meter.
See Appendix 2 of GAMS version 1.1 user's guide.
Specify the ISC MODEL-WIDE summary table(s):
The ISC model-wide summary tables apply across all sites for both of
the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter Ll, L2, L3 and/or L4
(see explanation table below) for the corresponding summary tables.
Enter one or any combination of the tables.
2-27
-------
Table Level Table Summary
LEVEL! (LI) Each source category-emission type combination
LEVEL2 (L2) Across emission types, holding source category
LEVEL3 (L3) Across source categories, holding emission type
LEVEL4 (L4) Across all source categories and emission types
ALL All summary table levels
NONE No summary tables
Specify the TOXBOX MODEL-WIDE summary table(s):
The TOXBOX MODEL-WIDE summary tables apply across all Urbanized Areas
and Places for both of the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter
LI or L2 (see explanation table below) for the corresponding model-wide
summary tables.
Table Level Table Summary
LEVEL! (LI) Each source category result
LEVEL2 (L2) Across all source categories
ALL ALL summary tables
NONE No summary tables
Do you want the MULTI-MODEL exposure summary table generated:
The MULTI-MODLE exposure and/or inhalation exposure summary tableapplies
across all source categories and emission types for the ISC modeling and
across all source categories for the TOXBOX modeling. Respond YES or NO.
Do you want the MULTIMODEL excess lifetime risk table generated:
The MULTI-MODEL excess lifetime risk table applies across all source
categories and emission types for the ISC modeling and across all source
categories for the TOXBOX modeling. Respond YES or NO.
Do you want to save the concentration files:
The concentration files store the results of the modeling at the 3G/ED
level. Enter YES if you want to save the concentration files for re-entry.
2-28
-------
3. GAMSIN AND GAMS FILES
Several types of files are created at the completion of a GAMS IN
session and during the execution of GAMSRUN. All files reside in the
subdirectory from which GAMSIN or GAMSRUN is invoked, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.1 GAMSIN Files
GAMSIN creates ail input files required to run the atmospheric rr.cceis
and to specify the postprocessing. There is one input file required tc
perform the TOXBOX modeling. The TOXBOX input file name is the run name
(you specify the run name in the GAMSIN session) and the file type is
1.TOXBOX'.
There is one input file required per site to perform the ISC modelinc.
Each ISC input file name consists of the run name, followed by tne tnree
digit site number. The file type is '.ISC'.
There is one GAMS input file which contains the specifications of the
study to be conducted by GAMS. The GAMS input file name consists of tne
study name followed by the study session number and the file type is
'.GAMS'.
There is one input file which contains the postprocessing
specifications. The postprocessing input file name consists of the study
name followed by the study session nunber and the file type is '.PPRO1.
3-L
-------
GAMS Control Language(GCL) commands and parameters are readable
character switches used in the GAMS input file. GAMS Analysis Language
(GAL) commands and parameters are readable character switches used in the
postprocessing input file. Listings of these input files provide a useful
review of the study specifications. Appendix 4 gives an annotated list of
the GCL and GAL commands.
In addition to the above mentioned input files, two other types of
files are created to store information that was entered during your GAMS IN
session. The first is a file containing a list of ail ISC sites entered
under a study. The file name is the study name and the file type is
'.SITES'. The second is a file containing TOXBOX source category names,
ISC source category and emission type names, and ISC emission type
specifications. The file name- is the study name and the file type :s
'.SOURCES'. These two files are used to check against name duplication :n
re-entry GAMSIN sessions and to be able to match with previously entered
sources and sites in the MATCHING ISC SOURCES WITH ISC SITES prompt group.
Table 3-1 gives a list of the files created by GAMSIN witrn tneir
corresponding naming conventions.
3.2 GAMS Files
If you request to save the ISC and/or TOXBOX model output, the file
names will consist of the run name followed by "ISC', followed by the
three digit site number for each of the ISC model output files and the run
name followed by 'TOXBOX' for the TOXBOX model output file. The file type
3-2
-------
TABLE 3-1. GAMSIN Created Files and Nonenclature
File Description
TOXBOX model input
ISC model input
GAMS input
Postprocessing input
Sites
Sources
Meaning Convention
'RUN NAME'.TOXBOX
'RUN NAME1 'SITE #'.ISC
'STUDY NAME' 'SESSION *'.GAMS
'STUDY NAME' 'SESSION *'.PPRO
'STUDY NAME'.SITES
'STUDY NAME'.SOURCES
3-3
-------
of the atmospheric model output files from the performance of GAMS is
'.OUT'. "
The ISC and TOXBOX model-wide and the multi-model exposure and risk
summary tables are all written to -the same output file. The file name
consists of the study name and the file type of this output file is
'.POSTOOT1.
In addition to the above mentioned output files, four other types of
files are created during the successful performance of GAMS. The first
type of file is the concentration file. These files store the results of
the modeling at the BG/ED geographic level of resolution. These files
must be saved if you want to re-enter a study. The file type of the
concentration files is '.CONG'. The file names of the ISC source category
concentration files consist of the study name followed by 'ISC', followed
by the source category index number (01 through 20 are possible). The
file names of the ISC emission type concentration files consist of the
study name followed by 'ISCSM', followed by a '!'. The results of the
first ten emission types are stored in '!'. The file names of the TOXBOX
concentration files consist of the study name followed by 'TOXBOX1,
followed by either a 'I1 or a '2'. The results of the first ten TOXBOX
source categories are stored in 'I1, the results of the second ten are
stored in '2'.' The file name of the multi-model concentration file
consists of the study name followed by 'TOT'.
3-4
-------
The second type of file is called the master file. This file
contains an inventory of the records that are used in the creation of the
concentration files for the TOXBOX source categories and the ISC source
categories and emission types. The file name is the study name and the
file type is '.MASTER1.
The third type of file is called the GAMS run file. This file
contains an accounting of all the runs conducted under a study. The run
number, the model(s) in the run, the run name, and an indicator of whether
the run is finished or is currently running are included in the GAMS run
file; The file name is the study name and the file type is ' .GPL'N' .
The fourth type of file is called the log file. The first log file
is an account of what transpired during the processing of your batcn GAMS
job. This log file can be checked to see if the proper assignments were
made and to see how long the job took to complete. The file name is the
study name and the file type is '.LOG'. Another log file is also craecac
when a postprocessing batch job is submitted. The file name is 'GAMSrOST1
and the file resides in your primary directory.
Table 3-2 gives a list of the files created by GAMS with their
corresponding naming conventions. Listings of all the input and output
file names that are created from the example GAMSIN and GAMSRUN sessions
are given in Section 5.
3-5
-------
TABLE 3-2. GAMS Created Files and Nomenclature
File Description
TOXBOX model output
ISC model output
ISC, TOXBOX model-wide and
MULTI-MODEL exposure and risk
ISC source concentration
ISC emission type concentration
TOXBOX concentration
MULTI-MODEL concentration
Master
GAMS run
GAMS log
GAMS POSTPROCESSING log
Naming Convention
'RUN NAME1 'TOXBOX'.OUT
'RUN NAME1 -'ISC' 'SITE V.OUT
'STUDY NAME1.POSTOUT
'STUDY NAME' 'ISC' 'CATEGORY *'.CONC
'STUDY NAME' TSCEM' '!' .CCNC
'STUDY NAME1 'TOXBOX' '1 OR 2'.CCNC
'STUDY NAME' 'TOT'.CCNC
'STUDY NAME'.MASTER
'STUDY NAME'.GRUN
'STUDY NAME'.LOG
'GAMSPOST'.LOG
3-6
-------
la addition to the above mentioned files that are created and saved
after a successful performance of GAMS, a lock file is created and deleted
after a successful completion of GAMS. This file limits you to executing
one GAMS run at a time within a single study. If the lock file is not
deleted, the GAMS run was not completed successfully. Additional
information concerning the '.LCCX1 file may be found in Section 4.3.3.
3-7
-------
-------
4. SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS
4.1 Invocation
Both GAMSIN and GAMSRUN are invoked from the GEMS Atmospheric
Modeling Subsystem menu within GEMS. The primary menu of GEMS is the
Graphical Exposure Modeling System menu. You should type "GAMS" in
response to this menu. This response causes GEMS to pass control directly
to the GAMS menu.
At the GAMS menu you should type in GAMSIN to invoke a GAMSIN
session, or type in GAMSRUN to run GAMS. If you type GAMSIN, the sequence
of prompts described earlier will start. If you type GAMSRUN, a• prompt
will request the study name of the GAMS study you want to run. (A list cf
study names located in your subdirectory is presented for you.) After you
enter the study name, you will be asked to enter GO to run GAMS. At this
point your GAMS study is submitted as a batch job, and a .nessace
describing your batch GAMS job is displayed. The status of the oaten
entry number displayed in the message may be checked by typing the QUEUE
command at any subsequent menu.
4.2 GAMSIN System Contnands
The following GAMSIN System Commands (GSCs) have been set up to
facilitate data entry during a prompting sequence. The minimum input
(fewest characters which will give a valid response) for a G3C is
4-1
-------
indicated within parentheses next to the command name. GSCs can be
executed at any prompt:
HELP (HEL)
ACJTOHELP (ACT)
NOAUTOHELP (NOAU)
EXIT (EXI)
BACK (BAG)
CLEAR (CLE)
SECJRE (SEC)
NOSEOJRE (NOSEC)
CALCULATOR (CAL)
DATE (DAT)
TIME (TIM)
- Explains the current prompt and the possible
entries that the system will accept at the current
prompt.
- Automatically displays HELP messages prior to each
prompt.
- Cancels the AUTOHEL? ccntnand feature.
- Terminates the prompting session.
- Reverts to the previous prompt to allow for
revision of input data. This command can be used
multiple times.
- Restarts the prompting from the beginning,
aborting all previous inputs.
- Invokes a fail safe mechanism that prompts the
question "Are you sure" when the EXIT, or CLEAR
commands are used.
- Cancels the SECJRE command feature.
- Invokes a calculator command mode to allow for
mathematical operations such as addition,
subtraction, multiplication, division, powers,
etc.
- Displays the current date.
- Displays the current time.
To obtain a list of the GSCs during a prompting sequence type HELP
COMMANDS. To obtain information on a particular G3C type HELP followed by
the GSC name.
4-2
-------
4.3 Warnings
There are a number of conditions which can lead to an unsuccessful
execution of GAMSRUN. These conditions fall into three main categories:
1) ambiguous or nonexistent file names, 2) insufficient quotas, and 3}
VAX down times. The following subsections describe procedures you should
follow in order to avoid these conditions so that GAMS will perform as it
is intended to.
4.3.1 Ambiguous or Nonexistent File Mames
To avoid the possibility of having ambiguous versions of cne '.GAMS',
'.PPRO1, '.SITES', '.SOURCES', '.CONG', '.MASTER', and '.GRUN1 files, you
should maintain only one GAMS study per subdirectory. To creata a
subdirectory on the OTS VAX-LI/780, type:
S CREATE/DIR [. ]
To enter that subdirectory, type:
S SET DEFAULT [.!
If the '.GAMS' file is deleted from the subdirectory before GAMSRL"N is
invoked, the run will fail. If the '.PPRO' fila is delated before
invoking GAMSRUN, the postprocessing will fail. If the '.SITES',
'.SOURCES', '.CONC, '.MASTER', or '.GRUN' files are deleted after the
initial GAMSRUN has been performed for a study, you will not be able to
re-enter that study. It is best not to delete any of these files until
you know your study is complete and you will not need to re-enter again.
4-3
-------
A unique run name must be entered for every GAMS IN session under a
study because the '.ISC' and '.TOXBOX' input files are named using the run ™
name. These input files should not be deleted prior to invoking GAiMSRCJN.
It is best not to delete any of these files until you know your study is
complete and you will not need to re-enter again.
4.3.2 Insufficient Quotas
All users of the OTS VAX have disk space quotas, CPU limits, and open
file quotas. Depending on your study scenario, your GAMSRUN could
potentially exceed any of these quotas or limits. After the completion of
your GAMSIN session, approximations for disk space usage, CPU time, and
number of open files for the performance of GAiMSRUN should be made.
Equations to approximate your resource usage are given in Appendix 5. Due
to the variability of the study scenarios, the equations presented tc you
should be regarded as minimum approximations to resource usage. You
should have a minimum of a 20,300 block disk quota allocated to you.
The disk blocks usage can exceed disk space resources in two ways.
First, the usage could exceed your disk quota and second, it could exceed
the amount of free disk space left available on the disk.
To find out what your disk quota is, type:
S SHOW QUOTA
To find out the amount of free disk space available, first confirm which
disk you are on by typing:
S SHOW DEFAULT
4-4
-------
and then to determine the number of free disk blocks, type:
S SHCW DEVICE 0
If your quota is too small, or there are not a sufficient number cf
free blocks on the disk, Mr. Loren Hall at (202) 382-3931 is your contact.
Mr. Hall will determine what steps should be taken so that your study car.
be run.
To find out what your open file quota is, type:
S SHCW PROCESS/ALL
If your quota is smaller than your open file estimate, Mr. Hall will again
be your contact person to resolve the problem.
The CPU time estimate is discussed in Section 4.3.3.
4.3.3 VAX Down Times
Table 4-1 gives the standard schedule of operation for the CTS VAX.
Mote that the VAX is unavailable to you on Friday from 7:30 pm until 11:03
pm and during G3I processing mode on Mondays and Thursdays from 9:23 ar.
until noon.
The weekly schedule of operation in available to you by typing:
$ OPEKATION__SCHEDULE
This will give you any changes from the normal schedule. The system will
also warn you upon logging onto the VAX about scheduled or unscheduled
maintenance time that is coming up.
4-5
-------
Table 4-L OTS VAX Standard ©Deration Schedule
MONDAY &
THURSDAY
TUESDAY &
WEDNESDAY
FRIDAY
SATURDAY
SUNDAY
0000 - 0800 UNATTENDED OPERATION
0800 - 0930 ATTENDED OPERATION
0930 - 1200 ATTENDED OPERATION - CBI PROCESSING
1200 - 2400 ATTENDED OPERATION
0000 - 0800 UNATTENDED OPERATION
0800 - 2400 ATTENDED OPERATION
0000 - 0800 UNATTENDED OPERATION
0800 - 1900 ATTENDED OPERATION
1900 - 2300 SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE TO USERS
2300 - 2400 ATTENDED OPERATION
3000 - 2400 UNATTENDED OPERATION
4-6
-------
In order to determine whether your GAMSRUN will finish prior to a
VAX down time, you should multiply your CPU time estimate (see Appendix 5)
by three. Multiplying by three gives you a rough estimate of the elapsed
time and then you can determine whether there is sufficient time to
complete your GAMSRUN.
It is important to start your GAMS HUN when you know it will
complete. If the run does not complete and you were conducting ISC or
TOXBOX modeling in the run, the concentration files will be corrupted ar.d
you will have to re-run your entire study. Re-running the study, if you
have a muiitple re-entry study already set up and run, can cost you a
significant amount of time and effort. The model input files do not have
to be re-created but the GAMS modeling runs must be re-run. The steps tc
follow are: 1) determine the reason for the unsuccessful GAMS RUN cy
typing out the '.LOG' file; 2) execut GAMSCLEAN from the GAMSUTIL
procedure under the GAMS menu; and 3) re-run each of your study sessions
by invoking GAMSRUN once for every GAMSIN session you conducted for ycur
study.
If the run does not complete and you were only conducting
postprocessing operations, it is possible to recover without re-running
the atmospheric modeling. You need to delete the '.LOCK' file, check the
reason for the unsuccessful postprocessing run by typing out the '.LOG'
file, set up a new postprocessing run using GAMSIN, and then execute
GAMSRUN.
4-7
-------
5. EXAMPLE GAMSIN AND GAMSRUN SESSIONS
The first example is to set up and run a new exposure and risk study
on a chemical using both ISC and TOXBOX. The second example is a re-entry
to the same study to conduct additional ISC and TOXBOX modeling and to
generate new risk estimates. The third example is to set up and run an
ISC modeling scenario to calculate total desposition.
5.1 Mew Exposure and Risk Study
The scenario for a hypothetical exposure and risk study of cr.emical
XY2 is as follows: Chemical XYZ is used throughout the U.S. in decreasing
operations, aerosol use, and surface coatings removal. Decreasing
emission rate data are by census region, aerosol emission rates ara known
by EPA region, and surface coatings removal data are known by stare.
XYZ is produced at two locations and there is site specific source
characteristics available. At Site A there are 2 process stacks, •
storage tanks, and fugitive releases. At site 3 there ara 2 prccass
stacks, 2 storage tanks, and fugitive releases.
Both exposure and risk estimates are desired. A unit risk value for
chemical XYZ is available. There is a rumor that additional data may
become available in the future.
5-1
-------
The following GAMSIN session sets up the three area source categories
of XYZ to be modeled by TOXBOX and the two XYZ production facilities to be
modeled by ISC. The session also sets up the desired exposure and risk
modeling and since additional data might be forthcoming, the concentration
files are saved. Responses to the pronpts are highlighted in bold face.
GAMS
GEMS Atnospheric Modeling Subsystem
Version 1.1
by
GENERAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
*-* GAMS CONTROL *-*
Are you setting up a new study or re—entering a study: autohelp
Type NEW if you are setting up a new study, or type OLD if
you are re—entering an existing study.
Are you setting up a new study or re-entering a study: new
The STUDY NAME may consist of up to 10 characters.
Enter the study name: Chenxyz
The STUDY TITLE may consist of up to 80 characters.
Enter the study title: 2 ryz point sources - 3 ryz area sources
The RUN NAME may consist of up to 6 characters. Each re—entry
session under a study name should have a unique ran name.
Enter the run name: xyzl
The atmospheric models currently available are the Industrial
Source Complex (ISC) long-term model and the atmospheric area
source model (TOXBOX). Enter either ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH.
5-2
-------
Which of the atnospheric models will you be using in the study: BOTH
The atmospheric models available are ISC and TOXBOX. Enter either
ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH for this modeling run.
Which of the atmospheric models are you currently setting up: BOTH
*-* CSttlS CHEMICAL DATA *-*
The chemical name may consist of up to 60 characters.
Enter the chemical name:
Type GAS if the pollutant is gaseous, or type PARTICLE if
the pollutant is a particulate.
Enter the state of the chemical: GAS
*•»»»•»»**•»•»•»•**»*•»»•*»*•»»*•»»»•»»•»•**»*
* *
* TOXBOX AREA SOURCE MODEL *
* *
**•»*»•»** **»•***•* »****•»*•»•**•»*•»*»*•**
*-* TOXBOX REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Respond YES to include the removal by chemical processes
term in the model. Respond NO, or press RETURN, to
omit the chemical removal term.
Do you want to include chemical removal in the TOXBOX model: yes
The atmospheric time constant is equal to the atmospheric
half-life in seconds divided by 0.693 .
Enter the atnoscheric time constant in seconds: 2.247e+8
5-3
-------
Type YES if you want to calculate ground-Level concentration
accounting for dry deposition. Type NO, or press RETURN, if
you want to calculate concentration without deposition.
Do you want to include dry deposition removal in the TOXBOX model: no
Type YES if you want precipitation scavenging ranoval (wet deposition)
included in the model. Type NO, or press RETURN, to run the model
without precipitation scavenging ranoval.
Do you want to include precipitation scavenging ranoval in the model: no
*-* TOXBOX SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION *-*
The source category name may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to twenty area source categories by typing
an area source category name each time it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you are finished. Examples of source categories
are as follows: Metal Cleaning, Aerosol Use, Paint rancval, and
Solvent Use. Type LIST to obtain a current listing of the area
source categories entered.
Enter the area source category name: DECREASING
Select one of the four possible geographic levels at which an area
source category emission rate may be entered. Enter LEVEL1 (Ll) if
the anission rate is nation wide. Enter LEVEL2 (L2) if the emission
rate is to be entered by census region. Enter LEVEL3 (L3) if tne
anission rate is to be entered by SPA region, and enter LEVEL4 (L4)
if the anission rate is to be entered by state.
Enter the geographic level of the DECREASING anissions: L2
Enter the anission rate in Metric Tons per year corresponding to the
appropriate census region prompted. There are nine census regions.
Enter the EAST NORTH-CENTRAL census region emission rate in MT/yr: NOAOTOHELP
Enter the EAST NORTH-CENTRAL census region anission rate in MT/yr: 100
Enter the MID ATLANTIC census region anission rate in MT/yr: 800
Enter the PACIFIC census region anission rate in MT/yr: 200
5-4
-------
Enter the NORTH-EAST census region emission rate in MT/yr: 500
Enter the WEST NORTH-CENTRAL census region emission rate in MT/yr: 400
Enter the SOUTH ATLANTIC census region emission rate in MT/yr:700
Enter the WEST SOUTH-CENTRAL census region emission rate in MT/yr: 300
Enter the EAST SOUTH-CENTRAL census region emission rate in MT/yr: 400
Enter the MOUNTAIN census region emission rate in MT/yr: 200
Enter the U.S. population scaling ratio method: AnmnFr.P
The population scaling ratio is used to calculate the Urbanized Area
or Place emission rate. Enter URBAN to use the ratio of the poculacicn
of the UAs and Places vs. the urban population of the geographic Level.
Enter ALL to use a ratio of the UAs and Places vs. the entire
geographic level population.
Enter the U.S. population scaling ratio method: OFBAN
The source category name may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to twenty area source categories by typing
an area source category name each time it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you are finished. Examples of source categories
are as follows: Metal Cleaning, Aerosol Use, Paint removal, and
Solvent Use. Type LIST to obtain a current listing of the area
source categories entered.
Enter the area source category name: NOADTO
Enter the area source category name: AEROSOL OSE
Enter the geographic level of the AEROSOL USE emissions: L3
Enter the EPA region I emission rate in MT/yr: HELP
Enter the emission rate in Metric Tons per year corresponding to the
appropriate EPA region prompted. There are ten EPA regions.
Enter the EPA region I emission rate in MT/yr: 290
Enter the £PA region II emission rate in MT/yr: 400
Enter the EPA region III emission rate in MT/yr: 500
5-5
-------
Enter the EPA region IV emission rate in MT/yr: 600
Enter the EPA region V emission rate in MT/yr: 300
Enter the EPA region VT emission rate in MT/yr: -700
Enter the EPA region VII emission rate in MT/yr: 300
Enter the EPA region VIII emission rate in MT/yr: 200
Enter the EPA region IX emission rate in MT/yr: 300
Enter the EPA region X emission rate in MT/yr: 400
Enter the U.S. population scaling ratio method: ALL
Enter the area source category name: SURFACE COATING RQ40VAL
Enter the geographic level of the SURFACE COATING REMOVAL emissions: L4
Enter the state name or two letter state abbreviation: HELP
Enter a two letter state abbreviation from the following list, or er.te:
a state name. Enter ALL to be prompted for each state's emission race
value.
AL
AK
AZ
AR
CA
CO
CT
CE
cc
FL
GA
HI
ID
IL
IN
IA
KS
:
-------
Enter the state name or two letter state abbreviation: MN
Enter the emission rate for MINNESOTA in MT/yr: 11
Enter the state name or two Letter state abbreviation: NJ
Enter the emission rate for NEW JERSEY in MT/yr: 40
Enter the state name or two letter state abbreviation: OREQCN
Enter the emission rate for OREGON in MT/yr: 13
Enter the state name or two letter state abbreviation: VT
Enter the emission rate for VERMONT in MT/yr: 18
Enter the state name or two letter state abbreviation:
Enter the total emission rate for the remaining 44 states in MT/yr: HELP
Enter the total emission rate in Metric Tons per year for the
remaining states.
Enter the total emission rate for the remaining 44 states in MT/yr: 630
Enter the population scaling ratio method: ALL
Enter the area source category name:
*-* TOXBOX OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you wish to save the TOXEOX model output: HHJ?
Press RETURN if you do not wish to save the TOXBOX model output.
Type YES if you wish to save the TOXBOX model output. There is
one TOXBOX model output table generated per Urbanized Area and
Place modeled (i.e. a nationwide study includes approximately
4200 output tables).
Do you wish to save the TOXBOX model output: NO
* *
* INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX MODEL *
5-7
-------
*-* ISC REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you want to include chemical removal in the ISC model: AOTOHELP
Respond YES for plane depletion due to the atmospheric half-Life
decay term in the ISC model. Respond NO, or press RETURN,
for no plume depletion.
Do you want to include chemical removal in the ISC model: YES
Type YES if you want to calculate ground-level concentration with
deposition occurring. Type NO, or press RETURN, if you want to
calculate concentration without deposition. Gravitational settling
generally acts to reduce concentrations. When particle size data
are not available or a conservative analysis is desired, gravitational
settling should generally be suppressed. However, note that for
close-in receptors near high stacks, concentrations can be substantial^
increased through the use of gravitational settling.
Do you want to include dry deposition ranoval in the ISC model: NO
*-* ISC SITE LOCATION AMD METEOROLOGY *-*
The name of the site may consist of up to 24 characters,
You may specify up to 100 sites by typing a site name
each time it is requested. Press RETURN to signal
you are finished.
Enter the site name: SITE A
Type LAT/LONG (L) if you want to enter the latitude/longitude
coordinates of the site. Type ZIPCODE (Z) if you want to have
the site centered on the coordinates of the postal zip code
which you will enter. Latitude and longitude values are
preferable since the use of zip code information only
approximates the actual location and may significantly
affect estimates of population exposure.
Enter the site location identifier: L
5-8
-------
The Latitude is entered in degrees, minutes, and seconds
format, in the form DD MM SS, or in decimal degrees.
Enter the Latitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 29 30 80
The longitude is entered in degrees, minutes, and seconds
format, in the form ODD MM SS, or in decimal degrees.
Enter the longitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 95 00 80
INDEX LAT LON PERIOD OF STABILITY
NUMBER STATION NAME deg min deg min RECORD CLASSES
0065 GALVESTCN/SCHOLES TX N 29 16 / W 94 52 1956-1960 6 29.2
0062 HOUSTON/HOBBY 129 TX N 29 39 / W 95 17 1964-1963 6 22. J
1702 PRT ARTHUR/JEFFER TX N 29 57 / W 94 01 1972-1976 5 13".2
0796 LAKE CHARLES LA N 30 07 / W 93 13 1966-1970 6 135.1
1182 VICTORIVFOSTER TX N 28 51 / W 96 55 1965-1974 6 199.3
Select the STAR station location which best represents
the climatology of the area. If you are unsure, the
4-digit number of the closest STAR station is usually
preferable. However, factors such as complex terrain
or proximity to a land/water interface should be considered.
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) number: 8065
Type RURAL (R) to specify rural mode, which dees not redefine
the stability categories. Type URBAN1 (Ul) to redefine the
E and F stability categories as D. Type URBAN2 (U2) to redefine
stability category B as A, C as B, D as C, and E and F as D.
It should be noted that the use of URBAN2 generally is not
recommended for regulatory purposes.
Specify rural or one of the urban modes: R
The name of the site may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to 100 sites by typing a site name
each time it is requested." Press RETURN to signal
you are finished.
Enter the site name: NOADTO
5-9
-------
Enter the site name: SITE B
Enter the site location identifier: L
Enter the Latitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 31 08 08
Enter the longitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 91 08 08
INDEX LAT LON PERIOD OF STABILITY DISTAN
NUMBER STATION NAME deg min deg min RECORD CLASSES f'-rr.)
3166 BATON ROUGE/RYAN LA N 30 32 / W 91 09 1955-1964 6 33.3
0830 MCCCMB/PIKE CO MS N 31 15 / W 90 28 1949-1954 6 37.3
0755 LAFAYETTE LA N 30 12 / W 91 59 1954-1953 6 129.4
0057 NEW ORLEANS/MOISA LA N 29 59 / W 90 15 1963-1964 6 122.3
1379 NEW ORLEANS/CALLE LA N 29 49 / W 90 01 1967-1971 6 151."
0154 JACXSCN MS N 32 20 / W 90 13 1960-1964 6 153.6
0796 LAKE CHARLES LA N 30 07 / W 93 13 1966-1970 6 222.'
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) number: 3166
Specify rural or one of the urban modes: R
Enter the site name:
*-* ISC POLAR COORDINATE GRID SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you want to apply the same polar grid at all sites: AC7TOHELP
Type YES if you want to apply the same polar coordinate grid
at all sites, otherwise type NO (or press RETURN)
Do you want to apply the same polar grid at all sites: YES
Type STANDARD (ST) if you want a polar coordinate system consisting of
16 sectors and 10 rings at distances of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15,
25, and 58 kilometers, and 3 concentrations • for each ring applied
at all sites. Type SPECIAL (S?) if you want to specify your own
coordinate characteristics.
Enter STANDARD or SPECIAL for the polar coordinate system: ST
5-LO
-------
*-* ISC SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION *-*
The source category name may consist of up to 24 characters.
You may specify up to twenty source categories by typing a
source category name each time it is requested. Press
RETURN to signal you are finished. Examples of source
categories are as follows: Manufacturing, Refining, Power
Generation. Type LIST to obtain a list of source categories
entered.
Enter the source category name: PRCDOCTION A
The emission type name may consist of up to 12 characters.
You may make up to fifty emission type entries per source category
by typing an emission type name each time it is requested. You are
limited to nine unique emission type names per source category and
ten 'unique names across all source category. Press RETURN to signal
you are finished. Examples of emission types are as follows: process,
storage, fugitive process, fugitive erosion. Type LIST to obtain a list
of emission types entered.
Enter the 1st emission type name: PROCESS
Type STACK (S) if you want to have the emission treated as a
stack source, type VOLUME (V) to treat the emission as a volume
source, or type AREA (AR) if the emission is to be treated as
an area source. Point sources are typically treated as stack
emissions.
Specify the method of treating this emission type: S
This is the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin, if
this parameter is zero, the exit temperature is set equal to
the ambient air temperature. If this parameter is negative,
the absolute value is added to the ambient air temperature to
form the stack gas exit temperature.
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 400
This is the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second. No
plume rise is calculated if this parameter is equal to zero.
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters .per second: 1
5-11
-------
This is the inner stack diameter in meters.
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 1.0
Type YES if you wish to consider wake effects for the current
emission type, otherwise type NO, or press RETURN. You will be
prompted for the height and width of the building adjacent to
the stack upon a YES response.
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: NO
This is the height above ground in meters of the pollutant
emission. For volume sources, this is the height to the
center of the source.
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5.2
The emission type name may consist of up to 12 characters.
You may make up to fifty emission type entries per source category
by typing an emission type name each time it is requested. You are
limited to nine unique emission type names, per source category and
ten unique names across all source category. Press RETURN to" signal
you are finished. Examples of emission types are as follows: process,
storage, fugitive process, fugitive erosion. Type LIST to obtain a List
of emission types entered.
Enter the 2nd emission type name: NCAOTO
Enter the 2nd emission type name: PROCESS
Specify the method of treating this emission type: STPCK
Enter the stack^gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 450
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second: 2
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 1.5
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: NO
Enter.the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 8
Enter the 3rd emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: ADTOHELT
5-12
-------
This is the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution
of the volume source in meters. Refer to the ISC User's
Guide for estimation of this parameter.
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 2.5
This is the standard deviation of the vertical distribution
of the volune source in meters. Refer to the ISC User's
Guide for estimation of this parameter.
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 5
This is the height above ground in meters of the pollutant
emission. For volune sources, this is the height to the
center of the source.
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 13.0
The emission type name may consist of up to 12 characters.
You may make up to fifty emission type entries per source category
by typing an emission type name each time it is requested. You are
limited to nine unique emission type names per source category and
ten unique names across all source category. Press RETURN to signal
you are finished. Examples of emission types are as follows: process,
storage, fugitive process, fugitive erosion. Type LIST to obtain a lis
of emission types entered.
Enter the 4th emission type name: NOADTO
Enter the 4th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 2
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 10
Enter the 5th emission type name: STORflGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: VOLUME
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 3
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 5
5-L3
-------
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 10
Enter the 6th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 1.5
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 10
Enter the 7th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 2.5
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 2.5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the 3th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 2
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 2
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the 9th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 3
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 2.5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in-meters: 5
Enter the 10th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters:
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meter?
5-L4
-------
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the llth emission type name: FUGITIVE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: AREA
Enter the width of the area source in meters: HELP
This is the width of the area source in meters. This
parameter should be the length of one side of the
approximately square area source.
Enter the width of the area source in meters: 55
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the 12th emission type narr.e:
Enter the source category name: PRODOCTICN B
Enter the 1st emission type name: PROCESS
Specify the method of treating this emission type: S
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 440
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second: L
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 1.5
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: NO
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 18
Enter the 2nd emission type name: PROCESS
Specify the method of treating this emission type: S
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 499
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second: 2
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 2
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: MO
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 12
Enter the 3rd emission type name: STORAGE
5-15
-------
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crosswind distribution in meters: 3.5
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 3.5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 10.8
Enter the 4th emission type name: STORAGE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: V
Enter the standard deviation of the crcsswind distribution in meters: 4
Enter the standard deviation of the vertical distribution in meters: 2.5
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the 5th emission type name: FUGITIVE
Specify the method of treating this emission type: AREA
Enter the width of the area source in meters: 100
•
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 5
Enter the 6th emission type name:
Enter the source category name:
*-* MATCHING ISC SCUFCES WITH ISC SITES *-*
Current site: SITS A
Enter a source category for this site: AOTCHELP
Specify a source category that applies to the current site.
You may specify more than one by typing a source category each
time it is requested. Press RETURN to signal you are finished.
Type LIST to obtain a listing of source categories entered.
Enter a source category for this site: LIST
5-L6
-------
ISC SOURCE CATEGORIES PREVIOUSLY ENTERED
PRODUCTION A PRODUCTION B
Specify a source category that applies to the current site.
You may specify more than one by typing a source category each
time it is requested. Press RETURN to signal you are finished,
Type LIST to obtain a listing of source categories entered.
Enter a source category for this site: PRCCOCTICN A
This is the source strength for the specified emission type.
The input units are as follows:
Source Treatment Concentration Deposition
stack or volune grams per second grams
•
area grams per second grams per
per square meter square meter
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 1
This is the source strength for the specified emission type.
The input units are as follows:
Source Treatment Concentration Deoosition
stack or volune grams per second grams
area grams per second grams per
per square meter square meter
Enter the 2nd PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: NQADTO
Enter the 2nd PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 1.5
Enter the 1st STORAGE (Volune) emission strength: .5
Enter the 2nd STORAGE (Volune) emission strength: 1
5-L7
-------
Enter the 3rd STORAGE (Volume) anission strength: .5
Enter the 4th STORAGE (Volume) emission strength: 1
Enter the 5th STORAGE (Volune) mission strength: 8.25
Enter the 6th STORAGE (Volune) emission strength: .5
Enter the 7th STORAGE (Volune) emission strength: .25
Enter the 8th STORAGE (Volune) anission strength: 5
Enter the 1st FUGITIVE (Area) emission strength: 4.0E-4
Enter a source category for this site:
Current site: SITE 3
Enter a source category for this site: PRDDOCTION B
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 1.5
Enter the 2nd PROCESS (Stack) anission strength: 1
Enter the 1st STORAGE (Volune) anission strength: 2
Enter the 2nd STORAGE (Volune) anission strength: 3
Enter the 1st FUGITIVE (Area) anission strength: 1.0E-4
Enter a source category for this'site:
*-* ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS •-*
Do you wish to save the ISC model output: AUTOHn^P
Press RETURN if you do not wish to save the ISC model output.
Type YES if you wish to save the ISC model output file(s) .
There is one ISC model output file per site.
Do you wish to save the ISC model output: YES
The title may consist of up to 40 characters. The title should be as
specific as possible. You may add the chemical name, or other information
as space permits. The site number and name will be added to the title
by the system. The top of each page is labeled with this title.
5-L8
-------
Enter the title for the ISC model output: PRODUCTION FACILITIES OF XYZ
Type NONE (N) to indicate that no input data are to be printed
in the ISC model output file. Type CRM (C) to print the control
parameters, receptor and meteorological data. Type SOURCE (S)
to print the source input data. Type ALL (AL) to indicate all
input data are to be printed in the ISC model output file.
Specify the input data to be printed in the ISC model output: S
*-* GAMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Type EXPOSURE, INHALATION exposure, BOTH, or NONE. Responding 30TH will
give one table of both exposure and inhalation results. Respond
NONE for no exposure or inhalation exposure tables.
Which of the exposure calculations do you want.to estimate: EXPOSURE
Type YES if you want excess lifetime risk estimations. Type MO,
or press RETURN, if you do not want risk estimations.
Do you want to estimate excess lifetime risk: YES
Enter the single non-negative unit risk value.
The units of this value must be inverse micrograms per cubic meter.
See Appendix 2 of GAMS version 1.1 user's guide.
Enter the unit risk value: 1.J3-6
The ISC flODEL-WIDE summary tables apply across ail sites, for both of
the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter LI, L2, L3 and/or L4
(see explanation table below) for the corresponding summary tables.
Enter one or any combination of the tables.
5-19
-------
Table Level Table Surnnary
LEVEL1 (LI) Each source category-emission type combination
LEVEL2 (L2) Across emission types, holding source category
LEVEL3 (L3) Across source categories, holding emission type
LEVEL4 (L4) Across all source categories and emission types
ALL All sunmary tables
NONE No summary tables
Specify the ISC MODEL-WIDE surmary table(s) : ALL
The TOXBOX .MODEL-WIDE surmary tables apply across all Urbanized Areas
and Places for both of the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter
LI or L2 (see explanation table below) for the corresponding model-wide
suimary tables.
Table Level Table Summary
LZVELl (LI) Each source category result
LEVEL2 (L2) Across all source categories
ALL All summary tables
NONE Mo summary tables
Specify the TOXBOX MODEL-WIDE summary table(s): ALL
The MULTI-MODEL exposure and/or inhalation exposure surmary table applies
across all source categories and emission types for the ISC modeling and
across all source categories for the TOXBOX modeling. Respond YES or MO.
Do you want the MULTI-MODEL exposure summary table generated: YES
The MULTI-MODEL excess lifetime risk table applies across all source
categories and emission types for the ISC modeling and across all source
categories for the TOXBOX modeling. Respond YES or NO.
Do you want the MULTI-MODEL excess lifetime risk table generated: YES
5-20
-------
The concentration files store the results of the modeling at the BG/ED
level. Enter YES if you want to save the concentration files for re-entry.
Do you want to save the concentration files: YES
GAMSIN session corroleted
The following files are created as a result of the first example
GAMSIN session:
XYZ1.TOXBQX XYZ1001.ISC CHEMXYZ01.GAMS CHEMXYZ.SITES
XYZ1002. ISC CHEMXYZ01 .PPRO CHEMXYZ. SOURCES
Next you invoke GAMSRUN to run the study.
The study name you will enter should correspond with a study name
from the following list.
3333933333383393333333333333333(3^^2 STUDY MAMES=3 = = = =! = = = = = = === = = = = = = = —= = =
i
CHEMXYZ - !
Enter the study name for this GAMS run: CHEMXYZ
Enter the GO to run GAMS: GO
Job CHEMXYZ (queue SYSSBATCH, entry xxx) started en SYSSBATCH
The following files are created as a result of running GAMS en the
first study:
XYZ1ISC001.0UT CHEMXYZ.MASTER CHEMXYZISC21.CONC
XYZ1ISC302.0UT CHEMXYZ.GRUN CHEMXYZISC32.CONC
CHMEXYZ.LCG CHEMXYZISCEMl.CONG
CHEMXYZ.POSTOUT CHEMXYZTOXBOX1.CONC
CHEMXYZTOT.CONC
Listings of the input and output files for the first example are
given in Appendix 6. The '.SITES', '.SOURCES', and '.CONC' files are noc
listed because they are unformatted files.
5-21
-------
5.2 Re-entry Risk Study
Additional data on chemical XYZ becomes available: A nation wide
emission rate for miscellaneous solvent use of XYZ is obtained. It is
determined that XYZ is released during the manufacturing of product X.
Product X is manufactured at 4 facilities, but there is not sits specific
source data. Prototype source characteristics are given for one process
stack. The four sites are Site C, Site 0, Site £ and Site 3 (where XYZ is
produced). XYZ is also produced at site C but there is net site specific
source data. Sites 3 and C are known to be very similar,'so it is decided
to use the Site B source characteristics (source category Producticn ~]
for Site C.
In addition to the new release data, a new unit risk factor for XVI
has been determined.
The following re-entry GAM SIN session sets up the new TCX3CX, ISC,
and risk modeling for the CHEMXYZ study. Responses to the prompts are
highlighted in bold face.
GAMS
GEMS Atoiospheric Modeling Subsystan
Version 1.1
by
GENERAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
*-* GAMS CONTROL *-*
Are you setting up a new study or re-entering a study: OLD
5-22
-------
Enter the study name: CHEMXYZ
Which of the models do you want to use in the re-entry: HELP
Type ISC, TOXBOX, BOTH, or POSTPROCESSING. Entering POSTPROCESSING
allows the user to proceed directly to the GAMS postprocessing pronpts.
Which of the models do you want to-use in the re-entry: BOTH
Enter the run name: XY32
*-* TOXBOX SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION *-*
Enter the area source category name: LIST
TOXBOX AREA SOURCE CATEGORIES PREVIOUSLY ENTERED
DECREASING .AEROSOL USE SURFACE COATING REMCY.-l
Enter the area source category name: MISC. SOLVENT USE
Enter the geographic level of the MISC. SOLVENT USE anissions: LI
Enter the total U.S. emission rate in MT/yr: 2200
Enter the U.S. copulation scaling ratio method: ALL
Enter the area source category name:
*-* TOXBOX OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you wish to save the TOXBOX model output: NO
*-* ISC SITE LOCATION AND METEOROLOGY *-*
Enter the site name: SITE C
Enter the site location identifier: 2
5-23
-------
Enter the zip code of the site: HELP
Enter the 5-digit U.S. postal zip code. The site' will be
centered at the latitude/longitude coordinates of the
population weighted center of the zip code area.
Enter the zip code of the site: 27405
INDEX
NUMBER
0084
3825
0082
3075
0526
0132
0074
STATION NAME
GREENS30RO/GSO-HI
DANVILLE VA
RALEIGH/RALEIGH-0
FT BRAGG/POPE/FAY
ROANOKE VA
CHARLOTTE/DOUGLAS
GOLDS30RO/SEYMCUR
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
c
N
N
N
N
M
N
N
U
ieg
36
36
35
35
37
35
35
Vf
mil
05
34
52
10
19
13
20
1 C
/ M
/ w
/ w
/ w
/ w
/ w
/ w
LM
ieg
79
79
73
79
79
80
77
I
rain
57
20
47
21
53'
56
53
PERIOD OF S
RECORD
1966-1970
1953-1954
1955-1964
1966-1973
1963-1972
1966-1970
1966-1973
TAB I LIT,
CLASSES
6
6
5
6
5
6
6
r -> •• "•"!»
CC7.
. -
65 .
^* — •
1 ~) "7
" "< —
1 4 "7
132.
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) number: 0084
Specify rural or one of the urban modes: R
Enter the site name: SITE D
Enter the site location identifier: Z
Enter the zio code of the site: 75149
INDEX
NUMBER
0161
1414
0922
0862
STATION NAME
LAT
deg min
LON
PERIOD OF STABILITY ZIST.-.:
deg min RECORD
DALLAS/LOVE TX
SHERMAN TX
TYLER/POUNDS TX
WACO TX
N 32 51 / W 96 51
N 33 43 / W 96 40
N 32 22 / W 95 24
N 31 37 / W 97 13
1967-1971
1966-1976
1950-1954
1969-1973
6
5
6
6
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) number: 0161
Specify rural or one of the urban modes: R
Enter the site name: SITE Z
Enter the site location identifier: Z
2=.:
135.'
123. i
143.:
5-24
-------
Enter the zip code of the site: 60185
INDEX LAT m LON PERIOD OF STABILITY
NUMBER STATION NAME deg min ' deg min RECORD CLASSES
0452 CHICAGO/OHARE IL N 41 59 / W 87 54 L965-L969 6 27,
0534 GLENVIEW IL N 42 05 / W 87 50 1960-1964 6 37,
0630 CHICAGO/MIDWAY IL N 41 47 / W 87 45 1964-1973 5 39.
0438 RCCXFORD/GRTR ROC IL N 42 12 / W 89 06 1966-1973 6 31,
0257 SOUTH BEND/ST JOE IN N 41 42 / W 86 19 1967-1971 5 13",
0474 RANTCUL/CHANUTE IL N 40 18 / W 88 09 1953-1962 5 176.
0269 MOLINE/QUADCITY IL N 41 27 / W 90 31 1967-1971 5 198.
Enter the STAR station (INDEX) nunber: 3452
Specify rural or one of the urban modes: R
Enter the site name:
*-* ISC POLAR COORDINATE GRID SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you want to apply the same polar grid at all sites: YES
Enter STANDARD or SPECIAL for the polar coordinate system: STANDARD
I
*-* ISC SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION *-*
Enter the source category name: LIST
ISC SOURCE CATEGORIES PREVIOUSLY ENTERED
PRODUCTION A PRODUCTION B
Enter the source category name: PRODUCT X MANUFACTURE
Enter the 1st enission type name: PROCESS
Specify the method of treating this emission type: STACK
5-25
-------
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 300
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second: 3
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 3
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: NO
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in meters: 15
Enter the 2nd emission type name:
Enter the source category name:
*-* MATCHING ISC SOURCES WITH ISC SITES *-*
Current site: SITE C
Enter a source category for this site: LIST
ISC SOURCE CATEGORIES PREVIOUSLY ENTERED
PRODUCTION A PRODUCTION 3 ' PRODUCT X MANU?ACTV?£
Enter a source category for this site: PRCDOCT X MANUFACTURE
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 2.7
Enter a source category for this site: PRODUCTION B
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 2
Enter the 2nd PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 1.3
Enter the 1st STORAGE (Volone) anission strength: 2.7
Enter the 2nd STORAGE (Volune) emission strength: 4
Enter the 1st FUGITIVE (Area) emission strength: 1.3E-4
5-26
-------
Enter a source cateqory for this site:
Current site: SITS D
Enter a source category for this site: PRCCOCT X MANUFACTURE
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 6
Enter a source category for this site:
Current site: SITE E
Enter a source category for this site: PRCDOCT X MANUFACTURE
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 9.5
Enter a source category for this site:
Do you want to match an old site with an old or new source category: HELP
Type YES if you want to match an old site with a new or old
source category, otherwise type NO, or press RETURN.
Do you want to match an old site with an old or new source category: YES
Enter an old site name: HELP
Enter an old site name. Type LIST to obtain a listing of
all previously entered ISC site names. Press RETURN to signal you
are finished.
Enter an old site name: LIST
ISC SITES PREVIOUSLY ENTERED
SITE A SITE B
Enter an old site name: SITE B
Enter a matching source category for this old site: PRCDOCT X MANUFACTURE
5-27
-------
Enter the 1st PROCESS (Stack) emission strength: 13
Enter a matching source category for this old site:
Enter an old site name:
*-* ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you wish to save the ISC model output: NO
*-* GAMS POSTPROCESSING SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you want to change previous specifications of exposure and risk tables: AUTO
Type YES if you want to add or delete exposure, inhalation exposure
or .risk tables, change the table levels, or change the unit risk
value. Type NO to leave all exposure and risk specifications the same.
Do you want to change previous specifications of exposure and risk tables: YES
Type EXPOSURE, INHALATION exposure, BOTH, or ^NZ. Responding 3OTH will
give one table of both exposure and inhalation exposure results. Pesccr.c
NONE for no exposure or inhalation exposure tables.
Which of the exposure calculations do you want to estimate: NONE
Type YES if you want excess lifetime risk estimations. Type NO,
or ore'ss RETURN, if you do not want risk estimations.
Do you want to estimate excess lifetime risk: YES
Enter the single non-negative unit risk value.
The units of this value must be inverse microgranis per cubic meter.
See Appendix 2 of the GAMS version 1.1 user's guide.
Enter the unit risk value: 5.5e-6
The ISC MODEL-WIDE suntnary tables apply across all sites for both of
the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter LI, L2, L3 and/or L4
(see explanation table below) for the corresponding summary tables.
Enter one or any combination of the tables.
5-28
-------
Table Level Table Summary
LEVELl (LI) Each source category—emission type combination
LEVEL2 (L2) Across emission types, holding source category
LEVEL3 (L3) Across source categories, holding emission type
LEVEL4 (L4) Across all source categories and emission types
ALL All sunmary tables
NONE No sunmary tables
Specify the ISC MODEL-WIDE summary table(s): L2 L3 L4
The TCXBOX MODEL-WIDE sutmary tables apply across ail Urbanized Areas
and Places for both of the exposure and the risk calculations. Enter
Ll or L2 (see explanation table below) for the corresponding model-wide
sunmary tables.
Table Level Table Sunmary
LEVELl (Ll) Each source category result
LEVEL2 (L2) Across all source categories
ALL All sunmary tables
NONE No sunmary tables
Specify the TOXBOX MODEL-WIDE sutmary table(s): ALL
The MULTI-MODEL excess lifetime risk table applies across all source
categories and mission types for the ISC modeling and across ail sou:
categories for the TOXBOX modeling. Respond YES or NO.
Do you want the MULTI-MODEL excess lifetime risk table generated: YES
GAMSIN session completed
5-29
-------
The following files are created or updated as a result of the second
exaircle GAMSIN session:
XYZ2.TOXBOX XYZ2001.ISC CHEMXYZ02.GAMS CHEMXYZ.SITES
XYZ2002.ISC CHEMXYZ02.PPRO CHEMXYZ.SOURCES
XYZ2003.ISC
XYZ2004.ISC
Next you invoke GAMSRUN to run the study.
The study name you will enter should correspond with a study na^e
from the following list
sssasaaaaaatasasasaaaaaaaaaaasQyrfS STUDY NAMES=3===================
CHEMXYZ
Enter the study name for this GAMS run: CHEMXYZ
Enter GO to ran GAMS: GO
Job CHEMXYZ (queue SYSSBATCH, entry xxx) started en SYSSEATCH
The following files are created or updated as a result of the re-
entry GAMS run:
CHEMXYZ.MASTER CHEMXYZISC31.CCNC
CHEMXYZ.GRUN CHEMXYZISC32.CCNC
CHEMXYZ.LCG CHEMXYZISC33.CONG
CHEMXYZ.POSTOUT CHEMXYZISCEMl.CCNC
CHEMXYZTOXBOX1.CCNC
CHEMXYZTOT.CCNC
Listings of the input and output files -for the second example are
given in Appendix 7. The '.SITES', '.SOURCES', AND '.CONG* files are not
listed because they are unformatted files.
5-30
-------
5.3 Total Deposition Study
The following example GAM SIN session sets up an ISC run to calculate
total deposition. There Is one incinerator stack at a single site. The
pollutant is a particulate and there is data on three particle size
categories. Responses to the prompts are highlighted in bold face.
GAMS
GEMS Atmospheric Modeling Subsystem
Version 1.1
by
GENERAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
*-» GAMS CONTROL *-*
Are you setting up a new study or re-entering a study: NEW
Enter the study name: CHEMABC *
Enter the studytitle: DEPOSITION FRCH INCINERATOR
Enter the run name: ABC
Which of the atmospheric models will you be using in the study: HELP
The atmospheric models currently available are the Industrial
Source Complex (ISC) long-term model and the atmospheric area
source model (TOXBQX). Enter either ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH.
Which of the atmospheric models will you be using in the study: ISC
Are you calculating concentration or total deposition in the ISC model: HEL,
Type CONCENTRATION (Q if you want to calculate average ground-level
concentration. Type DEPOSITION (D) to calculate only total deposition.
When modeling concentration, plume depletion due to gravitational
settling can be accounted for.
5-31
-------
Are you calculating concentration or total deposition in the ISC model: D
*-* GAMS CHEMICAL DATA *-*
Enter the chemical name: ABC
Enter the state of the chemical: HELP
Type GAS if the pollutant is gaseous, or type PARTICLE if
the pollutant is a particulate.
Enter the state of the chemical: PARTICLE
•wit************************************
* *
* INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX MODEL *
*-* ISC REMOVAL SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you want to include chemical rsnoval in the ISC model: NO
*-* ISC SITS LOCATION AND METEOROLOGY *-*
Enter the site name: ANYWHERE OSA
Enter the site location identifier: L
Enter the latitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 41 00 30
Enter the longitude of the site in degrees minutes seconds: 101 30 30
5-32
-------
.. <« «*3Z"*gzz £ s%*«*£
V*^****** _.,v**»^
-------
Enter the 4th ring distance in kilometers: 5
Enter the 5th ring distance in kilometers: 10
Enter the 6th ring distance in kilometers: 15
Enter the 7th ring distance in kilometers: 25
Enter the 3th ring distance in kilometers: 59
Enter the 9th ring distance in kilometers:
Enter nunber of concentration points per ring: HFT.P
This is the nunber of concentration estimates per ring
(intra-ring coordinate points). The maximum value for
the nunber of concentration points per ring is 5.
Enter nunber of concentration points per ring: 4
*-* ISC SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION *-*
•
Enter the source category name: INCINERATION
Enter the 1st emission type name: TALL STfCK
Specify the method of treating this emission type: S
Enter the stack gas exit temperature in degrees Kelvin: 500
Enter the stack gas exit velocity in meters per second: 20
Enter the inner stack diameter in meters: 4
Do you wish to consider building wake effects: NO
Enter the height of the pollutant emission in-meters: 100
5-34
-------
Enter the mass fraction of the 1st particle size category: AOTO
This is the mass fraction of particulates contained in the ^
current particulate size category. You may specify up to
20 size categories by typing a mass fraction each time
it is requested. The sum of all the mass fractions of the
particulate size categories should add to 1. Press RETURN
to signal you are finished.
Enter the mass fraction of the 1st particle size category: 0.25
This is the settling velocity in meters per second for the
current particulate size category. If this value is not known,
press RETURN and the system, will estimate the dry deposition
speed through other parameters.
Enter the settling velocity of the 1st particle size category: 9.005
This is the surface reflection coefficient for the current
particulate size category. Values between 0-1 are input
for reflection coefficients. A-value of "3" indicates no
surface reflection (total retention). A value of "1"
indicates complete reflection fron the surface. The ISC
User's Guide provides default estimates for reflection
coefficients as a function of settling velocity.
Enter surface reflection coefficient of the 1st particle size cateaorv: 0.3
This is the mass fraction of particulates contained in the
current particulate size category. You may specify up to
20 size categories by typing a mass fraction each time
it is requested. The sun of all the mass fractions of the
particulate size categories should add to 1. Press RETURN
to signal you are finished.
Enter the mass fraction of the 2nd particle size category: NOAOTO
Enter the mass fraction of the 2nd particle size category: 9.25
Enter the settling velocity of the 2nd particle size category: 9.301
Enter surface reflection coefficient of the 2nd particle size category: 0.9
Enter the mass fraction of the 3rd particle size category: 0.5
Enter the settling velocity of the 3rd particle size category: 0.00001
5-35
-------
Enter surface reflection coefficient of the 3rd particle size category: 1.0
Enter the 2nd emission type name:
Enter the source category name:
•-* MATCHING ISC SOURCES WITH ISC SITES *-*
Current site: ANYWHERE USA
Enter a source category for this site: INCINERATION
Enter the 1st TALL STACK (Stack) emission strength: 8
Enter a source category for this site:
.*-* ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS *-*
Do you wish to save the ISC model output: HELP
Press RETURN if you do not wish to save the ISC model output.
Type YES if you wish to save the ISC model output file(s).
There is one ISC model output file per site.
Do you wish to save the ISC model output: YES
Enter the title for the ISC model output: ANY SPECIFIC TITLE
Specify the input data to be printed in the ISC model output: HELP
Type NONE (N) to indicate that no input data are to be printed
in the ISC model output file. Type C3M (C) to print the control
parameters, receptor and meteorological data. Type SOURCE (S)
to print the source input data. Type ALL (AL) to indicate all
input data are to be printed in the ISC model output file.
Specify the input data to be printed in the ISC model output: ALL
GAMSIN session completed
5-36
-------
The following files are created as a result of the third example
GAMS IN session:
ABC001.ISC CHEMABC31 .GAMS
Next you invoke GAMSRUN to run the study.
The study name you will enter should correspond with a 'study name
from the following list
Q STUDY NAME=
CHEMABC
= =============
Enter the study name for this GAMS run: CHEMABC
Enter Go to run GAMS: GO
Job CHEMABC (queue SYSSBATCH, entry xxx) started on SYSS3ATCH
The following files are created as a result of running GAMS en the
third example: I
ABCISC301.0UT CHEMABC. LOG
Listings of the input and output files for the third example are
given in Appendix 8.
5-37
-------
REFERENCES
Bowers, J.F., et al., 1980. Industrial Source Complex (ISC)
Dispersion ' Model User's Guide (Volume I), P380-133044, U.S.
EnvironmentalProtection Agency,Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, Research Triangle Park, N.C.
Census, 1983. 1980 Census of Population. Vol. 1 Characteristics of
Population. Number of Inhabitants. PC30-1-A1.
Census, 1985. County Business Patterns, (1983): File 2
(County) / prepared by the Bureau of the Census. Washington: The
Bureau.
Chamberlain, A.C., 1953. "Aspects of Travel and Deposition of Aerosol
and Vapor Clouds", British Report AERE-HP/R-1261.
Hage, K.D., 1964. "Particle Fallout and Dispersion Below 33 KM in the
Atmosphere;" Report SC-OC-64-1463, Sandia Corporation.
Hanna, S.R. 1972. Dry deposition and precipitation scavenging in the
ATDL computer model from multiple point and" area sources. Oak Ridge,
TN: Air Resources Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion Laboratory.
ATDL contribution File Mo. 71.
Hanna, S.R. 1977. A stability correction term for a simple ursan
dispersion model. Oak Ridge, TN: Air Resources Atmospheric
Turbulence and Diffusion Labortory. ATDL contribution File No. 7~/15.
Hanna, S.R. 1980. Atmospheric removal processes for toxic chemicals.
Draft. Oak Ridge, TN: ATDL progress report to ORNL under £?A
Multimedia Modeling Project.
Huber, A.M., 1977. Incorporating building/terrain wake effects en
stack effluents. Preprint Volume for the Joint Conference on
Applications of Air Pollution Meteorology. American Meteorological
Society, Boston, Massacnusetts.~~
Huber, A.H. and W.H. Synder, 1976. Building wake effects on short
stack effluents. Preprint Volume for the Third Symposium on
Atmospheric Diffusion and Air Quality, American Meteorological
Society, Boston, Massachusetts.
List Processing Company, 1979. Geographic Data File.
McMahon, T.A., and P.J. Dension, 1979. "Empirical Atmospheric
Deposition Parameters - A survey", ATMSO. EMV. 13, 571-585.
Slade, D.H. (Ed.), 1963. Meteorology and Atomic Energy 1968. TID-
24190.
R-L
-------
Smith, M.E. (Ed.), 1968. Recommended guide for the prediction of the
dispersion of airborne effluents, ASME. 35 pp.
Synder W.S., Cook M.J., Nasset E.S. et al., 1974. Report of the task
group on reference man. International commission on radiological
protection No. 23. New York: Pennagon Press.
Turner, D.3., 1973. Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates.
PHS Publication No. 999-AP-26, U.S. Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, National Air Pollution Control Administration,
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Van der Hcven, I. 1963. "Deposition of Parti^es and Gases",
Meteorology and Atomic Snergy-1963 (D. Slade, ed.) T10-24190, USAEC,
232-238.
R-2
-------
Appendix III
Technical Support for Permit Conditions
-------
-------
1. CONTROL TECHNIQUES AND REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES
Many metals arc of concern in hazardous waste incineration because of the possible
adverse human health effects associated with exposure to emissions of these elements
and/or their compounds from the stacks of the incinerators. Metals of primary interest are
arsenic (symbol: As), barium (Ba), beryllium (Be), chromium (Cr), cadmium (Cd), lead
(Pb), mercury (Hg), antimony (Sb), silver (Ag), and thallium (Tl).
Incineration may change the form of the elements in waste streams, but it cannot
destroy them. Furthermore, incineration may result in the formation of compounds and/or
physical forms of the elements that may be more dangerous to human health than were the
original wastes. Most metals will leave an incinerator combustion zone as vapors, but
upon cooling will condense to form small particulates. Most particulates can be recovered
efficiently with proper APCDs, but if not recovered they will be released to the atmosphere
in the vicinity of the incineration facility. When inhaled by humans, these metals will settle
in the lungs, from which they will either pass into the blood stream as toxic agents, or
remain in the lungs as irritants or as carcinogens.
This section presents an overview of the various APCDs and treatment trains that
are applicable, including process descriptions, operating and maintenance information, and
ranges of metal-specific removal efficiencies.
The performance of APCDs depends on a number of incinerator design and
operating parameters, on the compatibility of APCDs to the process and pollutants to be
controlled, and on the specific performance requirements demanded by the process and
applicable air pollution control regulations. The process variables that must be considered
in evaluating the operation of the facility APCD system include:
• Gas flow;
• Inlet and outlet gas temperature;
• Liquid flow (in wet systems);
• Pressure drop across the unit;
• Physical and chemical properties of the gas;
• Paniculate concentration;
• Paniculate size distribution;
Appendix III-l
-------
• Physical and chemical properties of particulates; and
• Emission levels of regulated pollutants.
In most cases this information may be best obtained from detailed emission evaluations
(trial burns).
Incineration equipment and APCDs should be visually inspected daily or weekly to
verify their operational status. Table III-l provides the recommended inspection and
maintenance frequency for common incineration equipment. Detailed inspections are
recommended on a much less frequent schedule as specified by the particular equipment
manufacturer. However, a specific piece of equipment may occasionally indicate a
particular problem. In this event, to comply with RCRA performance specifications, a
detailed inspection of the equipment components is necessary to prevent potential
component failure. Problems are generally manifested through a variety of performance
indicators. Table III-2 provides a list of indicators of poor performance, the equipment
problems generally associated with these indicators, and the recommended maintenance and
troubleshooting procedures. Generally, if a facility is unable to correct the problems by
operational adjustment (within the limits of the operating permit), then the equipment may
require detailed inspection and possible repair. Appropriate troubleshooting and repairs
should be implemented to prevent a potential negative impact on operational safety and to
assure compliance with permit requirements. The types of inspection, maintenance, and
troubleshooting recommended in Tables III-l and III-2, in most cases, require that the
incinerator facility be shut down.
Appendix III-2
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
The OTS Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS) Atmospheric
Modeling Subsystem (GAMS) allows, multiple atmospheric models to be used
for multiple release sources to examine overlapping exposures. The
Industrial Source Complex (ISO long-term model and the TOXBOX area source
model are implemented in GAMS to estimate annual average atmospheric
concentrations. GAMS integrates the atmospheric concentration estimates
of the two models with a population distribution data base in order to ce
able to estimate exposure and risk.
GAMS can currently treat up to twenty source categories with up to
fifty emission type entries within each category for an unlimited number
of source locations for ISC modeling. Up to twenty source categories car.
be treated for TOXBOX modeling. TOXBOX is implemented in GAMS to estimate
annual average concentrations for all U.S. urban populations. The urcan
population comprises all persons living in the 366 urbanized areas ;'J.-.s)
and in the.3827 places of 2,530 or more inhabitants outside urbanized
areas. The total U.S. urban population modeled by TOXBOX is 167,353,922
persons.
The concentration estimates generated by the models are stored at the
1980 Census block group and enumeration district (BG/ED) geographic level.
By assigning concentration estimates at this detailed population
distribution level, GAMS accounts for increments of concentration from any
number of sources that may impact an individual BG/ED. This tracking
l-l
-------
avoids multiple counting of populations when sources are close enough to
one another that surrounding BG/EDs are impacted by more than one source. I
Exposure and risk calculations are performed by GAMS for each BG/ED
population by source category and emission type from the ISC results, by
source category from the TOXBOX results, and across all source categories
from the overlapping results from both models. Brief descriptions of ISC
and TOXBOX are given in Appendix 1. Appendix 2 gives a description of the
atmospheric exposure and risk estimation methodologies implemented in
GAMS.
GAMS contains a wide range of capabilities and options-and the
atmospheric models, particularly ISC, require a substantial amount of
input data. Because of this sophistication level, a GAMS INterface,
GAMSIN, prompts you for the information required to set up and perform tne
desired modeling scenario. *
Section 2 of this user's guide presents a summary of tne GAMSIM
prompting sequence and describes the capabilities and options aval lade
within each of the logical prompt groups. Section 3 reviews the contents
of the input and output files and describes the file nomenclature. The
method of invoking procedures from the GEMS Atmospheric Modeling Subsystem
menu and the system commands that may be used-within GAMSIN are described
in Section 4. This section also details a set of warnings that you should
give special attention to. Section 5 presents three example GAMS IN
and GAMSRUN sessions.
1-2
-------
2. GAMSIN SEQUENCE AND GAMS CAPABILITIES AND OPTIONS
The sequence of GAMSIN is designed to transfer you from GAMS control
prompts to GAMS general prompts, which may have application over multiple
models, to TOXBOX model specific prompts, to ISC model specific prompts,
to GAMS postprocessing prompts. Figure 2-1 depicts the sequence of the
logical prompt groups within GAMSIN. Dashed arrows indicate optional
transfers between prompt groups, where the direction of transfer is based
on your response to the prompts. Solid arrows represent no opticn
transfer between prompt groups.
Each prompt group in Figure 2-1 is numbered. The numbers correspond
to the numbering of the following subsections which describe the GAMS
capabilities and options available within each respective prompt group.
2.1 GAMS Control
GAMS CONTROL prompts you for the primary set of options tr.ar
establish the atmospheric modeling scenario of your study. You may use
either ISC, TOXBOX, or both models to estimate atmospheric concentrations
for a study. Once a study has been set up through completion of an
initial GAMSIN session, you have the capability of re-entering the same
study at a later time by specifying 'OLD' at the first prompt in GAMS
CONTROL, and then entering the existing study name at the next prompt.
Re-entry is a very powerful capability. You can add new area sources
for TOXBOX modeling, new sites, sources, and emission types for ISC
modeling. You can modify the ISC and TOXBOX model output specificaticr.s
2-1
-------
i :sc
re* :sc
outs
CCMTKOL
cuciisnir
:sc,T£-£, « n
3«e-ip
LJ
:sc JITT •-
AM) .1RZCMUC7
LJU
TCUUl C30KOCUTE
LSC MUKCE
IATO»I:« :sc souwrrs
1TB ISC 3!7SS
tsc oomrr
3AHS
-cmrf rcR TCXSOX
I 1 |
70X80X
TOXMX otrrrTT
FIGURE 2-1. Sequence of GAMSIN logical prompt groups,
2-2
-------
Table MI-1
Recommended Inspection and Maintenance Frequency
I&M Frequency
Operation and Monitoring Equipment
Emergency Systems
Equipment/Parameters
Incinerator Equipment
Waste Feed/Fuel Systems
O2 and CO Monitors
Gas Flow Monitors: ,
• Direct gas velocity
• Indirect fan amps
Other Incinerator
Calibration
-
(2)
Weekly
Weekly
6 Months
_
Inspection
Daily
Daily
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Daily
Service
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
-
(1)
Alarms Waste Cutoffs
-
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
--
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Monitoring Equipment
(flame scanners, air
blowers, etc.)
APCE
APCE Support Systems -
APCE Performance Weekly
Instrumentation
Weekly
Dairy
Daily
(1)
(1)
(1)
-
Weekly
Weekly
-
Weekly
Weekly
(1) Equipment manufacturer recommendation.
(2) Equipment manufacturer recommendation or no less than monthly.
Sources: Acurex 1986.
Frankel 1987c.
Appendix III-3
-------
Table Ml-2
General Maintenance and Troubleshooting Air Pollution Control Equipment
Equipment
Indicators
Problems
Recommended Maintenance
and Troubleshooting
Quencher
Erratic outlet
temperature
Consistently high
outlet temperature
Venturi scrubber
Erratic pressure
differential
Absorption scrubber
Surging pressure
differential
(>10 percent)
Fabric filter
(baghouse)
Excessive pressure
differential
Partially plugged
nozzles
High variation in
incinerator feed
moisture
Low gas f bwrate
(<30 ft/sec)
Water droplet impinging
on thermocouple
Plugged nozzles
Lower water f lowrate and
high temperature
Excessive gas velocity
(>50 ft/sec)
Plugged nozzles
Erosion
Corrosion
Adjustable throat
diameter is too wide
Face velocity in excess
of 12 ft/sec
Plugged tray sections
Non uniform scrubber
liquor distribution
Leaking seals
Localized plugging of
packing
Hole in the packing
Flooding
Excessive gas flowrate
Bag binding (high dust
loadings)
Leaking air lock or
dampers
Faulty cleaning
mechanism
Excessive dust
accumulation in clean
side of bags
Inspect and replace plugged
nozzles
Control moisture feed to
incinerator
Increase gas flowrate to
design range
Relocate thermocouple, replace
defective nozzles
Inspect and replace plugged
nozzles
Calibrate water flowmeter;
to adjust for evaporation loss
Reduce gas flowrate
Inspect headers, flanges and
nozzles
Reduce throat diameter and
adjust liquid flowrate
Inspect throat regularly for
deposits and wear
Inspect spray nozzles, water
flowrate weir boxes and
downcomers for proper
operation and seals.
Inspect packing, adjust
caustic concentration to
15-20 percent
Decrease liquid flow rate
Check for plugging of packing
Reduce gas flowrate; check
bleed air
Inspect cleaning mechanism;
replace bags
Check proper temperature of
gas to prevent condensation
Inspect proper removal of
collected ash from hoppers
Appendix III-4
-------
Operation and performance monitoring instrumentation should also be subjected to
a routine inspection and maintenance program. This instrumentation includes liquid waste
flowmeter, water flowmeters, pH meters, CO, temperature, O2 continuous recorders,
differential pressure indicators, and opacity meters. The inspection of this equipment is
normally carried out on a continuous basis, because most are on-line monitors with
continuous response records. The maintenance program for this equipment includes
routine service and calibration activities. Service requirements are normally specified by
the manufacturer. Response and calibration checks should be performed daily since these
instruments are subject to drift and reduced sensitivity.
1.1 Air Pollution Control Devices (APCDs)
1.1.1 Electrostatic Precipitator
1.1.1.1 Process description
An electrostatic precipitator (ESP) removes particles from the flue gas stream by
imparting a negative electrical charge on the particles. The negatively charged particles are
attracted and retained by positively charged collection electrodes. The particles are removed
from the electrodes into collection hoppers by rapping. The operation occurs within an
enclosed chamber, a high-voltage transformer and a rectifier provide the power input. The
chamber has a shell made of metal or Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. Suspended within this
shell are the grounded collecting electrodes (plates). Suspended between the plates are the
discharge electrodes, which are negatively charged with voltages ranging from 20 to
100 kilovolts.
Several important gas stream and paniculate factors dictate how well an ESP will
collect a given paniculate matter. These factors include the following:
• Gas input velocity;
• Moisture content;
• Panicle size distribution;
• Panicle resistivity (partially temperature dependent);
• Collection plate area;
• Electrode spacing and configuration; and
Appendix III-5
-------
• Voltage differential.
Table HI-3 presents normal ranges for the parameters affecting ESP efficiency.
Outside of these values, the unit will not be operating at its optimum collection efficiency.
Table Hl-3
Normal Ranges for the Parameters
Affecting ESP Efficiency
Parameter
Range
Gas input velocity
Particle size
Particle resistivity
Collection plate area to flow rate ratio
Pressure drop
2-4ft/s
most effective for < 1)j.m particles
104-1010 ohm-cm
200 to > 600 ft2/! 000 cfm
1.00 in
Source: Frankel, 1.1987a (January 16).
1.1.1.2 Operation and maintenance
Proper maintenance of the unit is important to ensure that it is operating at peak
efficiency. According to a 1975 survey by the Air Pollution Control Association, the five
most common precipitator problem components (APCA 1978, as cited in Theodore and
Buonicore 1984) are as follows:
• Discharge electrodes;
• Ash removal system;
• Collection plates;
• Rappers; and
• Insulators.
Table HI-4 presents a preventive maintenance checklist for a typical ESP.
1.1.2 Wet Electrostatic Precipitator
1.1.2.1 Process description
Wet ESPs are essentially the same technology as dry ESPs with two important
distinctions:
Appendix III-6
-------
• A wet spray is included in the inlet section for cooling, gas adsorption, and
coarse particle collection.
• The collection electrode is wetted to flush away the collected particles.
Wet ESPs are a relatively new technology and are generally used for applications
where the potential for explosion is high or where particulates are very sticky. The
maintenance checklist provided for the ESP in Table ffl-4 applies to wet ESPs as well.
The parameters that affect the collection efficiency of wet ESPs are the liquid to gas
ratio, of which a typical value is 5 gal/1000 scf, and pressure drop, which should be
between 0.1 and 1.0 inches (Water Gauge) (Frankel 1987a).
1.1.2.2 Operation and maintenance
The wet ESP should be washed periodically to avoid irregularities in the operation
of the precipitator caused by accumulation of particles on the walls.
1.1.3 Fabric Filter (Baghouse)
1.1.3.1 Process description
Fabric filters remove dust from dust-laden gas by passing the gas through a fabric
bag. The cleaned gas exits from one side of the filter while the dust is collected on the
other side. The collected dust is removed from the bags by three methods: mechanical
shaking (shakers), reverse flow back-flushing at low pressure (reverse air), and reverse
flow back-flushing at slightly higher pressure (pulsed air).
Baghouses are very efficient for gases containing small particles.
Appendix III-7
-------
TABLE 111-4
Preventive Maintenance Checklist for
a Typical Electrostatic Preclpitator
Daily
1.Record electrical readings and transmissometer data.
2.Check operation of hoppers and ash removal system.
3.Carefully investigate cause of abnormal arcing in transformer - rectifier enclosures and bus duct.
Weekly
1.Check rapper operation.
2.Inspect electric control devices.
Monthly
1.Check operation of standby top-housing pressurizing fan and thermostat.
2.Check hopper level alarm operation.
Quarterly
1 .Check and clean rapper and vibrator switch contacts.
2. Check transmissometer calibration.
Semiannual
1 .Clean and lubricate access-door dog bolt and hingas.
2. Clean and lubricate interlock covers.
3.Clean and lubricate test connections.
4.Check exterior for visual signs of deterioration, and abnormal vibration, noise, leaks.
5.Check transformer-rectifier liquid and surge-arrestor spark gap.
Annual
1 .Conduct internal inspection.
2.Clean top housing or insulator compartment and all electrical insulating surfaces.
3.Examine and clean all contactors and inspect tightness of all electrical connections.
4.Clean and inspect all gasketed connections.
5.Check and adjust operation of switchgear.
6.Check and tighten rapper insulator connections..
/.Observe and record areas of corrosion.
Situational
1 .Record gas load readings during and after each outage.
2.Clean and check interior of control sets during each outage of more than 72 hours.
3.Clean all internal bushings during outages of more than 5 days.
4.!nspect condition of all grounding devices during each outage over 72 hours.
5.Clean all hopper buildups during each outage.
6.Inspect and record amount and location of residual dust deposits on electrodes during each outage of
72 hours or longer.
7.Check all alarms, interlocks, and other safety devices during each outage.
Sources: Theodore and Buonicore, 1984.
Frankel 1987c.
Appendix III-8
-------
The following parameters influence the collection efficiency of a fabric filter
(Frankel 1987a):
• Pressure drop, which is controlled by bag cleaning, ranges between 2.0 and
7.0 inches (Water Gauge).
• Air-to-cloth ratio, which is expressed as the total gas flow rate divided by
the total cloth area available for filtration and is baghouse-rype dependent:
Shaken < 1 m^/min - m2
Reverse air 0.32 - 2.2 m^/min - m2
Pulsed air: 0.95 - 2.5 m^/min - m2.
• Temperature, which is dependent on the type of filter fabric. Thermal
erosion may double for a temperature rise of 20°F above the optimum.
• Humidity, which can cause failure due to burning and blinding. Such
failures would affect the pressure drop across the fabric filter.
1.1.3.2 Operation and maintenance
Table EH-5 presents a preventive maintenance checklist for a typical fabric filter.
1.1.4 Quench Chamber
1.1.4.1 Process description
Quench chambers usually precede scrubber equipment in the treatment train, and are
used to reduce the temperature of hot gases leaving the incinerator. The quench chamber
also reduces water evaporation in downstream scrubbing equipment (which is associated
with generation of caustic panicles in caustic scrubbers), and protects the downstream
equipment from high temperature damage.
The quench chamber operates by passing the hot gases through a water spray. The
spray is generated by one of three basic designs:
• Air and water nozzles;
• High pressure sequenced spray nozzles; and
• Orifice plates.
Appendix III-9
-------
The type of quench chamber used depends on the composition of quench water and
exhaust gas and the type of APOD that follows the quench chamber. Air and water nozzles
require a particle-free freshwater feed so that the nozzles do not become clogged. An air
and water nozzle quench chamber requires less water than the other types because it
produces small uniform droplets that cover the exhaust area efficiently.
With high pressure sequenced spray nozzles, only certain sprays are activated at
first. Then, as the temperature increases, other spray nozzles are activated to keep the gas
at a constant temperature. These units also must have fresh particle-free makeup water.
With orifice plates, water is forced through perforated plates to create a spray.
Unlike the above devices, quench water may be recycled because of the large perforations
in the plates.
The following parameters affect the efficiency of the unit:
• Gas temperature at inlet;
• Amount of water recycled and its paniculate content;
Gas velocity; and
• Pressure drop.
Appendix 111-10
-------
Item
TABLE IH-5
Fabric Filter Routine Maintenance Schedule
Check Frequency
Dust pickup
areas
System
dampers
Bags
Cleaning
system
Control
system
System
fan
Outlet
stack
Discharge
system
General
Daily Wkly Mnthy Qrt'ly Yearly
Dust capture effectiveness
Monitoring flue gas volume
Test hood face velocity
Rebalance system
X
X
X
X
Proper ooeration
Proper valve seating
Wear or corrosion
X
X
X
Observe stack (visually or with opacity meter)
Soot-check baq tension (inside collectors)
Spot-check bag condition and seating
Thoroughly msoect bags
X
X
X
X
Monitor cleaning cycle
Check compressed air
Inspect mechanical components for wear
Replace high wear parts (whether needed or not)
X
X
X
X
Observe all indicators on panel
Log AP
Blow out manometer lines
Check compressed air system, including fitters
Activate key shutdown or bypass controls
Verify accuracy of temperature-indicating equip.
Check accuracy of all other indicating equipment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Check dnve components
Inspect for corrosion and material buildup
Check for vibration
X
X
X
Check emission visually or monitor opacity meter
Calibrate opacity meter
X
X
Monitor discharge rate
Check all moving parts for wear and alignment
X
X
Check normal and abnormal visual
and audible conditions
Inspect system for corrosion
Inspect door gaskets
Check for dust buildup m ducts
Inspect paint
Inspect baffles, hopoer duct, etc., for wear
Inspect general structural integnty of system
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Sources: Theodore and Buonicore. 1984.
Frankel. 1987c.
Appendix III-ll
-------
The proper values for the parameters affecting efficiency are as follows: the gas
outlet temperature should be below 500°F; the gas velocity should be between 30 ft/sec and
50 ft/sec; and the pressure drop across the quench chamber should be between 2 and 6
inches (Water Gauge). Quench water is sometimes recycled. Since this can cause
reentrainment of particulates back into the gas stream, however, for optimum operation
only makeup water should be used.
1.1.4.2 Operation and maintenance
A regular maintenance program for these quench chambers should be followed so
that the nozzles do not become plugged and effective water spray is assured.
1.1.5 Wet/Dry Scrubber (Spray Dryer)
1.1.5.1 Process description
In the wet/dry scrubber, hot gases are passed through a fine mist of a dilute alkali
slurry. The water in the slurry absorbs acids from the flue gas and the acids react with the
alkali solids in the slurry to form salts. Water is lost through evaporation, leaving the salts
and any unreacted alkali behind as a dry powder. This particle-laden flow then goes to a
fabric filter or an ESP to remove the particulates. Wet/dry scrubbers are considered cleaner
control systems than wet scrubbers, mainly because the waste material is dry particulates
and no further liquid treatment is required, which significantly reduces the waste volume.
The parameters that affect the collection efficiency of the wet/dry scrubbers are
(Frankel 1987a):
• Liquid-to-gas ratio which ranges between 0.25 and 0.30 gal/1000 acf;
• Gas input velocity with a range between 2 and 6 ft/s; and
• Pressure drop between 10 and 12 inches (Water Gauge).
1.1.5.2 Operation and main tenance
Table ffl-6 presents maintenance procedures for wet/dry scrubbers.
Appendix 111-12
-------
TABLE IH-6
Wet/Dry Scrubber Maintenance Procedures
Spray nozzels should be kept clean. Particle size of the slurry should
be smaller than the diameter of the nozzles. Pre-filtering is usually used
to guarantee that adequate particle size is maintained.
Sludge buildup at the bottom of the scrubber should be removed
periodically.
Spray nozzles should be checked periodically for clogging.
The slurry flow rate and composition should be carefully monitored to
guarantee that the water evaporates completely.
Sources: Theodore and Buonicore1984.
Frankel 1987c.
1.1.6 Venturi Scrubber
1.1.6.1 Process description
In the venturi scrubber, a liquid is introduced into a constricted area. High velocity
gas is also introduced to shear the liquid into fine droplets and to allow a large surface area
for mass transfer.
The parameters that affect the collection efficiency are (Frankel L987a):
• Liquid-to-gas ratio, which ranges between 5 and 45 gal/1000 acf;
Gas input velocity with a range of 100 to 400 ft/s; and
• Pressure drop, which should be close to design pressure (typically 20 to
100 in Water Gauge).
The collection efficiency for a venturi scrubber generally improves with increases in
gas velocity, liquid-to-gas ratio, and pressure drop.
1.1.6.2 Operation and maintenance
Table III-7 presents a preventive maintenance checklist for a typical venturi
scrubber.
Appendix 111-13
-------
TABLE 111-7
Venturl Scrubber Routine Maintenance Procedures
Check for wear (abrasion/erosion).
Check for corrosion on all scrubber internal surfaces.
Check for excessive buildup, particularly in the wet/dry zone.
Check for excessive scaling. This is caused mainly by changes in the chemical composition of the
makeup water, but may also be caused by process changes such as changes in pH,
chemical composition of the dust, reduced liquor recycle rate, increase in the inlet
loading, or failure of the solids removal system.
Check the nozzles for damage. Repair or replacement may be necessary.
Check for solids buildup in blowdown lines. Cleaning may be effected without system shutdown,
and a flush connection may be installed to prevent this condition in the future.
Check for corrosion and leaks in lines and vessel, in particular where protective liners may have
deteriorated.
Check operation of the mist eliminator. Formation of droplets can be caused by excessive gas flow
rate, plugged drains from the droplet eliminator, or condensation in the outlet duct. Check
structural supports for structural integrity and smooth operation.
Sources: Theodore and Buonicore1984.
Frankel 1987c.
1.2 APCD Efficiencies
In Table HI-8, the various APCDs previously described are assigned conservatively
estimated efficiencies for particulates and toxic metals. The conservative nature of the
estimates is stressed, since a multitude of feed waste compositions, incinerator designs,
and operating conditions will be encountered in any real-world situation, and it is not
always possible to achieve the highest theoretical efficiency. In fact, with proper system
design, stable, optimized operation, and good maintenance, higher efficiencies than are
shown in the table might be achieved.
A number of factors should be kept in mind when Table III-8 is used. These
factors are as follows:
• Most toxic metals, or their compounds, condense as solids if incinerator
combustion gases are cooled. A meagre fund of information suggests that
Appendix IIM4
-------
most metals generally co-condense to form participates of mixed metallic
and nonmetallic composition.
Of the toxic metals, mercury is the least predictable and least apt to condense
prior to emission from the system stack. Its degree of recovery above
400°F is generally slight, or zero.
A quench chamber is a commonly used item whose primary function is to
cool incineration or boiler flue gas by the evaporation of water injected into
the hot gas stream. In order to function as an APCD, water in excess of
evaporative demand must be furnished. A quench is virtually always used
in tandem with one or more other APCDs.
Cyclones are almost never used alone. They are moderately efficient in
removing large particulates from a moving gas stream, and thus in reducing
the loading of more efficient paniculate removal devices downstream of the
cyclone.
Venturi scrubbers are frequently used devices. Their efficiency, especially
on submicron particles, increases as the pressure drop (power consumption)
increases.
ESPs are not widely used with hazardous waste incinerators, although they
are commonly used on municipal waste incinerators and on coal-burning
utility boilers. Their efficiency can be varied with a number of design
parameters, but for high efficiency on small particulates, more than single
stage units are necessary. Up to four stages in tandem have been seen in the
industry.
Both Wet ESPs (WESP) and Ionizing Wet Scrubbers (IWS) are finding a
limited market in the U.S. Since the data on these units have come from
facilities having two or more APCD series, there is little if any data outside
of manufacturers' literature that permits one to estimate their pollutant
removal efficiency as a single unit.
Several rather complex, but apparently highly efficient wet scrubbers have
become available during the past 3 to 4 years. No new facility should be
built without a careful consideration of these scrubbers.
Fabric filters (baghouses) have not been commonly used on hazardous
waste incinerators, but have been widely used on utility boilers and
municipal waste incinerators. They are bulky and expensive, and require
careful operation. However, when used in tandem with upstream APCDs,
especially spray dryers (wet/dry scrubbers), they are enormously efficient
on both soluble gases and on particulates. Furthermore, if gas temperatures
are below 400°F, these combination units are also very efficient on mercury
emissions.
At most facilities where data indicate high gas and paniculate (including
toxic metal) removal efficiencies, there are usually two to four APCDs in
series. It is expected that this type of installation will become the norm for
Appendix 111-15
-------
large-scale commercial incinerators that burn large quantities of mixed
liquids, solids, and sludges.
TABLE 111-8
Air Pollution Control Devices (APCDs) and Their Conservatively
Estimated Efficiencies for Controlling Toxic Metals
APCD
POLLUTANT
•ws
•VS-20
•VS-60
ESP-1
ESP-2
ESP-4
•WESP
•FF
•PS
SD/FF; SD/C/FF
DS/FF
•FF/WS
ESP-1/WS; ESP-1/PS
ESP-4/WS* ESP-4/PS
•VS-20/WS
"WS/IWS
•WESP/VS-20/IWS
C/DS/ESP/FF; C/DS/C/ESP/FF
SD/C/ESP-1
Ba, Ba
50
90
98
95
97
99
97
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
99
99
99
Ag
50
90
98
95
97
99
97
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
99
99
99
Cf
50
90
98
95
97
99
96
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
98
99
98
As.Sb.Cd.
Pb, Tl
40
20
40
80
85
90
95
90
95
95
98
90
90
95
96
95
97
99
95
Hg
30
20
40
0
0
0
60
50
80 -
90
50
50
80
85
30
85
90
98
85
It is assumed that due gases have been preceded in a quench. If gases are not cooled adequately,
mercury recoveries will diminish, as will cadmium and arsenic to a lesser extent.
** An IWS is nearly always used with an upstream quench and packed horizontal scrubber.
C - Cyclone
WS - Wet Scrubber including: Sieve Tray Tower
Packed Tower
Bubble Cap Tower
PS - Proprietary Wet Scrubber Design
(A number of proprietary wet scrubbers have come on the market in recent years that are highly
efficient on both participates and corrosive gases. Two such units are offered by Calved Environmental
Equipment Co. and by Hydro-Sonic Systems, Inc.).
VS-20 - Venturi Scrubber, ca 20-30 in W. G. Ap
VS-60 - Venturi Scrubber, ca. > 60 in W. G. Ap
ESP-1 - Electrostatic Precipitator; 1 stage
ESP-2 - Electrostatic Precipitator; 2 stages
ESP-4 - Electrostatic Precipitator; 4 stages
IWS - Ionizing Wet Scrubber
DS • Dry Scrubber
FF m Fabric Fitter (Baghouse)
SO - Spray Dryer (Wet/Dry Scrubber)
Appendix 111-16
-------
TABLE IH-9
Conservative Estimates of Metals Partitioning to APCD1 as a Function of
Solids2 Temperature3 (%)
Metal4
1600°F
Cl - 0 % Q » 1 %
2000°F
a - o % ci =11 %
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
100
100
50
5
100
5
100
100
8
100
100
100
30
5
100
5
100
100
100
100100
100
100
100
5
100
5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
5
100
5
100
100
100
1 The remaining percentage is contained in the bottom ash of the incinerator.
2 Partitioning for liquids is estimated at 100% for all metals.
3 The combustion gas temperature is estimated to be 100-400°F higher than the solids temperature.
4 Assumptions:
• excess air = 50%
• entrainment = 5%
• waste metals content = 100 ppm for each metal. For a given set of combustion chamber
conditions, the maximum amount of metal which will be vaporized will become constant as the
metal concentration in the solids increase. As a result, higher concentrations of metals are
expected to have lower partitioning factors.
Source: Letter from Dr. Randall Seeker, Energy and Environmental Research Corporation, to Dwight
Hlustick, EPA, dated December 7, 1988.
Appendix 111-17
-------
It is to be expected that the type of APCD, or train of devices, that must be used |
with a hazardous waste incinerator will depend on the type of incinerator, and the
characteristics of the wastes incinerated. Although a large percentage of existing hazardous
waste incinerators are not equipped with APCDs, these are nearly all liquid injection
incinerators which bum wastes that, for practical purposes, have no ash- or particulate-
forming components. When these incinerators arc equipped with an APCD, it is likely to
be a wet scrubber of simple construction (spray tower or packed tower) preceded by a
quench chamber or at least an evaporative cooler.
At the other end of the spectrum, incinerators designed to cope with wastes having
a high ash and toxic metals content will generally require an APC train consisting of two to
four APCDs. A number of typical APC trains are listed below:
• Quench/wet scrubber,
• Quench/spray dryer/cyclone/ESP;
• Quench/spray dryer/cyclone/fabric filter,
• Quench/wet scrubber/IWS/mist eliminator,
• Quench/WESP/venturi scrubber/packed tower scrubbers;
• Quench/venturi scrubber/packed tower scrubbers; and
• Fabric filter/wet scrubber.
Appendix 111-18
-------
2. SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS
The following discussion outlines the proper procedures for the sampling and
analysis of the incinerator system. Analysis of composite samples is required for the waste
feed in order to determine the metals feed rates that must be provided by the applicant to the
permit writer. Test bums also require the sampling and analysis of the incinerator stack
gas, scrubber liquor, and bottom ash so that a mass balance can be performed on the
incinerator.
All samples must be analyzed according to the appropriate methods outlined in
'Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes: Physical/Chemical Method," EPA SW-846, as
incorporated by reference in §260.11. Total chromium emissions measured in accordance
with SW-846 are to be used in the analysis unless the applicant's emissions sampling and
analysis procedures are capable of reliably determining hexavalent chromium emission rates
to the satisfaction of the Administrator. Sampling for particulates should be performed
using Method 5 from 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A. Sampling for all Appendix VIII metals
should use the Multiple Metals Train currently being validated The Multiple Metals Train,
as discussed in a memorandum from Larry Johnson (Johnson 1987), includes the
following impingers: (1) empty (for condensate collection, may be omitted for a dry
source); (2) 5 percent HNOs and 10 percent H2O2 (will be reduced to 0.1N HNOs if
research shows it to be adequate); (3) same as 2; (4) 1.5 percent KMnO4 and 10 percent
H2SO4; and (5) silica gel (to protect the pump and meter).
The analysis procedure consists of two steps: preparation (called digestion) and the
analysis itself. The digestion process is dependent on both the analysis procedure and the
waste matrix. Table IH-9 lists the digestion methods as well as the proper analysis
technique and waste matrix for each method. The analysis procedures are pollutant
specific. For some metals, up to three methods are applicable depending on the precision
of the detection limit desired. See Table HI-10 for the proper analysis methods to be used
for each metal. In some cases, the analysis method includes its own digestion and the
listed digestion methods are not necessary. These methods are footnoted on Table EH-10.
Standard methods for the analysis of the glass fiber filter and impinger solution
from the Method 5 train are under development (but not yet published). The impinger
Appendix 111-19
-------
solution should be slightly acidic (validation studies may suggest 0.1N nitric acid) during
sampling, so that any metals that escape the glass fiber filter will be captured in the
solution.
For analysis, the filter can be either extracted using acid extraction or completely
dissolved by treatment with hydrofluoric acid. The impinger solution should be reduced by
evaporation, then treated with acid digestion. Following these steps, the normal aqueous
digestion (see Table HI-9) and analysis (see Table HI-10) may be used.
Analysis for matrix effects (interference) should be performed by the Method of
Standard Addition or other appropriate procedures.
Appendix 111-20
-------
Table 111-10
Preparation Methods
Methods Analysis Procedure Waste Matrix
3010 ICP. FLAA Aqueous Only
3020 GFAA Aqueous Only
3050 FLAA, ICP, or GFAA Sediment, Sludge, Soil, Filter
Paniculate Material, and Filter
from Stack Sampling Train
3040* ICP or FLAA Oils, Greases, or Waxes
'Method 3040 is only recommended for virgin oils or clean used oils. It is not recommended for oils
that contain emulsions and particulates. Until EPA's microwave digestion technique is available,
use the HNO3/H2O2 combination and procedure from Method 3050 in a condenser rig similar to that
used in the old Method 3030 for used or dirty oils. Methods 3010 and 3020 can be used for volatile
solvents if the solvent is first carefully evaporated, and the volume replaced with water before
completing the procedure.
ICP - Inductively Coupled Plasma Emission Spectroscopy
GFAA - Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption
FLAA - Flame Atomic Absorption
Source: EPA 1986.
Appendix 111-21
-------
Table 111-11
Analysis Methods
Sample
Sampling
Procedure
Constituent
Analysis
Method
Flue Gas
EPA Method 5
Multiple Metals Train
EPA Method 108
EPA Method 104
EPA Method 101A
Particulates
Total Metals*
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium(Total)
Chromium(VI)
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
See methods listed below
7041
7060b, 7061b
6010,7080
6010,7090, 7091
6010,7130,7131
6010, 7190, 7191
7195-7198a
6010,7420,7421
7470b, 7471°
6010,7760°
6010,7841
Other Samples" Composite Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
ChromiumfTotal)
Chromium(VI)
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
7040
7060b,7061b
6010,7080
6010,7090,7091
6010,7130, 7131
6010. 7190, 7191
71 95-71 98a
6010, 7420, 7421
7470b, 7471 c
6010, 7760C
6010,7841
* Validation studies indicate Method 101A may have to be run to analyze mercury.
a These chromium(VI) methods are for aqueous matrices only.
b This method includes digestion for aqueous matrices (no digestion method from Table 111-12 is
necessary).
c This method include digestion for all matrices (no digestion method from Table 111-12 is
necessary).
d Includes waste feed, bottom ash, and scrubber liquor.
Source: EPA 1986.
Appendix 111-22
-------
REFERENCES
Auer, A., H., F., Correlation of land use and cover with meteorological anomalies.
Journal of applied meteorology. Vol. 17, pp. 636-643, May 1978.
Barton, R., G., Energy and Environment Research Corporation, Memoranda of
October 19 and 25,1988, on APCD efficiencies, to Dwight Hlustick, Office
of Solid Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.
Bonner, T., et al. Monsanto Research Corporation. 1981. Hazardous waste
incineration engineering. Park Ridge, N.J.: Noyes Data Corporation.
Frankel, L 1987a (January 16). Versar Inc. Attachment A: Operating and design
parameters.for the major air pollution control devices used on hazardous
waste incinerator systems. Memorandum to Marc Turgeon. Office of Solid
Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Frankel, I. 1987b (February 19). Versar Inc. Table 2-5. Fate of selected elements
included as constituents of wastes fed to the hazardous waste incinerator at
Biebesheim, W. Germany. Memorandum to Marc Turgeon. Office of
Solid Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Frankel, I. 1987c (May 28). Personal conversation. Versar Inc. Springfield, Va.
Johnson, L. 1987 (July 7). Recommended sampling train for multiple metals
determination. Memorandum to "addressees." U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory.
Research Triangle Park, N.C.
Perry, R., and Chilton, C. 1973. Chemical engineers' handbook. 5th ed. New
York, N.Y.: McGraw-Hill Book Company.
REA. 1978. Research and Education Association. Modem pollution control
technology. Vol. I. Air pollution control. New York, N.Y.
Theodore and Buonicore, Eds. 1984. Air pollution control equipment, selection.
design, operation and maintenance. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc.
USEPA. 1977. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards. Guidelines for air quality maintenance planning
and analysis - Vol. 10 (Revised) - Procedures for evaluating air quality
impact of new stationary sources. EPA-450/3-77-001. Research Triangle
Park, N.C.
USEPA. 1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards. Guideline on air quality models (Revised).
EPA-450/2-78-027R. Research Triangle Park, N.C.
Appendix 111-23
-------
USEPA. 1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
Development. Permitting hazardous waste incinerators: A workshop for
hazardous waste incinerator permit writers, inspectors, and operators.
USEPA. 1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste.
Test methods for evaluating solid wastes: Physical/chemical method, EPA
SW-846. Srded.
USEPA. 1987. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Background document
supporting the control of emissions of metals and hydrogen chloride from
hazardous waste incinerators. To be published.
Appendix 111-24
-------
Appendix IV
Worksheets for Permitters' Use
-------
Instructions for Completing WORKSHEET 1
These instructions provide guidance for filling out WORKSHEET 1, which requires information on incinerator
units, incinerator stacks, and metal and chlorine feed rates by feed system for each incinerator unit.
The form is divided into three sections. Section I requests general reference information, Section II
requests site information, and Section III requests desired maximum metal and chlorine feed rates.
The requested metal and chlorine feed rates in Section III must be specified for all the feed systems to the
incinerator.
I. Reference information
The facility name, address, phone number, and date are requested for the permit writer's
recordkeeping information.
A. Facility name
B. Address
C. Phone number
D. Date of submission
II. Site Information
This section is divided into three categories: stack parameters, terrain parameters, and dimensions of
nearby buildings. These data should be provided separately for each incinerator on the site. The form
contains space for five separate incinerator units. If there are more than five units on the site, the
applicant should attach additional sheets with the requested parameters for these units.
A. Stack parameters
The following parameters are required for the stack through which the incinerator unit in question
releases, even if other non-incinerator units are connected to the same stack. -
1. Stack height
This is the height in meters of the stack above the base elevation (not the height above sea
level).
If the stack is on top of a building, the reported height should be the height of the building
plus the height of the stack, so that this value will be the height above the base elevation.
2. Exhaust temperature
This is the exit gas temperature of the plume in degrees Kelvin.
3. Inner stack diameter
This is the inner diameter of the stack at the exit point (top of stack) in meters, i.e., do not
include the thickness of the stack walls.
4. Exit velocity
This is the velocity of the plume in meters per second as it exits the stack in question.
5. Flow rate
This is the exit flow rate of the plume in cubic meters per second. This parameter is not
necessary if the inner stack diameter and exit velocity are given. Those parameters are
preferable over the flow rate, but if they are unavailable, then the exit flow rate is
acceptable.
6. Latitude/Longitude or UTMs
These are the coordinates of the stack in question. If these coordinates are not readily
available, they may be obtained using the following method.
Locate each stack on a U. S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographical map and read from
the map axes the latitude/longitude coordinates in degrees/minutes/seconds and the UTM
coordinates to the nearest tenth of a kilometer.
B. Terrain parameters
The required terrain parameters are determined using the maximum terrain rise from a
Appendix IV-1
-------
topographic map; the terrain rise is measured out to a 5-km radius from the location of the
source. The United States Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5 minute map is recommended. A
discussion of the rationale for the 5-km distance is provided in Appendix l(a) of the Metals
Guidance Document.
1. Maximum terrain rise (meters)
The maximum terrain rise (in meters) occurring within the following three distance ranges
from the source is required:
0 - 0.5 km
0 - iS km
0 - 5.0 km.
The terrain rise is obtained from reading the topographic lines off of the map (converting
from feet to meters).
2. Shortest distance to fenceline (meters)
This is the distance to the facility property boundary closest to the source. If residences
are located within the plant boundaries, then this parameter should be the distance to the
nearest residence.
C. Dimensions of nearby buildings
All structures within 5 building heights or 5 projected maximum building widths of the stack(s)
should be identified, including structures outside the plant boundary.
1. Distance from stack (meters)
2. Distance from nearest fenceline (meters)
3. Building height (meters)
4. Building length (meters)
5. Building width (meters)
In addition, each such structure should be clearly identified on a site map.
Requested maximum metal and chlorine feed rates
The feed rates provided here should be the maximum metal and chlorine feed rates ever expected to
the system, shown separately by feed system. If waste blending is performed, the data in this
section should reflect the resulting waste stream after blending. These feed rates will be written into
the permit provided they pass the risk screening. The applicant must attach copies of any supporting
documentation of the waste feed rate calculations.
The feed rates must be provided separately for each feed system to the incinerator to allow more
flexibility in adjusting feed rates if the risk levels are unacceptable (see attached diagram ). Some
examples of waste feed systems include:
• Ram feed (solids)
• Conveyor feed (solids)
• Liquid injection (liquids)
• Liquid or fuel injection to afterburner (liquids).
Appendix IV-2
-------
Feed System 2
Liquid Injection
Feed System 1
Solids
1
ROTARY
KILN
t
Feed System 3
Sludge
Feed System 4 STACK
Liquid Injection
i
AFTER-
BURNER
I
DIAGRAM OF FEED SYSTEMS
Appendix IV-3
-------
«F *
.
«•
^^
O
a
33i-A 2 ^'O'o ^ ^ 5w5 3<5* w»i2-'2-s-s-5S
Z— i fi ^ - « -5 i *"£ -JgQ^'Scnl
S< 5 -S«i3"- 5 | S g icxi (D(n" ^
?:2 •* ""-lo ^5 eS<2 co-»r-,
at 2 oiu £«-»a' 2x o2^ -
^L ff h» (^ X w W (Q ^ C U? -«^
iuS — ,^UJS i?2 wj-SQ -S
!? O (/)">• ^~ Q- -
C.. v* f\j : • _:^^- ^
. z
CM
C
Appendix IV-4
-------
o
.S
c
I
3
*
U)
-------
c «
«< o
LU
r
en
*
cc
O
3
3 O)
« Q.E
o *? ">
2J=
w >•
•^5
>- 'o
. O ro
en
c
_0
<3
b
o
Consid
"Z
t_
0
0
O
ise,
followed.
w 2
« •*
21
0,5
••5 v>
Q> O>
"Q C
|1
1^
^.?
P* S
•5 s
_ o
4) S5
S5
o5
LU S
t
0
T3
O
>,
13
3
w
•J
<.
c
0
1
"3
2
P
4
<
CL
LU
sector
o —
2L2
Wl •—
§2
•°
Q- o
o> &
u o
(U m
w ^
15 ~
'o nj
;•«
a. ®
^* ^K
CO ra
C\j
O
z
o
(0
LL.
LU
Q
O
2
Aooendix IV-6
-------
CM
LU
LU
z
c/j
o
be Presented
o
flj
w
2
"c
± H~ S O
§c
w
H
lical monitoring station
OJ en
The rationale for selection of the meteorolo
including a map showing alternative station;
sources and structures'
OJ
"o
g
f3
o
o
05
£
O)
1
to
Q.
o:
1
_g
2
'to
<
03
U
O
to
O
OJ
o>
o
Building dimensions for structures adjacent
X
in
o
?
T3
1
"o
.2>
03
X
in
c
£
I
to
CT
2
u
OJ
"o
c
2
|
to
03
03
03
O
be applied: if the distance from a stack to Ui
ie building dimensions should be provided
•o —
3 jf
5^
-1
§1
"5 u
o 52.
o o
.5 Q.
is
-2 6
Appendix IV-7
-------
01
in
tn
oi
o
2
O
cc
u
c
o
E
u
c
o
U
3
E
o
Q
U
JC
JO
^
u
c
o
O
E
u
c
0
0
JC
If:
CC
r:
3
Pollutant |
CO CO CO CM
o o o o
UJ UJ LU LU
co -
-------
01
01
z
CO
^
OC
o
«
^r
2 a
to |-
^ 'o
o re
in (/)
O m DC
0 ?
O
CO
o [
0 =
O
CO
en
o> [
0
CO
U
c
o
o
J 2
u
(J
JO
r , ,
U
c
o
u
CM J2
o tjj OC
1s «
& 0
O
JC
a> m OC
0 3
3 °
o c
CO 3
u
trcinogen
ition
O .J-J
each non
El concen
^^
f* ^9
.is
5 o
c -S,N
q> -S O
y 2 ^
0 ^^
o S W ^M
si
c
n
3
0
Q.
CO O OT CO CO CO -JT- ST
_; 10 o ^ ^ •— .
e" £ "2 S" 5 S'O
0 -g S 3 -2 .2 X
|a-|»|
•J
(O
Appendix IV-9
-------
Appendix V
Hazardous Waste Combustion Air Quality Screening Procedure for RCRA Permit Writers
(DRAFT)
Revised 12/29/88
-------
Introduction
The purpose of this screening methodology is to provide a fast, easy method for
estimating maximum short-term (hourly and 3-minute averages) and annual average
ambient air impacts associated with the burning of metal bearing hazardous waste. The
methodology is conservative in nature and estimates dispersion coefficients1 of a selected
number of pollutants.
The emission limits to control metals and HC1 impacts from the combustion of
hazardous waste are risk-based limits. The applicant must show that the risk to the MEI
does not exceed 10-5 for carcinogens and the reference air concentrations (RACs) are not
exceeded for noncarcinogens. The Tier I and II tables shown in the Metal Guidance
Document specify feed rate or emission rate limitations needed to conservatively meet these
risk criteria. These tables are based on back-calculating limits using information on worst
case modeling scenarios for 26 real and hypothetical incinerators. If an applicant fails to
meet the Tier I and Tier n limits, two alternatives are available. (1) Site-specific dispersion
modeling (Tier in) can be done or (2) this air quality screening procedure can be used.
There are two advantages to using the screening procedure that can result in a
reduction of the cost and time to permit a facility.
• The need to conduct site specific detailed dispersion modeling can be waived if
the screening procedure shows that the MEI risk does not exceed 10"5 for
carcinogens and the RACs are not exceeded.
• For those sites when the nearest meteorological (STAR) station is not
representative of the meteorology at the site, this procedure can be used for
determining emission limits. If this screen shows that the emissions from the
site are adequately protective (i.e., risk is less than 1O5), then the need to
collect site-specific meteorological data could be waived.
The screening procedure is likely to be most helpful for facilities with (1) multiple
stacks, (2) large distances from the incinerator stack(s) to the site boundary, and (3)
complex terrain within 1 to 5 kilometers from the incinerator stack(s).
In this report the term dispersion coefficient refers to normalized concentrations, i.e., ambient air
concentrations (ug/m3) resulting from a source with an emission rate of 1 g/sec.
Appendix V-l
-------
If, by using this screening procedure, it can be demonstrated that the regulatory
short-term and long-term risk criteria (10~5 and RACs) can be met, then this could eliminate
the need for additional modeling. If, on the other hand, the procedure reveals that risks in
excess of 10'5 may occur for those pollutants under evaluation then more in-depth
modeling would be required.
Figure 1 shows a flow chart of the screening process described in this
methodology.
Appendix V-2
-------
FLOW CHART FOR SCREENING PROCEDURE
Figure 1
Appendix V-3
-------
The steps involved in the screening methodology are as follows:
Step 1 Obtain Permit Data
Step 2 Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure
Step 3 Select the Worst-Case Stack
Step 4 Verify Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria
Step 5 Determine the Effective Stack Height and Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack
Height
Step 6 Classify the Site as Urban or Rural
Step 7 Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients
Step 8 Estimate Maximum Ambient Air Concentrations
Step 9 Determine Compliance with Regulatory Limits
Step 10 Multiple Stack Method
The remainder of this section describes.these steps in greater detail. The Appendix
presents the theory and data on which the methodology is based. Key terms are defined in
Section , while Section contains several examples of the application of this
screening procedure. These sections are being developed.
Step 1: Obtain Permit Data
The data needed for this step is taken from the data submitted for WORKSHEET 1
of Appendix IV of the Metals Guidance Document
Complete the following table for the source:2
2 Worksheet space is provided for three stacks. If the facility under review has additional stacks, they
should be included in the analysis.
Appendix V-4
-------
Stack Data
Stack No. 1 Stack No.2 Stack No.3
Physical stack height (m) .
Exhaust temperature (K)
Flow rate (m^/sec)
Site Data
Minimum distance from stack(s) to property boundary (m)
Maximum terrain rise (for three distance ranges):
(Not required if the highest stack is less than 10 meters in height)
.(m) (m) (m)
0-0.5 km 0-2.5 km 0-5 km
Nearby Building Dimensions:
Consider all buildings within five building heights or five maximum projected widths of the stack(s).
From this group, select the building with the greatest height and fill in the spaces below.
Building height (m)
Maximum projected building width (m)
Distance from facility to nearest shoreline (km)
Valley width (km)
Appendix V-5
-------
Emissions Data3
Stack #
Pollutant
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Hydrogen Chloride
Annual average
emission rate
(g/sec)
Maximum 3-minute
emission rate
(g/sec)
For facilities that do not have emissions data from a trial bum, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
to estimate emission rates.
Appendix V-6
-------
Emissions Data4
Stack #
Pollutant
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Hydrogen Chloride
Annual average
emission rate
(g/sec)
Maximum 3-minute
emission rate
(g/sec)
For faciliu'es that do not have emissions data from a trial bum, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
to estimate emission rates.
Appendix V-7
-------
Emissions Data5
Stack #
Pollutant
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Hydrogen Chloride
Annual average
emission rate
(g/sec)
Maximum 3-minute
emission rate
(g/sec)
For facilities that do not have emissions data from a trial burn, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
to estimate emission rates.
Appendix V-8
-------
2
03
to
I
03
2
3
c
c
£
3
'x
03
O
2
53
E
o
(A
O
I
LU
Is
"5
(A
CO
£
03
(O
O)
03
CD
CO
C
c
03
O
CL
C
o
E
£
« E = ji
CO
vt
03
ffi
CD
ffl
I
I
03
O
>s
h_
O
CD =
* 5 O
CO I- X
Appendix V-9
-------
Step 2: Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure
For each application of this screening procedure, the user must consider: (1) the
acceptability of using the procedure for the facility under review, (i.e., are the dispersion
coefficient sufficiently conservative6), and (2) the likelihood that the procedure may reduce
the degree of conservatism and allow greater emissions compared to the limits tabulated in
Tiers I and IL Both conditions must be satisfied in order for the screening procedure to be
most useful.
(A) Acceptability of the Screening Procedure for a Specific Site.
Fill in the following data to evaluate this condition:
Yes
Is the facility in a Valley >1 km in width ?
Is the terrain rise within 1 km of the facility
less than the physical stack height of
the tallest stack?
(Only applies to stacks ^20 meters in height)
Is the distance to nearest shoreline >5 km
(Only applies to facilities with stacks > 20 meters
in height)
Is the closest property boundary >5 times
the building height and >5 times the
maximum projected building width?7
(Only applies to facilities with a stack height
< 2.5 times the building height)
If the answer is yes to all of the preceding questions that are relevant to the facility ,
then the screening procedure is acceptable pending concurrence with these results by
regional meteorologist or the Permit Assistance Team (PAT). Proceed to the next step to
The term conservative in this procedure means that concentrations and risks tend to be
overestimated rather than underestimated.
Refer to the building selected in Step 1.
Appendix V-10
-------
determine whether the screening procedure is likely to allow higher emission rates than
Tiers I and n for the facility under review.
(B) Applications Most Likely to Benefit from the Screening Procedure.
In some circumstances the screening procedure can be more restrictive than Tier I
and n. Under the following conditions, however, the screening procedure should be less
restrictive, while still ensuring that the risk does not exceed 10'5 for the MEL Under these
conditions the screen is most useful.8
The following table should be completed to evaluate whether the screening
procedure would be less restrictive. An affirmative response to any of the questions below
indicates that the screen should be of benefit.
Yes
The facility has multiple stacks with sub-
substantially different release specifications
(e.g., stack heights differ by >50 percent,
exit temperatures differ by >50 K, or exit flow
rates differ by more than a factor of 2).
The terrain does not reach physical stack height
within 1 km of the incinerator, when the stack is
greater than 20 m high and is in complex terrain9.
The distance to the nearest facility boundary
is greater than the distance shown in the Table 1
below for the specified land use and the terrain
adjusted effective stack height of worst-case stack.10
8 Using the screening procedure is perhaps most advantageous for sites located in complex terrain
and other areas.where representative meteorological data are unavailable. If any one of the
conditions shown in Step 2(B) is met and subsequent estimates of ambient concentrations are
shown to be below the risk criteria, then the loss of time (such as 1 to 1.5 years) and the high cost
(such as 550,000 to 5100,000) to collect and process a meteorological data set could be waived by
the permit writer with the concurrence of the Regional meteorologists or the PAT.
9 Complex terrain refers to to applications where the maximum terrain rise within 5 kilometers of a
facility exceeds the physical height of the facility's shortest stack.
10 Refer to Step 5.
Appendix V-ll
-------
Table 1
Terrain adjusted effective Distance
stack height (m)
range (m) Urban Rural
1 to 9.9
10 to 14.9
15 to 19.9
20 to 24.9
25 to 30.9
31 to 41 .9
42 to 52.9
53 to 64.9
65 to 112.9
113+
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
300
400
700
200
250
250
350
450
550
800
1000
1200
2500
If the answer is yes to any of the questions above that are relevant to the facility
under review, then this screen is likely to allow higher emissions than Tiers I and II.
However, if the answer to all of the above questions is no, then this procedure may not
allow higher emissions than Tiers I and II (i.e., may not be less conservative). The
permit reviewer may now proceed to Steps 3 through 9.
Step 3: Select the Worst-Case Stack
If the facility has several incinerator stacks, a worst-case stack must be chosen to
conservatively represent release conditions at the facility. Follow the steps below to
identify the worst case-stack.
Appendix V-12
-------
Apply the following equation to each stack:
K-HVT
where:
K - an artitrary parameter accounting for the relative influence of the stack height
and plume rise.
H - Physical stack height (m)
V - Flow rate (rr^/sec)
T * Exhaust temperature (Kelvin).
Complete the following table to compute "K" values for each stack:
Stack No. Stack height x Flow rate x Exit temp. = K
(m) (rrAsec) (Kelvin)
Circle the stack with the lowest "K" value. This is the worst-case stack that will be
used for Steps 4 through 9.
Step 4: Verify Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria
Confirm that the selected worst-case stack meets Good Engineering Practice (GEP)
criteria. The stack height to be used in the subsequent steps of this procedure must not be
greater than the maximum GEP.
Maximum and minimum GEP stack heights are defined as follows:
GEP (minimum) = H + (1.5 x L)
Appendix V-13
-------
GEP (maximum) » greater of 65 m or H + (1.5 x L)
where:
H - Height of a nearby structure measured from ground level elevation at
the base of the stack (refer to the building selected in Step 1)
L » The lesser dimension of the height or projected width of a nearby
structure.(refer to the building selected in Step 1)
Record the following data:
Stack height (m) »
H(m)
L(m) =
Then compute the following:
GEP (minimum) (m) -
GEP (maximum) (m) -
If the physical height of the worst-case stack exceeds the maximum GEP, then use
the maximum GEP stack height for the subsequent steps of this analysis.
If the physical height of the worst case-stack is less than the minimum GEP, then
use generic source number 11 as the selected source for further analysis and proceed
directly to Step 6.
If the physical height of the worst case-stack is between the minimum and
maximum GEP, then use the actual physical stack height for the subsequent steps of this
analysis.
Appendix V-14
-------
Step 5: Determine the Effective Stack Height and the Terrain Adjusted
Effective Stack Height
The effective stack height (i.e., the height of the effluent release) is an important
factor in air pollution modeling. The effective stack height is the physical height of the
stack plus plume rise. As specified in Step 4, the stack height used to estimate the effective
stack height must not exceed GEP requirements. Plume rise is a function of the stack exit
gas temperature and flow rate. In this analysis, the effective stack height is used to select
the generic source that represents the dispersion characteristics of the facility under study.
For facilities located in flat terrain and for all facilities with worst case stacks less than or
equal to 10 meters in height, generic sources are selected strictly on the basis of effective
stack height. In all other cases, the effective stack height is further adjusted to take into
account the terrain rise within the vicinity of the facility (Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack
Height). The "terrain adjusted effective stack height" is then used to select the generic
source that represents the dispersion characteristics of the facility.
Follow the steps below to identify the effective stack height, the terrain effective
stack height (where applicable) and the corresponding generic source number.
(A) Go to Table 2 and find the plume rise value corresponding to the stack
temperature and exit flow rate for the worst case stack determined in Step 3.
Plume rise - (m)
(B) Add the plume rise to the physical stack height of the worst-case stack to
determine the effective stack height
Stack Height (m)11 + Plume Rise (m) = Effective Stack Height (m)
11 As shown in Step 4(A), stack height should be set to maximum GEP stack height if the physical
stack height exceeds GEP.
Appendix V-15
-------
Tabto2
Plum* Rlsa Valuas (m) vs. Stack Parameters
Flow Rate'
(m3/sec)
<0.5
0.5-0.9
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
5.0-7.4
7.5-9.9
10.0-12.4
12.5-14.9
15.0-19.9
20.0-24.9
25.0-29.9
30.0-34.9
35.0-39.9
40.0-49.9
50.0-59.9
60.0-69.9
>69.9
Exhaust Temperature (K)
<325
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
16
18
325-
349
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
15
18
20
350-
399
0
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
7
6
9
11
13
15
17
19
22
26
29
400-
449
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
13
17
20
22
25
28
33
38
42
450-
499
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
10
12
14
16
20
24
27
31
34
40
45
49
500-
599
1
1
2
4
6
7
8
11
14
16
19
23
27
31
35
39
44
50
54
600-
699
1
2
3
5
7
8
10
13
16
19
22
27
32
37
41
44
50
56
62
700-
799
1
2
3
5
7
9
11
14
18
21
24
30
35
40
44
48
55
61
67
800-
999
1
2
3
6
3
10
11
15
19
22
26
32
38
42
46
50
57
64
70
1000
1499
1
3
4
6
3
10
12
17
21
24
23
35
41
45
50
54
61
68
75
>1499
1
2
4
7
9
11
13
18
23
27
31
38
44
49
54
58
66
74
81
(1) Using the given stack exit flow rate and gas temperature,
find the corresponding plume rise value from the above table.
(2) Add the physical stack height to the corresponding plume rise values
[effective stack height - physical stack height + plume rise].
'Plume rise is a function of buoyancy and momentum which are in turn
functions of flow rate, not simply exit velocity. Flow Rate is defined
as the inner cross-sectional area of the stack multiplied by the exit
velocity of the stack gases.
Appendix V-16
-------
(C) Go to the first column of Table 3 and identify the range of effective stack
heights that includes the effective stack height estimated in Step 5(B). Identify the generic
source number that corresponds to this range. For all facilities where the physical height of
the worst-case stack is less than the minimum GEP, generic source number 11 should be
used.
Table 3
Effective Stack Height
(m)
<10.0
10.0- 14.9
15.0- 19.9
20.0 - 24.9
25.0 - 30.9
31.0-41.9
42.0 - 52.9
53.0 - 64.9
65.0-112.9
113.0+
Downwash Source
Generic Source No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
(D) The generic source number (without terrain adjustment) identified by the
preceding step will be used in subsequent steps of this procedure. Record the generic
source number below.
Generic source number» .
(E) If the source is located in flat terrain 12 , if the physical stack height of the
worst case stack is less than or equal to 10 meters13, or if the generic source number
identified in Step 5(D) above is 1 or 11 (regardless of terrain classification) then the
effective stack height will not be adjusted to account for terrain. If either of the above
conditions are met, use the generic source number determined in Step 5(D) and proceed
directly to Step 6. Otherwise, continue through the remainder of this step.
12 Flat terrain is defined in this report as follows: If the maximum terrain rise wiihin 5 kilometers of
the facility is less than 10 percent of the physical stack height of the worst-case stack, the location
is considered to be flat and terrain adjustment factors will not be considered.
13 This condition applies regardless of terrain characteristics.
Appendix V-17
-------
Use the following calculation to identify flat areas.
Terrain Rise (m)
Physical Worst-Case Stack Height (m) =
If the value is less than 10 percent then the source is in flat terrain.
(F) For those situations where the conditions of Step 5(E) do not apply, the
effective stack height must be adjusted for terrain. The terrain adjusted effective stack
height (TAESH) is computed by subtracting the terrain rise for each distance range from the
effective stack height (identified in Step 5(B)). Complete the following table to estimate the
terrain adjusted effective stack height.:
Distance Range
(m)
0 - 0.5 km
0.6 - 2.5 km
2 6 - 5.0 km
Effective Stack
Height (m)14
Maximum Terrain
Rise (m)15
max. terrain rise (0 - 0.5 km)
max. terrain rise (0 - 2.5 km)
max. terrain rise (0 - 5.0 km)
TAESH(m)
If the terrain rise for any of the distance ranges is greater than the effective stack
height, set the terrain adjusted effective stack height (TAESH) equal to zero and use
generic source number 1 for that distance range.
(G) Table 3 (which is repeated below for convenience) displays ranges of effective
release heights for the 11 generic sources. For each distance range, circle the generic
source that contains the terrain adjusted effective stack height (TAESH) and identify the
corresponding generic source. Record this information in the space provided. These
14 In this analysis, the effective stack height is considered to be constant across each distance range.
The effective stack height was determined in Step 5(B). In most cases, however, the maximum
terrain rise will vary for each distance range.
15 The distance ranges used to identify maximum terrain rise are 0-0.5, 0-2.5, and 0-5.0. These
ranges correspond to the data requirements of WORKSHEET 1. Consideration of the maximum
terrain rise from the release point to the outer edge of each distance range must be specified to
ensure that dispersion in complex terrain situations are conservatively treated. This procedure is
particularly needed for those situations where the maximum terrain rise is lower in the outer
distance ranges than in the distance ranges closer to the source.
Appendix V-18
-------
generic source numbers will be used in the subsequent steps of this analysis (in lieu of the
generic source initially determined in Step 5(D)).
Tab la 3
Terrain adjusted
effective stack height
(m)
<10.0
10.0- 14.9
15.0- 19.9
20.0 - 24.9
25.0 - 30.9
31.0-41.9
42.0 - 52.9
53.0 - 64.9
65.0-112.9
113.0+
Downwash Source
Generic source No.
Record the generic source numbers in the following spaces:
Distance Range
(km)
Generic source No.
(after terrain adjustment)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 - 0.5
0.6 - 2.5
2.6 - 5.0
The dispersion coefficients estimated in this screening procedure are a function not
only of generic source number, but also urban/rural classification. Step 6 present guidance
for estimating urban/rural classification.
Step 6: Classify the Site as Urban or Rural
To utilize this screening procedure, the user must classify the land area within a 3-
kilometer radius of the facility as either urban or rural. This classification can be made
using the simplified procedure shown in Appendix I of the Metals Guidance Document.
Appendix V-19
-------
The steps for this classification procedure are presented below. The user should document
the classification procedure in the spaces provided. :
1. Determine the percentage of urban land use types (as defined in Appendix I) that
fall within 3 kilometers of the facility.
Method Used to Estimate Percent Urban Visual Planimeter
Land Use(check applicable space)
2. Determine the percentage of the land use that is urban by multiplying the ratio of
the urban area to the area of the 3-kilometer circle by 100. The remaining
percentage is considered rural.
Estimated Percentages Urban Rural
(check applicable spaces)
3. If the urban land use percentage is less than or equal to 30 percent based on a
visual estimate (or 50 percent if based on a planimeter), use the rural tables in Tab
B.
If the urban land use percentage (as defined in Appendix I) is greater than 30
percent (or 50 percent based on planimeter measurements), the most
conservative (lower) value between the urban and rural screening tables (Tables
3 and 4) should be used, or the standard Auer land use technique should be
applied (Auer 1978, EPA 1986 Guideline on Air Quality Models).
Classification Urban Rural
(check applicable space)
Step 7: Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients
(A) Select dispersion coefficients.
Based on the results of Step 6, select either Table 4 (urban) or Table 5 (rural) to be
used to identify dispersion coefficients.
Appendix V-20
-------
Table 4
ISCST Predicted Maximum Concentrations (jig/m3)*
for Hazardous Waste Incinerators Using Urban Conditions
Genetic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic
Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source
DISTANCE fl « 13 *4 * * *7 * # rid *11
(KM) (<10M) (10 M) (15 Ml (20 Ml (25 M) (31 Ml (42 M) (53 Ml (65 M) (113 Ml (Downwash)
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.35
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
500
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
2000
680.1
521.9
407.7
326.2
268.5
240.8
218.5
200.3
185.1
172.2
161.2
151.6
143.2
135.8
129.2
123.3
118.0
108.8
101.1
94.6
89.0
84.1
79.8
76.0
72.7
69.6
66.9
61.1
56.4
52.6
49.3
40.2
345
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
150
517.5
418.2
351.7
304.2
268.5
240.7
218.5
200.3
185.1
172.2
161.2
151.6
143.2
135.8
129.2
123.3
118.0
108.8
101.1
94.6
89.0
84.1
79.8
76.0
72.7
69.6
66.9
61.1
564
52.6
49.3
40.2
345
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.3
22.3
17.6
15.0
368.7
303.7
256.2
221.6
195.6
175.4
159.2
145.9
134.9
125.5
117.4
110.5
104.4
99.0
94.2
89.9
86.0
79.3
73.7
68.9
64.8
61.3
582
55.4
53.0
50.7
48.3
44.5
41. f
38.3
3S.9
29.3
252
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
150
268.7
232.6
199.0
172.7
152.5
136.7
1241
113.8
105.1
97.8
91.6
86.1
81.4
772
73.4
70.1
67.0
61.8
57.4
53.7
50.6
47.8
45.4
43.2
41.3
39.6
38.0
34.7
32.1
29.9
28.0
22.8
196
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.3
22.3
17.6
15.0
168.5
163.0
147.0
130.2
115.7
103.9
944
86.5
80.0
74.4
69.6
65.5
61.9
58.7
55.8
53.3
51.0
47.0
43.7
40.9
38.5
36.3
34.5
32.9
31.4
30.1
28.9
26.4
244
22.7
21.3
17.4
149
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
150
129.8
124.2
118.3
107.9
97.1
87.6
79.7
73.1
67.6
62.9
58.9
55.4
52.3
49.6
47.2
45.0
43.1
39.7
36.9
34.5
32.S
30.7
29.2
27.8
26.5
25.4
24.4
22.3
20.6
19.2
18.0
14.7
12.6
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
63.4
67.6
63.5
60.8
59.6
56.6
52.9
49.2
45.3
42.7
40.1
37.7
35.6
33.8
32.1
30.7
29.4
27.1
25.2
23.5
22.1
20.9
19.9
18.9
18.1
17.3
16.7
15.2
140
13.1
1Z3
10.0
86
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
150
30.1
38.5
41.5
40.5
37.8
37.2
367
35.4
33.3
32.0
30.2
28.6
27.1
25.7
24.5
23.4
22.4
20.6
19.2
18.0
16.9
16.0
15.2
14.4
13.8
13.2
12.7
11.6
10.7
10.0
9.4
76
66
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
18.4
19.8
25.0
27.3
27.4
26.3
247
245
24.3
23.7
22.9
22.0
21.1
20.2
19.3
18.5
17.7
16.4
15.2
14.2
13.4
12.7
12.0
11.4
10.9
10.5
10.1
9.2
85
7.9
7.4
6.1
52
30.7
278
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
1.6
32
42
5.4
5.8
5.8
58
6.6
7.1
7.4
75
7.5
7.4
7.2
70
6.3
6.5
6.5
6.4
6.3
6.1
5.9
5.6
5.4
5.2
5.0
48
4.4
41
3.8
3.6
2.9
2.5
30.7
278
25.5
23.8
22.3
176
150
662.3
500.0
389.3
311.9
263.5
240.8
2185
200.3
185.1
172.2
161.2
151.6
143.2
135.8
129.2
123.3
118.0
1088
101.1
946
39,0
84.1
79.8
76.0
72.7
69.6
66.9
61.1
564
52.6
49.3
40.2
345
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
176
150
' BASED ON A 1 GRAr-VSECOND EMISSION RATE
Appendix V-21
-------
Table 5
ISCST Predicted Maximum Concentrations (ng/m3)'
for Hazardous Waste Incinerators Using Rural Conditions
Ganenc Genenc Generic Generic Generic Generic Generic Genenc Genenc Genenc Genenc
Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source Source
DISTANCE *1 * « * * * *7 « » #10 f 1 1
(KM) (<10M) (10 M) (15 M) (20 Ml (25 M) (31 M) (42 M) (53 Ml (65 M) (113M) (Downwash)
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
O.S5
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
2000
1771.1
1310.6
1002.3
798.4
656.9
621.5
6335
630.1
616.6
596.7
573.2
546.9
520.9
495.7
471.5
448.5
426.8
387.5
353.1
323.0
296.6
273.3
252.7
234.5
218.3
203.7
190.7
1644
1437
127.0
113.4
78.8
59.1
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
15.9
670.3
678.4
629.2
569.6
516.5
471.1
432.4
399.2
370.4
345.4
323.4
304.0
286.3
271.5
2578
245.4
2345
214.7
198.4
189.6
1822
1746
167.0
159.6
152.4
145.6
139.1
124.5
112.1
101.5
92.4
67.3
546
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
159
308.6
316.9
303.4
282.3
278.7
277.6
272.0
263.8
254.0
243.6
232.9
222.3
212.1
202.4
193.3
184.7
176.8
162.5
150.3
139.9
130.8
122.9
115.9
109.7
104.1
99.1
94.6
85.1
773
70.9
65.6
S0.6
41 4
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
15.9
176.8
183.6
199.1
200.7
194.4
184.3
172.7
168.0
169.1
168.1
1656
162.0
1577
153.0
148.1
143.1
138.1
1282
119.3
111.5
1045
98.3
92.3
87.9
83.5
79.5
75.9
68.3
62.1
56.9
52.6
40.6
332
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
159
102.8
104.6
100.4
117.0
1252
1275
125.7
121.6
116.2
110.3
1045
98.3
983
99.0
98.6
97.6
96.3
91.9
87.4
82.9
78.7
74.7
71.0
67.6
64.4
61.5
58.8
53.0
482
44.3
40.9
31.6
253
46.7
40.4
35.3
322
29.4
20.5
159
76.5
71.8
75.0
71.1
82.7
89.7
929
93.3
91.8
89.2
85.3
822
78.5
74.9
71.4
72.3
72.6
71.1
69.1
66.7
64.2
61.6
59.1
56.7
54.3
52.1
50.0
45.4
41 4
38.1
35.2
27.2
222
46.7
40.4
35.3
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
23.0
38.0
39.7
36.3
352
35.6
344
38.6
42.6
45.3
47.0
47.7
473
474
466
45.6
44.4
41.3
39.1
36.6
34.3
32.3
31.8
31.6
31.3
30.9
30.4
28.9
272
256
24.0
19.0
156
46.7
40.4
353
32.2
29.4
20.5
159
10.1
17.6
24.0
25.9
24.6
21 7
216
22.1
21.7
20.9
23.3
25.5
271
28.3
29.1
29.6
29.8
29.5
28.6
27.5
26.2
249
23.6
22.5
21.4
20.4
19.5
18.1
179
175
170
14.3
12.0
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
159
3.5
7.9
12.6
16.8
18.1
176
15.9
13.6
14.3
14.7
146
143
13.8
15.0
16.3
17.3
18.2
19.3
19.8
19.8
19.5
19.0
13.4
17.7
17.0
16.3
15.7
142
12.9
11 8
11 2
10.4
93
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
159
0.0
02
0.8
1.9
3.1
4.3
5.5
6.5
6.7
6.4
5.9
5.5
5.1
4.7
45
42
4.0
3.9
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.5
5.4
5.2
43
35
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
15.9
1350.8
1227.3
1119.3
1023.8
938.9
351.8
7878
730.6
679.4
633.4
592.0
554.6
522.1
491.8
4642
438.9
415.8
375.0
340.3
310.4
2846
262.0
2422
224.7
211.9
198.4
186.3
1603
140.7
124.5
112.5
783
588
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
15.9
' BASED ON A 1 GRAM/SECOND EMISSION RATE
Appendix V-22
-------
(B) Identify the closest property boundary.
The closest boundary is (m)
(see Step 1 for source data)
(C) Select the maximum average hourly dispersion coefficient.
1. Use the following procedure for sites where the maximum terrain rise is
<10 percent of the physical stack height of the worst-case stack (flat terrain) and for all
sites where generic source numbers 1 or 11 apply (Refer to Step 5(E)). Otherwise,
proceed to Step 7(C)(2).
Use the appropriate table selected in Step 7(A). Begin at the minimum fenceline
distance listed in Step 7(B) and search down the column of the generic source number
selected in Step 5(D). Record the maximum average hourly dispersion coefficient below.16
Maximum Average Hourly Dispersion Coefficient = (ng/m3/g/sec)
2. For rolling or complex terrain sites (excluding generic source number 11):
Use the appropriate table as shown in Step 7(A). Begin at the minimum distance
shown in Step 7(B) and search down the columns that match the generic source numbers
selected in or Step 5(G). Note that different columns may be used for each of the three
distance ranges if there is a need for terrain adjustment
16 For the distance range 6 to 20 kilometers, generic source number 1 is used to conservatively
represent the maximum dispersion coefficient.
Appendix V-23
-------
Distance Range Generic Source No.(s) Maximum Dispersion Coefficient
(km)
Step 5(G)
0.0 - 0.5
0.6 - 2.5
2.6-5.0
6.0 - 20.0 1 46.7
Select the highest maximum average hourly dispersion coefficient from above and
record it in the space provided below.
Maximum Average Hourly Dispersion Coefficient - (ug/m3/g/sec)
(D) Selection of long-term/short-term17 ratio for long-term analysis.
The maximum average annual dispersion coefficient is approximated by multiplying
the maximum hourly dispersion coefficient (identified in Step 7(Q) by the appropriate ratio
selected from Table 5, which follows. Note that the final generic source number(s) (from
Steps 5(D) or 5(G)), urban/rural designation (from Step 6), and complex or noncomplex
terrain designation are used to select the appropriate scaling factor. The following
information is needed to complete this step:
17 In this ratio, long-term refers to an annual time period and short-term refers to an hourly time
period.
Appendix V-24
-------
1. Generic Source Numbers)18 (see Steps 5(D) or 5(G))
Step 5(D)
Distance range Generic source number(s)
0.0 - 5.0
or
Step 5(G) - (nonflat)
0.0 - 0.5
0.6 - 2.5
2.6 - 5.0
2. Terrain Type - Use the noncomplex designation for all sources located in flat
terrain, for all sources where the physical stack height of the worst case stack is less than or
equal to 10 meters (regardless of terrain data), and for those sources where all of the
TAESHs in Step 5(F) are > zero. Use the complex terrain designation if any of the terrain
adjusted stack heights in Step 5(F) is less than or equal to zero. Record the selection
below.
Complex Noncomplex
3. Land Use
(See Step 6) (Urban) (Rural)
18 For those sites with terrain adjustment, generic source numbers for each distance range will be
considered.
Appendix V-25
-------
Table 6
95 th Psrcentile of Long-Term/Short-Term Ratios19
Noncomplex Terrain
Source Urban Rural
Complex Terrain
Source Urban Rural
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0.019
0.033
0.031
0.029
0.028
0.028
0.031 •
0.030
0.029
0.029
0.018
0.014
0.019
0.018
0.017
0.017
0.017
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
.
0.020
0.030
0.051
0.067
0.059
0.036
0.026
0.026
0.017
-
.
0.053
0.057
0.047
0.039
0.034
0.031
0.024
0.024
0.013
-
First select the generic source number and the LT/ST ratio for all stacks, then fill in
the following worksheet
19 Sources with a worst case stack < 10 meters physical height (regardless of the terrain data) are
treated as noncomplex. Therefore, ratios are not provided source numbers 1 and 2 under the
complex terrain column.
Appendix V-26
-------
o
2
K
co
-------
If the facility has only one generic source number, then record the computed LT/ST
ratio in the space provided below. If the facility has multiple generic source numbers, then
record the highest computed LT/ST value in the space provided below.
LT/ST Ratio
Multiply the LT/ST ratio recorded above by the maximum hourly dispersion
coefficient selected in Step 7(C) to estimate the maximum annual dispersion coefficient.
Record this parameter in the space provided below
Maximum Average Annual Dispersion Coefficient (u.g/m3/g/sec)
Step 8: Estimate Maximum Ambient Air Concentrations
Maximum annual average ambient air concentrations are estimated by multiplying
the maximum long-term dispersion coefficient found above (see Steps 7(C) and 7(D)) times
the facility's maximum annual average emission rate (see Step 1(A)). Maximum short-term
(3-minute) ambient air concentrations are estimated by first multiplying the maximum
hourly average dispersion coefficient (DC) by a scaling factor of 1.6420 and then by the
facility's maximum 3-minute average emission rate.
Using the variables identified below, complete the following worksheet to
determine maximum ambient air concentrations.
£RAN = Total (all stacks) maximum average annual emission rate for pollutant "N" (g/sec)
ER3N = Total (all stacks) maximum 3-minute average emission rate for "N" pollutant
(g/sec)
DC - Maximum hourly average dispersion coefficient (ug/m3)/(g/sec)
C - Ambient concentration (ug/m3)
R- Long-term/short-term ratio (see Step 7(D)).
20 The use of the 1.64 scaling factor is consistent with the procedure outlined in "Turners Workbook
of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates."
Appendix V-28
-------
Multiply dispersion coefficients times emissions to estimate ambient concentrations
for each averaging period.21
Pollutant
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
HCI
Annual averages
ERAN x DC x R » C
3-min. averages
ER3N x DC x 1.64 = C
x 1.54
21 Note that the maximum hourly average, annual average, and the maximum 3-minute average
emission rates from Step 1(B) are to be transferred into the appropriate columns of this table. If
only annual averages are available, these are used for all columns (with caution) as defaults.
Appendix V-29
-------
Step 9: Determine Compliance with Regulatory Limits
(A) For the noncarcinogenic compounds (antimony, barium, lead, mercury,
silver, thallium, and hydrogen chloride), use the following equation to determine
compliance:
Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m^/q/sec) x Emission (g/sec)22 _
RAG ~
where:
RAC = Reference Air Concentration of the pollutant being evaluated.
If the ratio for any pollutant is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance
of the risk screening criteria.
The RACs for each pollutant are listed below:
Pollutant RAC
Antimony 0.3
Barium 50
Lead 0.09
Mercury 0.3
Silver 3
Thallium 0.3
HCI (3 minute) 150
(annual) 7
Compute the ratio for each pollutant and list the results in the spaces provided.
determining compliance use the maximum annual average emission rate (summed across all
stacks). Alternately, when determining compliance on a 3-minute basis (e.g., for hydrogen chloride), use
the maximum 3-minute emission rate (summed across all stacks).
Appendix V-30
-------
Ratio
Exceedance
Compliance
Antimony
Barium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
HCI (3 minute)
(annual)
(B) For the carcinogenic compounds (arsenic, beryllium, cadmium.and
chromium), use the following equation to determine compliance.
Actual Risk - Dispersion Coefficient (jig/m^/g/sec) x Emission^ (g/sec) x Unit Risk (
Riskj
.OX10-5
where:
i - carcinogenic metals considered.
If the sum of the ratios is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance of
the risk screening criteria.
23 When determining compliance use the maximum annual average emission rate (summed across all
stacks).
Appendix V-31
-------
The unit risk values for each pollutant are listed below:
Pollutant Unit Risk
Arsenic 4.3E-03
Beryllium 2.4E-03
Cadmium 1.8E-03
Chromium 1.2E-02
Compute the ratio for each pollutant and list the results in the spaces provided:
Ratio Exceedance Compliance
Arsenic
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Summation
Step 10: Multiple Stack Method (Optional)
This option is a special case procedure that may be helpful when (1) the facility
exceeded the regulatory limits as detailed in Step 9 and (2) there are multiple stacks with
substantially different effective release heights. This approach, when computed manually,
is most practical when 1 or 2 pollutants fail the basic screening procedure (Steps 1 to 9).
Only those pollutants that fail the basic screen need be addressed in this exercise.
This procedure allows the permit writer to review environmental impacts from each
stack and then to sum the results to estimate total impacts. This option is conceptually the
same as the basic approach and does not involve complex calculations. However, it is
more time consuming and is recommended only if the basic approach (Steps 1 through 9)
fails to meet the short or long-term risk criteria. The procedure is outlined below.
Appendix V-32
-------
(A) Compute effective stack heights.
Stack No. Stack height24 Row rate Exit temp. Effective stack height
(m) (m3/sec) (K) . (m)25
1
2
3
Circle the maximum and minimum effective stack heights.
(B) Determine if this multiple stacks screening procedure will likely produce less
conservative results than the procedure in Steps 1 through 9.
Compute the following ratio:
Maximum Effective Stack Height ^ >1 25?
Minimum Effective Stack Height *
If the above ratio is greater than 1.25, proceed with the remaining steps.
Otherwise, this option is less likely to significantly reduce the degree of conservatism in the
screening method If such is the case, permit writers may choose to require site-specific
modeling.
(C) Determine if terrain adjustment is needed and select generic source numbers.
Select the shortest stack height and maximum terrain rise out to 5 kilometers from
Step 10(A), and determine if the facility is in flat terrain (refer to the comparison of
maximum terrain vs stack height shown in Step 5(E)).
If the value above is greater than 10 percent, proceed directly to Step 10(D). If the
ratio is less than or equal to 10 percent, identify the generic source numbers directly based
on effective stack heights computed in Step 10(A).
24 Follow the procedure outlined in Step 4 of the basic screening procedure to determine the GEP for
each stack. If a stack's physical height exceeds the maximum GEP, use the maximum GEP value.
If a stack's physical height is less than the minimum GEP, use generic source number 11 in the
subsequent steps of this analysis.
25 See Step 4 of the basic screening procedure.
Appendix V-33
-------
Table 3
Effective Slack Height Generic Source No.
(m)
<10.0 1
10.0-14.9 2
15.0 - 19.9 3
20.0 - 24.9 4
25.0 - 30.9 5
31.0-41.9 6
42.0 - 52.9 7
53.0 - 64.9 8
65.0-112.9 9
113.0+ 10
Downwash Source 1J
Record below the generic source numbers identified and proceed directly to
Step 10(F).
Stack No.
Generic Source Numbers
(D) Compute terrain adjusted effective stack heights (TAESH) and select generic
source numbers (for sources located in nonflat terrain).
1. Compute the terrain adjusted effective stack height for all remaining stacks using
the following equation:
HE - TR =. TAESH
where:
HE - effective stack height (m)
TR » maximum terrain rise for each distance range (m)
TAESH = terrain adjusted effective stack height (m).
Appendix V-34
-------
Fill in the table below:
Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack Heights (m)26
Distance range
0-0.5 km 0.6-2.5 km 2.6-5.0 km
Stack No. HE - TR - TAESH HE - TR - TAESH HE - TR - TAESH
For those stacks where the terrain rise within a distance range is greater than the
effective stack height (i.e., HE - TR is less than zero), then the terrain adjusted effective
stack height (TAESH) for that distance range is set equal to zero, and generic source
number 1 should be used for all distance ranges. Additionally, for all stacks with a
physical stack height of less than or equal to 10 meters, used generic source 1 for all
distance ranges27. For the remaining stacks, proceed to Step 10(D)(2).
2. For the remaining stacks, refer to the table below and, for each distance range,
circle the generic source number that includes the terrain adjusted effective stack height.
26 Refer to Step(l) for terrain adjustment data. Note that the distance from the source to the outer
radii of each range is used. For example, for the range 0.6-2.5 kilometers, the maximum terrain
rise in the range 0-2.5 kilometers is used.
27 This applies to all stacks less than or equal to 10 meters regardless of the terrain classification.
Appendix V-35
-------
Table 3
Terrain Adjusted
Effective Stack Height Generic Source No.
(m)
<10.0 1
10.0-14.9 2
15.0-19.9 3
20.0 - 24.9 4
25.0 - 30.9 5
31.0-41.9 6
42.0 - 52.9 7
53.0 - 64.9 8
65.0-112.9 9
113.0+ 10
Downwash Source 1J
Transfer values obtained from Steps 10D(1) and 10D(2) to the following summary
worksheet:
Generic Source Number.
After Terrain Adjustment (if needed)
0-0.5 km 0.6-2.5 km 2.6-5.0 km
Stack No.
(E) Identify maximum average hourly dispersion coefficients.
Based on the land use classification of the site (e.g., urban or rural), use either
Table 4 or Table 5 to determine the appropriate dispersion coefficient for each distance
range for each stack. Begin at the minimum fenceline distance shown in Step 7(B) and
record the dispersion coefficient for each stack/distance range. For stacks located in
facilities in flat terrain the generic source numbers were computed in Step 10(C). For stacks
located in facilities in rolling and complex terrain, the generic source numbers were
computed in Step 10(D). For flat terrain applications, and for those stacks with a physical
Appendix V-36
-------
height of less than or equal to 10 meters only one generic source number will be used per
stack for all distance ranges. For other applications, up to three generic source numbers
may be needed per stack (i.e.,. one per distance range). In Tables 4 and 5, the dispersion
coefficients for distances 6 kilometers to 20 kilometers are the same for all generic source
numbers in order to conservatively represent terrain beyond 5 kilometers (past the distance
where terrain analysis not done).
Record the data in the table provided below.
Appendix V-37
-------
Dispersion Coefficients by Downwind Distance28
Distance Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
28 Note: This procedure places all stacks at the same point, but allows for consideration of different
effective stack heights. The distance to the closest boundary (extracted from Step 1) should be the
closest distance to any stack.
Appendix V-38
-------
(F) Estimate maximum hourly ambient air concentrations.
In this step, pollutant-specific emission rates are multiplied by appropriate
dispersion coefficients to estimate ambient air concentrations. For each stack, emissions
are multiplied by the dispersion coefficients selected in Step 10(E) and summed across all
stacks to estimate ambient air concentrations at various distances from the facility. From
these concentrations, the maximum hourly ambient air concentration is selected. First,
select the maximum emission rate for each pollutant from WORKSHEET 1. Record these
data in the spaces provided below.
Maximum Annual Emission Rates2^
Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Hydrogen Chloride
For each pollutant, complete the following table and select the highest hourly
concentration from the summation column at the far right of the table.
29 Refer to Step 1 of the basic screening procedure.
Appendix V-39
-------
.2
15
»••
1
3
<
.03
£
* 1
3 3
5 o
x Q.
£
3
£
i
2
c
o
_ «
2 *
(2 S
^ o
o
u
0 "
CO N
-^ O
18
33 IT
L^>
UJ x
0 "
CM II
•x y
ra 2
53 £
UJ x
0 "
»- II
18
«£
UJ x
.
CJ
u
X
II
X
II
X
o
00
O
II
X
II
X
II
X
in
00
o
u
X
II
X
II
X
o
en
o
u
x
n
X
II
X
in
01
o
ii
x
II
X
II
X
o
o
II
X
II
X
II
X
o
II
X
II
X
II
X
o
CM
II
X
II
X
II
X
o
CO
II
X
II
X
II
X
o
TT
II
X
II
X
II
X
o
m
S
3
8
o
03
0
o"
a.
o
55
c
a.
•o
03
re
o
in
03
03
fft
UJ
.0
?5
h_
_ H
s§ 8
"• ' - X
03 cS '-
w £ 8
UJ C
52 03 e •)
.3 S X
§ 8 i
cL .fe E • 03 g j=
1 5| 2s
g 3 .i £ ~
5 -^ t5 ^
^< UJ
ill , .
II II UJ 03
CC 0 " o
UJ Q O 2
Appendix V-40
-------
c
.2
2
s
o
Q
o
.fa
2
C Cv ••—
— r~ ^— ^
O C C w.
=•2 1 c
- = E t'%
CO
13 -s" —
-------
.2
03
2
0)
o
O
.is
! i
2 3
"ra ±:
o
O
n u
fK X
LU
O
CM II
0
8
LU
II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
ii ii ii ii n ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
03
o
75 03 -^ O IT) O
o « E CNJ CM n
H- -O =
o in o in o m o
• 03
M
I 8
0
38 £
8 .s
E"
O c
c
.Q
2 c E -5 w
15 03 O3 m •—
•81 r
18 p s
*.l 3 «
o E
S
111 j£ °
< -^ w ^
II » ^ aj
QC O » o
LU Q O Z.
Appendix V-42
-------
.i
2
c
0)
,b=
c
03
2
<
5
E
^
c
o
- 2
ra i
o
u
O
CO II
X
LU
II II II II II II II II II II II II II II
II II
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
o
CM II
ii n n n it it it n n n n ii
n n n n
LU
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
ii ii ii ii ii ii n ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
aLo '
8
u
ra
o
Q. •£
o> 2
o
Q.
o.
2
03
(A
.1
2
03
CO
II
03 '-5 S
— >>"°
2 3 ™
^ O C
II II UJ
GC O »
OJ Q O
5 §
.1
c 2*
Sf
0) _O
V>43
-------
.i
03
C
03
U
C
o
O
.t
^
c
5
1 I
3 3
T 0
-1- Q.
E
3
E
X
03
C
g
03
03 i:
£ ®
o
u
0
v ^
w cn
LJJ x
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
_
3
8
o
o
. — .
0
^~
0 "
04 II
co ^
"£
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Q.
03
55
c
Q.
1
O3
0}
03
tn
LU xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx §
0 "
1- II
"|Q
35 g
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
II
X
ra
^
c c
2 ! §
w — O
3 1 0
.2 2 X
> O r-
dj o .ts
tH ** _,
°-« | ol
§ c c 2
•is •— 3 c
2 T* E •§ w
fO 03 CD £ .£
c ]o ^. E E
HI 2 I
s = s S |
« .0 ^ 2 •=
o ^ •§ c -£
oj 2 5 o
k_ O m .JS w
oj := = W •*=
ca
o
"to ra -z?
•°il
ounoinoinomoinoLOomoLooooooo
cNCJcoco^^iouicocor^r^oooocncjjOT— CMPO^UO
OOOOOOOOOcic)OOOG>ciT-''r^^T-''r^^
= 3 g
I
<
II
H
a: o "
LU Q O
03 0
Appendix V-44
-------
c
.2
re
CD
C
O
re!
2
O
n n
|8
UJ
0
CM II
"
UJ
UJ
o
o
n n n n n n n ii n n n it ii n ii n n
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
ii n ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii H ii n ii ii ii
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
II II II II II II II II II II II II
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
000
core-^ oooooinomoooooooooo
c3 w E c£?'v:eo.cn.o.CN?l9r>:Po.o.PPPPoir>d
H '"5 ^- i-^T^^cMCMC^c
-------
Record the maximum hourly air concentration for each pollutant analyzed in the
table below:
Pollutant Maximum Hourly Air Concentration
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Hydrogen Chloride
(G) Determine the complex/noncomplex designation for each stack.
For each stack subtract the physical stack height from the maximum terrain rise out
to 5 kilometers and designate the stack as either complex or noncomplex. Use the
following criteria to make this determination:
• If the stack height minus the maximum terrain rise (out to 5 kilometers) is greater
than zero, then assign the stack a noncomplex designation.
• If the stack height minus the maximum terrain rise (out to 5 kilometers) is less than
or equal to zero, then assign the stack a complex designation.
All stacks less than 10 meters in physical height are assigned a noncomplex
designation.
Appendix V-46
-------
Perform the following computation for each stack and record the information in the
spaces provided. Check in the spaces provided whether the stack designation is complex
or noncomplex.
Stack No.
Complex Noncomplex
1 Stack Height (m) - Max. Terrain Rise (m)
Stack Height (m) - Max. Terrain Rise (m)
Stack Height (m) - Max. Terrain Rise (m)
.(m)
(H) Identify Long-Term/Short Term Ratios.
Extract the Iong-term/short-term ratios for each stack by referring to Table 6 (which
for convenience is repeated below). Generic source numbers (from Steps 10(D)(1) or
10(D)(2)), urban/rural designation (from Step 6), and complex or noncomplex terrain
designation are used to select the appropriate scaling factor to convert short-term maximum
concentrations to estimates of annual average concentration. The following table must be
used to complete this step.
Table 6
95 th Percentile of Long-Term/Short-Term Ratios30
Noncomplex Terrain
Source Urban Rural
Complex Terrain
Source Urban Rural
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
9
10
11
0.019
0.033
0.031
0.029
0.028
0.028
0.031
0.030
0.029
0.029
0.018
0.014
0.019
0.018
0.017
0.017
0.017
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
.
0.020
0.030
0.051
0.067
0.059
0.036
0.026
0.026
0.017
-
.
0.053
0.057
0.047
0.039
0.034
0.031
0.024
0.024
0.013
-
30 Sources with a worst case stack < 10 meters physical height (regardless of the terrain data) are
treated as noncomplex. Therefore, ratios are not provided source number 1 under the complex
terrain column.
Appendix V-47
-------
Complete the following table.
Stack No. Generic Source No. Long-term/short-term ratio
Steps 10 (D1 or D2) (from Table 5)31
Distance ranges (km) 0 - 0.5 0.6 - 2.5 2.6 - 5.0
0-0.5 0.6-2.5 2.6-5
2
3
Select the highest ratio among the set of stacks.32 Use this ratio in Step 10(1) to
estimate maximum ambient air concentrations.
(I) Estimate maximum annual and 3-minute average concentrations for each
pollutant by completing the following table, where:
C » Maximum total hourly ambient .air concentration for pollutant "N" (u.g/m3)
CA - Maximum annual average air concentration for pollutant "N" (ng/m3)
Ca-Min - Maximum 3-minute average concentration (u.g/m3)
R » Long-term/short-term ratio
Total (all stacks) maximum average annual emission rate for pollutant "N" (g/sec)
ER3N • Total (all stacks) maximum average 3-minute emission rate for pollutant "N"
(g/sec)
31 If any stack (excluding generic stack numbers 1 and 11) in Step 10(D) shows a negative terrain
adjusted stack height, use the complex terrain long-term/one-hour ratios. Note that Step 6 defines
whether urban or rural ratios should be used.
32 As an option, the user could identify the stack with the highest ratio for each distance range (rather
than the absolute highest). In this case, extra sheets would be needed to show estimated annual
average concentrations from each stack by multiplying emission rate times maximum hourly
dispersion coefficient times max long-term/one-hour ratio for applicable distance range. Then sum
across all stacks for each downwind distance.
Appendix V-48
-------
Max hourly cone.33 Annual averages 3-Min averages
c CXR-C
Pollutant (ng/m3) (ng/m3)
V* • W • w*%2 v '
C CxR-CA Cx1.64x||^-C3-Min
Antimony J x -
Arsenic x -
Barium x -
Beryllium x =
Cadmium x -
Chromium x =
Lead x -
Mercury x =»
Silver x -
Thallium x »
Hydrogen Chloride x » x 1.64 x
(J) Determine compliance with regulatory requirements.
1. For the noncareinogenic compounds (antimony, barium, lead, mercury, silver,
thallium, and hydrogen chloride), use the following equation to determine compliance:
Annual Ambient Air Concentration (u.q/m3)34 Q
RAC (u.g/m3) *
If the ratio for any pollutant is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance
of the regulatory risk criteria.
33 From Step 10(F).
34 From Step 10(1). Use the 3-minute average ambient concentration to evaluate compliance on a 3-
minute basis.
Appendix V-49
-------
The RACs for each pollutant are listed below:
Pollutant
Antimony
Barium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
HCI (3 minute)
(annual)
RAG
0.3
50
0.09
0.3
3
0.3
150
7
Compute the ratio for each pollutant and list the results in the spaces provided:
Ratio
Exceedance
Compliance
Antimony
Barium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
HCI (3 minute)
(annual)
Appendix V-50
-------
2. For the carcinogenic compounds (arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, and chromium),
use the following equation to determine compliance:
Actual Risk = Annual Ambient Air Concentration35 (g/sec) x Unit Risk (m3/ug)
n
Actual Riskj
z 1.0
.0 X 10-5
where i = carcinogenic metals considered.
If the sum of the ratios is greater than 1, then the results show an exceedance of the
regulatory risk criteria.
The unit risk values for each compound are listed below:
Pollutant Unit Risk
Arsenic 4.3E-03
Beryllium 2.4E-03
Cadmium 1.8E-03
Chromium 1.2E-02
Compute the ratio for each pollutant and list the results in the spaces provided:
Pollutant Ratio Exceedance Compliance
Arsenic
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Summation
35From Step 10(1).
Appendix V-51
-------
APPENDIX A
RATIONAL FOR THE SCREENING PROCEDURE
Introduction
The objective of this screening procedure is to provide a practical tool to assess
short-term (3-minute averages) and annual average dispersion coefficients for incinerators
burning hazardous waste. The procedure was designed primarily for permit writers who
are inexperienced in air dispersion modeling, yet need to define the potential impacts from
hazardous waste incinerators. The permit writer can also use this methodology to identify
those incinerators that require detailed modeling. As a result, available resources can be
focused only on those incinerators that have the greatest potential to cause significant risk.
Specific objectives of the screening approach are as follows:
• To minimize calculations in order to enhance speed and computational
accuracy.
• To maintain consistency with EPA modeling policy as documented in the
Guideline on Air Quality Models ( ) and the EPA Guidelines for Air Quality
Maintenance Planning and Analysis : Volume 10 (this document will hereafter
be referred to as Volume 10 ( ).
• To provide a method to conservatively estimate screening three minute and
annual average impacts which are, in most cases, less conservative than the
Tier I and Tier n screening tables .
• To develop an approach that will effectively utilize the data supplied by the
applicant in the hazardous waste incinerator permit application.
Development of the Screening Procedure
The procedure used as a reference for designing this screening procedure is
Volume 10. Volume 10 is an alternative procedure to this methodology to estimate
screening-level concentrations. It, however, does not meet the objectives stated above in
two major aspects:
• The procedure requires to many calculations to be suitable for routine use by
permit writers.
Appendix V-52
-------
• The procedure does not provide a means for estimating annual average
concentrations, which are essential for risk analysis and regulatory compliance
determinations.
The screening procedure, as detailed in Steps 1 through 10, is based on extensive
short-term modeling and extracts a significant amount of data from sets of pre-run model
output files. From this data set, the user selects dispersion coefficients and factors short-
term concentrations to estimate maximum annual averages. This differs from conventional
methods where ambient air concentrations are estimated from basic mathematical equations.
This procedure significantly reduces the number of computations required by the user.
The factors used to scale the maximum hourly dispersion coefficients to maximum
annual average dispersion coefficients 36 were computed based on extensive modeling of
nearly 150037 stack/sites/year combinations, including 24 sites across the country. These
ratios were conservatively computed as a function of terrain, urban/rural conditions, and
effective stack height.
The Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST) model was selected as the
dispersion model upon which to develop this screening procedure. For downwind
distances of 200 meters to 20 kilometers, the maximum hourly concentrations were
extracted from the model output based on consideration of a full range of stability and wind
speed conditions. Plume rise was minimized and mixing height was restricted to 10 m
above the effective stack height (for stability classes C through F) to ensure that the highest
concentrations for each distance would be displayed. The full data set of meteorological
data used in the ISCST model runs is provided in Table A-l. Worst-case dispersion
coefficients for each specific source were established by running all combinations of
stability and wind speed classes shown in Table A-l, and then extracting the maximum
values for each distance. The results are presented in Tables 4 and 5.
36 These runs were performed to support the selection of default feed rates and emissions limits to
regulate metal emissions from hazardous waste incinerators. To support both that regulation and
this screening methodology, maximum short-term dispersion coefficients were estimated based on
five years of sequential hourly meteorological data, and were compared with maximum annual
average dispersion coefficients based on the same data set. This was performed for 24 actual
incinerators across the country, with 12 sets of stacks specifications per site.
37 24 sites times 5 separate years of data per site, times 12 stacks per site.
Appendix V-53
-------
The range of meteorological data input to ISCST covered the most restrictive
conditions likely to be encountered during the course of a year for all but anomalous site
areas or release characteristics. Two safeguards were included in the approach to identify
anomalous applications; (1) exclusions were specified where the screening approach does
not apply, and, (2) expert review was required to confirm that the site under review does
not require special site-specific modeling review.
Appendix V-54
-------
Table A-1
WORST-CASE METEOROLOGY USED IN
THE ISCST MODEL RUNS
FLOW VECTOR WIND SPEED MIXING HEIGHT TEMPERATURE STABILITY
(DEGREES) (MS) (METERS) (KELVIN) -
10 1.0 400 305 A
10 2.0 400 305 A
10 3.0 400 305 A
10 1.0 300 300 B
10 2.0 300 300 B
10 3.0 300 300 B
10 4.0 300 300 B
10 5.0 300 300 B
10 1.0 25-203 295 C
10 2.0 25-159 295 C
10 3.0 25-143 295 C
10 4.0 25-135 295 C
10 5.0 25-130 295 C
10 10.0 25-119 295 C
10 1.0 25-194 295 D
10 2.0 25-154 295 D
10 3.0 25-140 295 D
10 4.0 25-132 295 D
10 5.0 25-128 295 D
10 10.0 25-118 295 D
10 20.0 25-111 295 D
10 1.9 25-153 290 E
10 2.0 25-152 290 E
10 3.0 25-147 290 E
10 4.0 25-143 290 E
10 5.0 25-141 290 E
10 1.0 25-154 290 F
10 2.0 25-145 290 F
10 3.0 25-141 290 F
NOTE: MIXING HEIGHTS FOR STABILITIES C THROUGH F WERE A MINIMUM OF 25 METERS.
THE MIXING HEIGHTS WERE MAINTAINED AT 10 METERS ABOVE THE EFFECTIVE HEIGHT
CALCULATED FOR EACH SOURCE THIS IS A CONSERVATIVE APPROACH TO REPRESENT
LIMITED MIXING, WHICH IS CONSISTENT WITH THE OBJECTIVE OF VOLUME 10 (REF) TO
CONSERVATIVELY TREAT LIMITED MIXING. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE IS THE
HIGHEST MIXING HEIGHT USED FOR THE GIVEN SET OF METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS
FOR SOURCE #10.
Appendix V-55
-------
Rational For Technical Approach / Step-By-Step Description
The rational used in the development of each step of the screening procedure is
presented below in order to fully document the assumptions and limitations of the
methodology.
Step 1 - Obtain permit data
WORKSHEET 1 was designed to furnish sufficient data upon which the permit
writer could determine compliance with the Tier I and n feed rate and emission limits. The
data required by WORKSHEET 1 is also sufficient input data for this screening procedure.
The terrain and urban/rural analyses were simplified, consistent with the intent of the
Guideline on Air Quality Modeling, in order to streamline data requirements.
Step 2 - Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure
(A) Applicability of the screening procedure for a specific site
Site-specific terrain and meteorological conditions can produce rather unique
situations where screening techniques may not achieve the desired degree of conservatism.
This concern was addressed in this procedure by specifying exclusions where the screening
methodology should not be applied and providing a review step by the Regional
Meteorologist or Permit Assistance Team (PAT). Where these exclusionary conditions
exists or when recommended by the Regional Meteorologist or PAT, the permit writer
should require site-specific review.
A brief discussion of each exclusion is provided below:
1. Narrow Valley - The screen should not to be used to analyze facilities located in
valleys less than 1 kilometer in width. The channeling of the wind along the valley
orientation and intense inversion conditions during nighttime conditions may produce
substantially higher short-term and long-term concentrations than sites exposed to flat
terrain meteorology. These phenomena were not fully taken into account in the modeling at
the 24 selected sites upon which the screen is based. For these reasons, site-specific
analysis is recommended for facilities located in narrow valleys.
Appendix V-56
-------
2. Shoreline Environment - A shoreline introduces complications in the
meteorology that may not be conservatively represented by this screening procedure.
Localized wind flows, altered stability (dispersion) conditions, and the potential for
extended fumigation conditions are characteristic phenomena of the lower atmosphere near
a large body of water (i.e., large lakes, oceans) The five kilometer exclusion distance for
facilities with stacks greater than 20 meters in height was selected because, beyond this
distance, these land/water interface phenomena are significantly reduced and it is likely that
the screening procedure will provide the degree of conservatism desired. Only stacks
greater than 20 meters are mentioned because shorter stacks are less likely to be affected by
overwater flows (i.e., air is modified to more typical overland flows).
3. Tall Stacks in Complex Terrain -"For moderately tall stacks (i.e., greater than 20
meters) located within one kilometer of complex terrain conditions, the screen may
underestimate potential ambient air impacts. Under these conditions, site specific modeling
is recommended.
4. Building Effects - Gaussian modeling techniques are not appropriate for
estimating air impacts in locations subject to cavity zone effects. Under these conditions,
site specific modeling is recommended.
(B) Applications most likely to benefit from the screening procedure
In some cases, this screening procedure will produce more restrictive emissions
limits than the Tier I and n tables. This added degree of conservatism in the screen results
from the need to cover a wide range of meteorological conditions that could occur at a site.
There are some cases, however, where the screening procedure may produce less
conservative results than Tier I and Tier II and still have acceptable risk levels to the MEI
(i.e., 10'5). The three conditions in which this is most likely to occur are for (1) facilities
with multiple stacks, (2) facilities located in complex terrain, and (3) facilities with large
property boundaries. It is under these conditions that the screen is most beneficial. Each
of these conditions is briefly discussed below.
1. Multiple Stacks - The Tier I and II limits are based on the dispersion conditions
of the facility's worst case stack. If multiple stacks exist at a facility and the locations or
Appendix V-57
-------
release specifications are substantially different, it is likely that the predicted concentrations
could be lowered if each stack is considered separately. Step 10 provides a methodology to
consider each stack separately in order to estimate more representative ambient air
concentrations.
2. Complex Terrain - The terrain adjusted effective stack height used in the Tier I
and II limits is computed by subtracting from the effective stack height the highest terrain
rise out to 5 kilometers. This procedure, in effect, considers only one distance range of 0
to 5 kilometers. The screening procedure, on the other hand, allows the permit writer to
use the terrain rise data for three distinct distance ranges, (i.e. 0-0.5 km, 0.6 - 2.5 km, and
2.6 - 5 km.) This more accurately accounts for the effects of terrain on dispersion. Where
the maximum terrain rise occurs within the second or third distance ranges (i.e. greater than
0.5 km), it is likely that the screening procedure may reduce the degree of conservatism
contained in the Tier I and Tier n limits.
3. Large Property Boundaries - The Tier I and II limits do not exclude onsite
receptors, (i.e. property boundaries are not considered when selecting maximum dispersion
coefficients.) The screening procedure, on the other hand, displays maximum
concentrations as a function of downwind distance and provides the user with the flexibility
to exclude those distances that are within the facility boundary. Therefore, for facilities
with a large property boundary, there is the potential to reduce the degree of conservatism
in the predicted ambient air concentrations since receptors with the highest concentrations
can be excluded. This element of the screening procedure is most likely to be significant
for low-level sources that have their maximum concentrations within 200 to 300 meters of
the facility.
Step 3 • Select the Worst-Case stack
The procedure used to select the worst-case stack is an adaptation of the approach
used in Volume 10. In Volume 10, the equation used to identify the worst case stack is
similar to the equation used in this screening procedure (refer to Step 1). The Volume 10
equation, however, differs in that it contains an emission rate term in its denominator. The
emissions rate term is included in the Volume 10 equation in order to rank incinerator
stacks by not only height and flow but also by each stack's relative contribution to the total
Appendix V-58
-------
emissions release at the facility. This can be an important consideration at facilities with
multiple stacks with widely varying heights and emissions.
To fully utilize the Volume 10 equation for risk screening purposes, the permit
writer would have to not only consider a wide range of pollutant emissions, but would also
have to factor into the equation the cancer potency for each pollutant. Additionally, it
appears likely that, in some cases, there will be insufficient data to confidently apportion
. emission rates by stack. This screening approach, therefore, takes a more conservative and
more simplified approach and eliminates the emission rate term from the Volume 10
equation. From a screening level standpoint, this is a much more workable procedure for
screening risk and significantly reduces the amount of data needed to perform the
analysis38.
Step 4 • Verify Good Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria
Good Engineering Practice (GEP) is a procedure which discourages industrial
sources from simply building tall stacks in order to achieve regulatory compliance with
ambient standards. GEP analysis is used in the screening procedure to ensure that facilities
do not receive credit for the additional dispersion caused by stacks heights greater than
GEP. This is consistent with the regulatory intent of the Clean Air Act.
Additionally, GEP analysis allows the permit writer to identify those stacks that
may be subject to downwash and cavity wake phenomena. These phenomena may produce
localized areas of potentially significant ambient air impacts that are not well addressed by
Gaussian modeling procedures-
Step 5 - Determine effective stack height and terrain adjusted effective
stack height
(A) Effective stack height
Effective stack height is determined by adding plume rise to the physical stack
height. Plume rise, which determines the magnitude of the effective stack height, is a
38 Step 10 allows the permit writer the consider each stack's dispersion properties separately thereby
providing a less conservative estimate of ambient air impacts.
Appendix V-59
-------
function of several atmospheric parameters including atmospheric stability, wind speed and
ambient air temperature. While these values vary from day to day at a given location, it
was necessary to select reference conditions to support this screening procedure. The
essential requirement in selecting these values was to maintain conservatism in the
screening procedure.
One of the more critical elements affecting the effective stack height (plume rise) is
wind speed. Plume rise (as shown in Table 3) in this procedure is based a wind speed of
6.8 m/sec (at a 10 meter reference height). This value was selected because it induces a
low plume rise, well below a typical plume rise expected from a hazardous waste
incinerators under typical operating conditions39. Additionally, neutral atmospheric
stability was selected to be consistent with the high wind speed of 6.9 m/sec; 300 degrees
Kelvin was selected as a typical ambient temperature although is somewhat higher than
typical annual temperatures at most sites40.
Plume rise is also a function of the stack flow and effluent temperature. Exit
velocity and inner stack diameter are used in this procedure to define stack flow.
Consistent with standard modeling procedure, it is assumed that plume rise is not sensitive
to different combinations of stack cross-sectional area and exit velocity.
(B) Terrain adjusted effective stack height
This methodology requires that maximum terrain rise be defined for three radii
distances from a facility, with the outermost range extending out to 5 kilometer. Requiring
a distance greater than 5 kilometers for the outermost radii to ensure that terrain rise was
more comprehensively defined was considered. It was, however, concluded that it would
be an unnecessary burden on the applicant to obtain this additional data. Based on
modeling done to support this regulation, it was found that maximum dispersion
coefficients (i.e., maximum air impacts) always occurred within, the first five kilometers of
a facility. Based on this information, a 5 kilometer distance range was selected. In lieu of
requiring terrain data beyond 5 kilometers, it is assumed that dispersion in the 5 to 20
39 At approximately 7 m/second and above, wind speed has minimal effect on further reducing plume
rise.
40 Plume rise is not highly sensitive to the selection of a reference average ambient temperature
within a reasonable range of 280 to 300 degrees Kelvin.
Appendix V-60
-------
kilometer distance range is the same as that resulting from a near ground-level stack (10m
stack height). Although this assumption adds an additional degree of conservatism to the
analysis, based on previous studies, it will not likely effect the results.
Step 6 - Classify the Site as Urban or Rural
Refer to Appendix I for a detailed rationale for the use of a streamlined procedure to
classify sites as urban or rural. The objective in streamlining the procedure was to maintain
consistency with the classification approach contained in the Guideline on Air Quality
Models while at the same time providing a means to simplify the classification procedure
for facilities that could easily be characterized by color coding on topographic maps and
visual review.
Step 7 • Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients
The rationale for this step is presented in two parts: (1) estimating maximum hourly
dispersion coefficients, and (2) estimating annual dispersion coefficients.
(A) Maximum Hourly Dispersion Coefficients
Table A-l displays the broad set of meteorological conditions that were input to the
ISCST model (UNAMAP - 1986 version). This set of conditions were run for each of the
11 sources. The maximum concentrations for each of the 11 generic sources.for each
downwind distance (across all conditions) were extracted from the model runs. For
example, to define the data point for generic source number 3 in urban condition at .20
kilometers, a total of 29 model runs were made to cover each set of conditions shown in
Table A-l. The predicted concentrations at the 0.20 kilometer distance were reviewed
across the 29 urban model runs and the highest concentration at 0.20 kilometer distance
across all source/condition combinations was extracted and listed in Table 4. The same
procedure was performed to produce the data point for each of the land use classifications
for each of the 40 downwind distances from 0.2 to 20 kilometers. In total 638 model runs
were executed with ISCST. Maximum potential concentrations across all conditions in
Table A-l were extracted and complied in the summary tables. This facilitated the look up
approach basic to this screening procedure. In this manner, the user need only be guided to
Appendix V-61
-------
select the appropriate output from an extensive set of computer-generated modeling
analyses.
(B) Long-term/Short-term Ratios
As explained in the text, the long-term/short-term (one hour) ratios41 are based on
detailed site-specific modeling performed at 25 incinerators across the country in support of
the incineration regulations. The full set of 11 "model" stack specifications were executed
in addition to the actual release specifications for each facility for five separate years of
meteorological data. A statistical analysis was performed to describe the 50th, 75th, 90th,
95th, and 99th percentile values for the long-term/short-term ratios for each generic source
number, urban/rural and complex/noncomplex terrain category. From these distributions,
the 95th percentile ratios are presented in Table 5 (Step 7). As a safeguard, the Regional
Meteorologist or the Permit Assistance Team (PAT) should review the source
characteristics, terrain, and other topographic/land use factors to identify special case
applications where even these conservative ratios would not be appropriate. In these cases,
site specific modeling used guideline models would be needed to estimate annual average
dispersion coefficients.
Table A-2 shows the locations where specific site release specifications and the 11
generic stack specifications were modeled on an hourly basis for five separate years.
41 Maximum long-term (annual average) concentrations divided by maximum short-term (hourly)
average concentrations.
Appendix V-62
-------
Table A-2
Facilities Salocted as Sites for Modeling Analysis
Incinerator Sites
Flat Terrain Sources
Srtel
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
SiteS
Site 6
Site 7
SiteS
City, State
Clarence NY
Middleton IA
Weeks Island, LA
Upton NY
Oeepwater NJ
Rah way NJ
Seneca Falls NY
Wichita KS
Effective
Stack Height (m)
11
10
25
16
29
29
8
14
Rolling Terrain Sources
Site 9 Forest Park GA
Site 10 Carpentersville IL
Site 11 Sturtevant Wl
Site 12 Edison NJ
Site 13 Calvert City KY
Site 14 ButnerNC
Site 15 Valparaiso IN
Site 16 Wilmington DE
Complex Terrain Sources
Site 17
Site 18
Site 19
Site 20
Site 21
Site 22
Site 23
Site 24
Site 25
Lowell MA
Canogo Park CA
Cincinnati OH
Baraboo Wl
Passaic NJ
Plymouth Township
Frackville PA
Lenoir NC
Everett WA
18
12
13
20
17
15
20
11
9
14
13
10
14
12
15
13
NA
The models following models used to estimate short-term/long-term ratios were
those recommended by the Guideline on Air Quality Modeling:
Averaging Period
Urban
Complex Noncomplex
Rural
Complex Noncomplex
Hourly
Annual
SHORTZ
LONGZ
ISCST
ISCLT
COMPLEX I
COMPLEX 1
ISCST
ISCLT
Appendix V-63
-------
Table A-3 shows the urban/rural classification for each of the 25 sites. Table A-4
displays a summary of meteorological data and models used for each site.
Table A-5 shows the maximum short-term and long-term concentrations during the
five year periods modeled for each site, as well as the ratios for each site.
Table A-3
Incinerator Site
Flat Terrain Sources
Sitel
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Site 5
Site6
Site?
Sited
Rolling Terrain Sources
Site 9
Site 10
Site 1 1
Site 12
Site 13
Site 14
Site 15
Site 16
Complax Terrain Sources
Site 17
Site 18
Site 19
Site 20
Site 21
Site 22
Site 23
Site 24
Site 25
Model
Setting
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN/RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
URBAN
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
Appendix V-64
-------
Surface Siaiion
Siaion No.
Table A-4
Uooef Air Slation Si anon No.
For Period
Salting
Terrain
Models
1 BUFFALO, NY
2 BURLINGTON, IA
3 LAFAYETTE, LA
4 NEW YORK (JFK), NY
5, 6 NEWARK, NJ
7 SYRACUSE, NY
8 WICHITA, KS
9 ATLANTA, GA
10CHICAGO. IL
11 MILWAUKEE, Wl
12NEWARK.NJ
13PADUCAHKY
14RALBGHNC
15SOUTHBEND,IN
16WILMINGTON. DE
17BOSTON.MA
188URBANK.CA
19CINC1NNAT1,OH
2CMADISON, Wl
21 NEWARK, NJ
22PHLADELPHA, PA
23WILKES-BARRE. PA
24MNSTON-SALEM.NC
14733
14931
13976
94789
14734
14771
03928
13874
14819
14839
14734
03816
13722
14848
13781
14739
23152
93814
14837
14734
13739
14777
93807
BUFFALO, NY
PEORIA, IL
LAKE CHARLES, LA
FT. TOTTEN, NY
FT. TOTTEN, NY
BUFFALO, NY
TOPEKA, KS
ATHENS, GA
PEORIA, IL
GREEN BAY, Wl
FT. TOTTEN, NY
NASHVILLE, TN
GREENSBORO, NC
PEORIA, IL
WASHINGTON (DULLES), DC
PORTLAND, ME
SAN DIEGO, CA
DAYTON, OH
GREEN BAY. Wl
FT. TOTTEN, NY
FT. TOTTEN, NY
ALBANY, NY
GREENSBORO. NC
14733
14842
03937
94789
94789
14733
13996
13873
14842
14898
94789
13897
13723
14842
93734
14764
03131
13840
14698
94789
94789
14735
13723
1973-77
1975-79
1974-78
1974-78
1970-74
1964-68
1975-79
1982-86
1973-77
1973-77
1970-74
1960-64
1979-83
1982-86
1977-81
1981 -as
196CH54
1982-66
1973-77
1970-74
1974-78
1982-86
1960-64
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN/RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
URBAN
RURAL
URBAN
URBAN
RURAL
RURAL
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
FLAT ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
ROLLING ISCLT/ST
COMPLEX LONGiSZ
COMPLEX COMPLEXI
COMPLEX LONGZ/SZ
COMPLEX COMPLEXI
COMPLEX LONGZ5Z
COMPLEX LONGZ/SZ
COMPLEX COMPLEXI
COMPLEX COMPLEXI
25EVERETT.WA
NA
SALEM, OR
24232
1963-76 URBAN
COMPLEX LONGZ5Z
Appendix V-65
-------
TABLE A-5
LONG-TERM CONCENTRATIONS
45678
10
11
12
24.6393
19.7896
32.3529
15.7432
20.5225
12.3549
20.5538
15.0959
16.7080
20.3458
17.1665
13.3572
19.8196
21.1354
28.4516
25.3536
16.6101
29.3359
21.8822
13.2385
19.7957
19.3057
20.6541
14.9988
14.0120
10.0107
23.0110
8.0733
10.0711
8.5534
10.6511
10.7687
12.4069
10.7046
8.8896
9.0099
9.7490
10.1233
17.1931
12.9148
12.4030
23.2301
12.5221
8.8406
11.1032
16.5618
18.5603
10.4346
6.1893
4.4073
13.9216
3.3630
4.1754
5.7650
4.4256
7.4539
8.5286
4.8226
3.6495
6.0819
4.1346
4.9253
8.9407
5.5666
8.0270
12.1879
6.4994
4.2792
5.8407
12.6261
14.5580
4.5311
3.0276
1.9521
8.0668
1.7490
£1814
4.2361
2.2188
5.5884
6.1765
1.9373
1.7368
4.4590
2.2935
2.2828
3.8893
2.2164
4.4592
7.1123
3.7838
1.9919
2.7206
8.2135
7.2944
2.2011
1.7334
1.1046
3.5768
0.9676
1.2005
3.1203
1.1877
4.2110
4.4337
0.9390
0.9833
3.2744
1.2972
1.3334
1.7703
0.8545
2.3657
4.6454
1.9487
1.5135 '
1.6288
4.3482
4.0950
1.1739
1.1485
0.7120
2.1467
0.6446
0.8017
2.4140
0.7918
3.2744
3.4477
0.6307
0.6431
2.5369
0.8859
0.8667
1.0928
0.4283
1.6122
3.2108
1.4454
0.7317
0.9594
2.2107
2.7588
0.9167
0.5165
0.3879
0.8475
0.3185
0.3825
1.3049
0.3628
1.8010
2.0443
0.3494
0.2971
1.3840
0.4176
0.3997
0.6126
0.2971
0.7007
1.6480
0.6986
0.3391
0.4188
0.7347
1.0162
0.5172
0.2888
0.2425
0.3663
0.1880
0.2222
0.7100
0.2086
0.9249
1.1853
0.2243
0.1691
0.7260
0.2453
0.2193
0.3954
0.2120
0.3533
0.9313
0.4994
0.1943
0.2605
0.3542
0.7499
0.3168
0.1646
0.1486
0.2176
0.1311
0.1303
0.5039
0.1177
0.6592
0.7243
0.1439
0.1076
0.5162
0.1603
0.1371
0.2359
0.1480
0.2105
0.5436
0.3704
0.1423
0.1791
0.2338
0.4055
0.1933
0.0361
0.0333
0.0443
0.0341
0.0264
0.1395
0.0226
0.1794
0.2155
0.0342
0.0273
0.1413
0.0387
0.0358
0.0394
0.0272
0.0581
0.1060
0.0964
0.1049
0.0473
0.0812
0.0712
0.0429
21.6838
19.1043
25.1168
13.8222
20.3238
11.5818
19.6792
13.2654
13.5311
21.3517
16.9994
11.8377
22.3536
23.8498
23.1850
23.6265
13.5566
26.6556
19.8410
16.4566
13.7200
8.8528
3.3215
2.5960
0.9120
2.7207
10.4948
7.7434
6.2931
6.3615
5.5958
4.5889
3.2603
2.9157
35842
99456
136221
11.0210
17.7714
7.8323
4.9492
13.6972
9.9044
49760
SHORT-TERM CONCENTRATIONS
10
11
12
1916.208
1945.775
2420.532
1885.516
1983.764
693.272
1983.741
829.417
920.520
1933.591
1861.333
730.398
1521.776
2203.015
2332.121
2359.207
1400.408
655.620
2378680
600600
1699840
1301.557
600.590
600.600
700.151
767.278
1983.008
829.545
814.944
313.184
315.716
442.166
684.732
171.676
667.199
337.737
537.594
1089.694
1480.439
1560.456
665.819
558.540
962.042
544.970
712.740
1091.699
560.240
557.780
316.488
328.604
1040684
307 695
341.523
229.104
336.337
250.197
385.718
349.459
306.785
235.804
307.659
400.938
497.809
524.012
331.340
355.140
549.264
317.750
300.259
637.608
403.630
404.540
163.843
252.990
477.437
179.762
172.179
179.090
198.995
197.756
241.465
182.972
171.796
185.686
217.466
240.627
282.703
277.938
127.235
255.800
386.967
239.730
141.396
304.456
279.550
279.300
100.217
115.304
229.548
101.794
105.716
125.364
126.263
154.237
189.255
163.158
119.388
131.747
150.426
122.140
145.248
146.148
86.718
187.710
294.105
168000
85.921
112.719
199.730
198.350
75.888
106.510
149:587
86.351
77.055
90.921
92.921
133.578
149.386
94.261
88.987
96.397
97.4-26
98.984
101.718
167006
60.411
144.450
221.771
126.580
58.893
63.808
156.510
155.100
35.574
47.312
64.096
40.413
34219
63.501
40.293
62.673
79.755
50.322
35.330
63.545
51.218
46.293
47.680
67003
33.354
74.030
91.142
54.450
34.374
29.776
63.330
65.010
23.404
27.644
32.654
24.414
24.262
29.059
24805
38.041 "
40.126
29.324
27.150
29.080
34.919
30.181
28.026
29.678
21.374
46.700
75.222
39.400
22.838
18.980
43.390
41.830
15.335
19.118
22.763
18.801
15.554
19.400
18258
23.433
26.659
19.434
18.180
19.017
20.244
16.551
20.597
23.730
14.320
32.160
64.158
26.020
15.322
12.973
28.450
27.780
4655
6.151
7.131
5.110
4.850
6.514
5.813
7.746
7.593
10.046
5.386
6.515
10.500
5.428
5.751
7.712
5.215
12.950
13.405
9.770
5.740
5.588
8.260
8.440
1673.277
1789.480
3236.953
1925.647
1903.492
670.860
1824098
775.123
341.834
1633.333
1663.496
701.038
1366.737
2412.880
2911 267
3051.750
1014.608
1974.215
1326.834
934.162
326.640
389.657
161 536
114568
52.904
103928
368.333
138.488
105.802
193.753
166.628
121.532
309.444
135.732
104525
568364
753.019
294320
1103.181
350.860
200.729
614.591
126.550
202.780
13
75501
13
351 247
Appendix V-66
-------
Step 8 - Compute worst-case ambient concentrations
The maximum dispersion coefficients (normalized concentrations) are multiplied
times the applicable emission rates for maximum annual and maximum three-minute
averages.
Step 9 • Determine Compliance with Regulatory Limits
The procedure outlined in this step is identical to the procedure contained in the text
of the Metals Guidance Document
Step 10 - Option step to remove conservatism for multiple stacks
This step applies the same logic as the basic screening procedure. It differs,
however, in that it allows the permit writer to consider each stack stack's effective effluent
release characteristics separately. The stacks are, however, still assumed to be collocated
for simplicity. This step is recommended only when several pollutants fail the regulatory
risk criteria because it involves substantially more calculations than the basic screening
procedure.
Appendix V-67
-------
Sr.vtr.w.;-'!1; i.l Protection Agency
:n 5, I -•-i-.-ry !:TL-i6)
. Dearborn Stc-tset, Room 1670
fe-o, IL 60604
------- |